Home

TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02.5 Rev 0.book

1. aAa x I I E III II III IMI IMI JJO JC 9 C 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9Jo b 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 l 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 64 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 RINRENR NO NGENG NGTA hee RONA 17 Kg 4419 414 gla Aa ATA A AIN 420 5421 422 429 2 5 AEN gla BZN 429 430 431 ga BEN A RE 586 7 e 6 ae O me B mee EEE RAAT SS SS SS re nt on a I III III III IE EI II C 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 O GO H 9G 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 C 000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 80 00 4 C 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 33 9 340 341 342
2. Transmitted Value Scaling o Default CI E Resignedio Multiplier Parolon ini i d default ipti t Events Minimum Maximum default range Offset etau Description S 1 2 3 or none maximal 41 Analog Input 9 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle 42 Analog Input 9 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 THD 43 Analog Input 9 SHL 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 44 Analog Input 9 DC 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 45 Analog Input 10 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude 46 Analog Input 10 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle 47 Analog Input 10 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 THD 48 Analog Input 10 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 SHL 49 Analog Input 10 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 DC 50 Analog Input 11 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude 51 Analog Input 11 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle 52 Analog Input 11 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 THD 53 Analog Input 11 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 SHL 54 Analog Input 11 DC 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable
3. 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 g 0 V NU Vez NUM L spejuo9 1ndino DANOGT eV sjnduj jeujejx3 Ct UY YY UY NU N2V NV lew Back Vi Figure 1 2 Appendix l 3 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Appendix TESLA 4000 Drawings onpueuos UONdeUUOD dt 01 20 00 ejnpow indui 2v viS3L aL 01 20700 9JIM popueiJis e6 gZ Z 4 1deooe sxoojq jeuiuue 1S 8 s Z 81SINS xiueoug SME 7 aaa esed zaoa SO wouBoIp pese wucuboip poesie co Pezo mewwco wcubop peeveu vo a3na8iHONd SI JSVHAINJ JO NOISSINYSd NJLLIUM seyfiojoutpoaL AMO J estu mus 1132 JHL LNOHLIM JIOHM MO L4Vd NI NOLLONGOYdSY ANV 3SVHdldj JO AINMadOdd JIOS JHL SI ONIMVUO SIHL NI Q3NIVINOO NOILVNNOJNI JHL uigoz uey 1e8uo s ejqeo y Ji eB OZ UU Jej euis eq jou pinous aM pe1e2o SI v 1S3 SU YM Ul jeued eui jo episino uni eje zey sejqeo JO pesn eg JIM pepjelus peisIA jeu pepueuiuloo91 AJUBIU SI SION 9JIM pepuejis eb gz zL 1deooe sxoojq jeuiuue JUNOUI I amp 4 NIG pomme E 1S 8 S Z ALSWS xiueoug 11 UMOUS OU MOJ uionog uo s euruue M8IA do 19pJ028H VISAL 9JIM popueuJjs ep 92 21 1deooe sxoojq BUIWJO 1S 91 s Z gl SMS Xiueoug woyoq wo MOJ pug sinduj Bojeuy oyu sBnjg KXjddns Jamog maia woog 2 einpo N INduj
4. The number of continuous disturbance recording channels is user configurable and limited only by the number of analog inputs available at any given time ac cording to the analog input sampling rate as shown above Only analog input data and frequency channels are stored use RecordGraph software for derived channels such as watts vars etc Standard capacity TESLA 4000 units come equipped with a 4 gigabyte com pact flash drive for data storage suitably partitioned for continuous disturbance recording to function Enhanced memory flash configurations are available at time of order expanding the TESLA 4000 unit system memory for increased file record storage capacity not available in Model 4003 If TESLA 4000 firmware with continuous disturbance recording support is installed on a unit without the designated continuous disturbance recording partition continuous disturbance recording will be disabled Continuous disturbance recording data retention period depends on the number of selected channels and on the selected sample rate Estimated continuous dis turbance recording data retention periods in days for various combinations of channel number and sampling rate are displayed in TESLA Control Panels Configuration screen for details see Configuring Continuous Disturbance Recording on page 10 2 After all storage space designated for the continuous recording data is con sumed the oldest data is automatically
5. Default Class Supported Control Operations Assigned to Events 1 2 3 or none c 2 T o o O O lt S Name for Name for Name o m State when State when Change Command Description 1 gt value is 0 value is 1 ejeje j5 5 2 5 6 Z z z p Q O O u m E S O O0 6 8 8 68 a 2 E 98 2 9 9 S I S oa 9 5 o v 3 3 T T 9 o c o o a a o A z O db O 13 Retrieve Next Fault Y Y Y Y Y Y Inactive Active None None Pulse duration fixed Information Event at 1 for Fault Locator 7 14 Retrieve Next Fault Y Y Y Y Y Y Inactive Active None None Pulse duration fixed Information Event at 1 for Fault Locator 8 15 Retrieve Next Fault Y Y Y Y Y Y Inactive Active None None Pulse duration fixed Information Event at 1 for Fault Locator 9 16 Retrieve Next Fault Y Y Y Y Y Y Inactive Active None None Pulse duration fixed Information Event at 1 for Fault Locator 10 D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix E 19 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile 2 3 Analog Input Points Static Steady State Group Number 30 Event Group Number 32 If configurable Current Value list methods Capabilities Static Variation reported when variation 0 requested Variation 1 32 bit with flag Variation 2 16 bit with flag Variation 3 32 bit without flag Variation 4 16 bit without flag Variation 5 single precision
6. External converters may be used to convert communication ports and increase the options available for connection to devices and networks See Recom mended Spare Parts List on page Appendix G 1 for optional devices avail able 4 2 IRIG B Time Input The recorder is equipped to handle modulated or unmodulated GPS satellite time IRIG B signals The IRIG B time signal is connected to the port 403 4 2 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 4 Communicating with the Recorder IRIG B connection on the back of the recorder BNC or pluggable terminal block When the IRIG B signal is provided to the recorder and is enabled in the settings through the user interface the IRIG B functional LED comes on and the recorder clock is referenced to this signal No settings are required to differentiate between modulated or unmodulated signals this is automatically detected by the recorder Enable or disable the IEEE 1344 extension using TESLA Control Panel in the Utilities gt Time tab The enabled mode receives the year from the IRIG B sig nal Disable this setting if the available IRIG B signal has no year extension 4 3 Communicating with the Recorder IED D02771R02 50 You can connect to the recorder to access its user interface and SCADA ser vices by Front USB 2 0 interface user interface Front or rear copper or optical Ethernet network link user interface SCADA and IEC 61850 Direct serial link user int
7. 26m0 Jan 25 01 21 10 35 gt gt 4 gt RecordGraph Scale Primary Figure 11 83 Trend View Trend View is designed to display trend data e t has a special x axis common to all the graphs to display the data in the date format When zoomed the scale automatically changes depending on the date range For example years months or months days or days hours or hours minutes or minutes seconds Each analog graph in a trend view can display one trace A maximum of 32 graphs can be added per view 11 56 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 11 Graphing Records 11 5 Templates D02771R02 50 Templates associated with a record i RecordGraph E inl o X File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help i a mate Sa X eeel a ti m e e Fa el E recorddemo2 p a Basic V amp I 1 Analog demo2 recorddemo2 2000 05 31 16 31 25 366 Line 41 le C Ph Current High Mag T t X 0483KA H O 0757KA H A 1240KA h Watts Zero Sequence El Low Speed Channels H Analog Frequency Impedance Line 1 Ib B Ph Current D X 2116KA 5 O 0248KA A 1867KA Positive Sequence Summation E Vars HH Watts 2000 Mav 31 16 31 25 366667 Line 1 ZeroSeq 8 X 13320KV 25 0K4 i O 15 903KY 2000 May 31 16 31 25 366667 i i A 2582KV o e La r i Seconds 0 200 0 150
8. Markers locked one cycle apart j ini s ketna In Harmonic Magnitude RMS 44B Y Vac Yab 10 0K MN THD TR4AB Y In 11 660 TRAAB Y Ic STH Bar Graph of A TRAAB Y Ib 12 254 Harmonics A TRAAB Y la m THD A Unit 4 Va Unit 4 Va 3d 120 Amplitude Ay Unit 4Wb Unit 4 Vb D z 10 15 50 25 30 4Mc Unit 4 Vc Harmonics T bi d y Unit 4la Unit 4 la Order E Mag V RMS E Phase Ema fog V RMS M Phas E Mag V RMS m Phas i TEE Yo wen Ue ume e Table displays 1 8 633K 18 8227 date 8 819K 102 j H Misc In TRT8CD Y 2 0 772K 33 0 848K 133 0 245K 1121 H Harmonic Amplitude A Misc Vac Bus 4G Vbe 3 0 575K 108 0 557K 55 D 176K 80 i 4 0 303K 171 0 255K 10 0 100K 41 v and edd y 5 0 085K 163 0153K 11 0 074K 157 with corresponding y Misc Vac Bus 6 0 233K 149 0 190K 542 0 078K 242 el Misc Vac Bus 4J Vbc poi i anaes Bor Quen sided mers poda m Phase Angles A Unit 4 Vac Unit 4 Vn y Analog Input36 s Fu Analog Timeline A Symcom A symcom Harmonic E oben al Scale Primary Figure 11 63 Harmonic View Harmonic View is designed to analyse harmonics associated with analog channels In order to view harmonics markers should be enabled by select ing Measure Markers A maximum of 3 traces can be analysed per view e The view displays analog channels a bar graph of harmonics and a table which contains rms values of the
9. Channel Address Value External I P 1 10001 0 Off inactive 1 On active External I P 2 10002 0 Off inactive 1 On active External I P 3 10003 0 Off inactive 1 On active External I P 4 10004 0 Off inactive 1 On active External I P 5 10005 0 Off inactive 1 On active External I P 6 10006 0 Off inactive 1 On active External I P 7 10007 0 Off inactive 1 On active External I P 8 10008 0 Off inactive 1 On active External I P 9 10009 0 Off inactive 1 On active External I P 10 10010 0 Off inactive 1 On active External I P 11 10011 0 Off inactive 1 On active External I P 12 10012 0 Off inactive 1 On active External I P 13 10013 0 Off inactive 1 On active External I P 14 10014 0 Off inactive 1 On active External I P 15 10015 0 Off inactive 1 On active External I P 16 10016 0 Off inactive 1 On active External I P 17 10017 0 Off inactive 1 On active External I P 18 10018 0 Off inactive 1 On active External I P 19 10019 0 Off inactive 1 On active TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 Appendix D Modbus Functions External I P 20 10020 Off inactive On active External I P 21 10021 Off inactive On active External I P 22 10022 Off inactive On active External I P 23 10023 Off ina
10. Alnp2 51 Alarm A lnp2 51 Trip A Inp3 50LS 1 High amp lnp3 50LS 2 High A lnp3 50BF 1 Trip m A Inp1 SOBF 2 Trip amp lnp3 5OBF 2 Trip amp lnp3 50 Trip amp np3 51 Alarm A lnp3 51 Trip amp np4 50LS 1 High amp lnp4 50LS 2 High Alnpd 50BF 1 Trip A lnp4 50BF 2 Trip A lnp4 50 Trip Alnp4 51 Alarm x FU Timeline Scale Secondary Figure 11 107 Time Sync Input Status Indicator D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 11 77 11 Graphing Records 11 14 Derived External and Virtual Input Channels for TESLA Swing Recordings TESLA recordings do not record External Input and Virtual Input channels for the swing records A facility to view these channels in the RecordGraph is pro vided RecordGraph automatically displays these channels if configured un der the low speed channel group Events with the same element are grouped together to form a channel This facility is backward compatible 11 15 COMTRADE Import COMTRADE Common Format for Transient Data Exchange is an industry standard record format used to share data between tools and to replay faults through a test set The import utility supports viewing of both ASCII and bina ry COMTRADE formats 1991 1999 and 2000 When the COMTRADE file is imported into the RecordGraph all its functionality can be seamlessly used to analyze the record 1 RecordGraph application must be running to access this faci
11. Transmitted Value Scaling o Default CI E Resignedio Multiplier oa oh d default ipti t Events Minimum Maximum default range Offset eu E Description S 1 2 3 or none maximal 321 Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MW 0 1 0 00001 tion 16 P 322 Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MVAR 0 1 0 00001 tion 16 Q 323 Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MW 0 1 0 00001 tion 16 S 324 Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MW 0 1 0 00001 tion 17 P 325 Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MVAR 0 1 0 00001 tion 17 Q 326 Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MW 0 1 0 00001 tion 17 S 327 Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MW 0 1 0 00001 tion 18 P 328 Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MVAR 0 1 0 00001 tion 18 Q 329 Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MW 0 1 0 00001 tion 18 S 330 Group 1 Frequency 2 0 Configurable 0 01 0 001 1 0 0 0 Hz 0 01 0 001 331 Group 2 Frequency 2 0 Configurable 0 01 0 001 1 0 0 0 Hz 0 01 0 001 332 Impedance Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Ohm 0 1 0 00001 tion 1 Mag 333 Impedance Func 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 tion 1 Angle 334 Impedance Func 2 0 Configura
12. Figure 11 6 Save Template Use this option to save the current graphical layout information to a file see Templates on page 11 57 for further explanations on templates and their role in graphical analysis When this option is chosen and if there are no templates in the template list then a Save As Template dialog box is displayed Otherwise the current layout information is saved in a file as shown in the template list box File gt Save Template As i Recordcraph zi5ixi File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help malala es A S dla Flajs x elelee z tld s AN slej e F8 EIE recordemol tlr m recordemot tlr 1999 06 25 18 24 31 484 Digital in E 86U2 Ext Input Tripped El High Speed Channels E Analog Unit 4 a Unit 4 Va 20 0K TRACD X Vac Vab Boswell AT iicet n 1999 Jun 25 18 24 31 484028 AIC Sho A TRACD Xb A TRACD Xa TRACD Y Vac Vab TRACD Y In A TRACD Y Ic TRACD Y Ib TR4CD Y la TRAABAX Vac Vab TRAABXIN TRAABXI TRAABA Ib A TRAAB Xa y Misc In TRT8CD X Ir A Misc In TRIZABX In Save Template As Bd y MiscIn TRTZAB Y In E n iT Name Untitled LPRO A TRAAB Y lc TRAAB Y Ib TRAAB Y la Save as default template Unit 4 Va Unit 4 Va Unit 4 Vb Llnit 4 Vb Unit 4 Vc Unit 4 Vc A Unit 4la Unit 4 la Unit 4 Ib Unit 4 Ib A Unit 4Ic Unit 4 lc A Misc In TRT8CD Y y Misc Vac Bus 4G Vbc y Misc Vac Bus 4F Vbc y Misc Vac Bus 4
13. Save IED definition Cancel Figure 13 9 Records display Records shown as being on the recorder On JED branch are on the Master Re corder When you initiate record transfer Control Panel automatically re trieves records with the same timestamp from all group members and combines them into a single group record The record also combines event data from all recorders in the group chronologically sorted Records listed under the Local branch have already been transferred and combined To eliminate naming ambiguity and identify the data associated with each re corder channel names and event entries in the combined record are prefixed with 1 2 3 and 4 These prefixes correspond to the member number defined in the Cooperative Mode Setup screen Calculated channels are automatically generated when the records are trans ferred to Control Panel This differs from individual recorder records where calculated channels are generated when the record 1s first displayed by Record Graph The displayed record summary information is derived from the Master Record er The preview of events cannot be shown until the combined record has been generated so the event list is only displayed for records that have already been transferred 13 12 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 13 Cooperative Recorder Group Record deletion for a Cooperative Group IED is handled the same way as re cord transfer Deleting a record f
14. TRACD XVac Vab swell Ay TRACDX In 1999 Jun 25 18 24 31 484028 TRACD X Je IC Shop A TRACD Ib 15 0K TR4CD la A TRACD Y Vac Vab A TRACD Y In RecordGraph Ay TRACD Y lc A TRACD Y Ib A TRACD Y la N A TR4ABXVac Vab Printing A Thai Untitled A TRAABXIb A TRAABXJA on the Ay MiscIn TRIBCDX Ir SAPT_WPG1 Xerox Document Centre Misc In TRT7AB X In i nm on 192 168 100 201 Y Vac Va A TRAAB Y In A TRAAB Y Lc y TRAAB Y Ib A TRAAB Y la y Unit 4 Va lnit 4 Va Ny Unit 4 b Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 Vc LInit 4 Vc y Unit 4 la Unit 4 la A Unit 4 Ib Urit 4 Ib Ay Unit 4le Unit 4 Ic y Misc In TRT8CD Y y Misc Vac Bus 4G Vbc y Misc Vac Bus 4F Vbc y Misc Vac Bus 4E Vbc z s 4h 7 A Misc Vac Bus 4J Vbe Seconds 0 020 0 040 0 060 0 080 0 100 0 120 0 140 0 160 A Unit d Vac Unit 4 Vn al y Analog Input36 lt il ee 4 p i Timeline 20 0K Srale Drimarw Figure 11 10 Print Direct Send the active view directly to the default printer When this option is chosen the standard print dialog box is not displayed The active view is sent directly to the default printer for printing but you can cancel the printing if the print status dialog box is displayed File gt Print All File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help aS lt Derauit gt z 7 e dla Ela x aelel a td aj Baje 2 3 Fa recordemol tlr A recordemot tlr 1999 06 25
15. This list also determines the order in which records are combined The member number shown here is pre pended onto each analog and digital channel in the combined record to identify which record er it came from 3 Enable cooperative recording group operation a 13 10 Click Save TESLA 4000 Control Panel will connect to each mem ber recorder to provide member IP addresses and enable cross trig gering Progress information is displayed as each member recorder is updat ed When the update is finished the status of each Member recorder should say Connected if not use the Check button to update current Status TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 13 Cooperative Recorder Group b Click Close The cooperative recording group configuration 1s now complete and cross triggering record collection and combining of member records are enabled The Check button beside the member recorder names in Figure 13 8 initiates a status check of the communications between the member recorders It can be used at any time Working with Control Panel in the Substation In the substation you can connect to the recorders through the LAN if a spare port is available on the Ethernet switch Alternatively a di rect serial connection with each recorder can be used You may need to alter the Communication mode settings in a recorder s IED Definition TESLA 4000 User Manual 13 11 13 Cooperative Recorder Group 13 3
16. UM RecordGraph E loj xl File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help e Ex S lt Default gt z kj 5 Of gl amp Ela z X alele ea a ATENI tjej ES oe FE 5 bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr El High Speed Channels 125 El Analog PT1 4 100 bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr y PTLVI ST VITAL A PTIV2 1989 Nov D1 04 59 47 781441 Time 0 0936 Amplitude 98 9382 PTLNS SUB EAST A CTIJAHS A CT11BHS A CTI ICHS E E CrossHair A CT21CHS CT31ALS measurements 4 CT3 1B LS A CT31CLS A CTAJALS A CT4 1B LS A CT41CLS y CTSIATS 0 CT5A4B TS A CTSICTS y la Operating 25 y Ib Operating y le Operating la Restraint 50 Ib Restraint y Ic Restraint iv External FE Summation 25 75 100 125 r r r r r r r r Seconds 0060 0080 0 100 0420 0440 0160 0180 0200 0220 al w X Timeline Scale Secondary A Figure 11 33 CrossHair Set or clear crosshair cursor measurement by dragging the mouse left click and move anywhere on the graph to display the readout The difference be tween the marker and crosshair readout is that the marker values correspond to the data values whereas the crosshair measurement corresponds to the x and y coordinates When this option is selected you can measure coordinates of any graph in the active view Measure gt Primary Ah Z M H io File View Graph Meas
17. ae oltage 0 0 4 Lo H Copy Trace Data to Clipboard Ctrl D dd j f f oltage 4000k4 V E UU ue 150 0K i eda itive f H X 0 056KA t ummation m Line 1 a Ph Current O 1 454KA ars A 1 510KA atts m Line 1 Ib B Ph Current m Ext I Input 1 Low m Ext Input 10 Low m External Input 11 Low E r r r r 7 r r 7 1 Seconds 0 100 gos 0 050 0 025 0000 0025 0 050 oole 0100 0 125 7 zn 4 D 40157 AA Timeline Ay Overlay Display the selected trace data scale Primary Astart tet K KS Inbox micr GYe workima y adobe Ilust BJ My Computer JNaprojectsi V RecordGra Gi Microsoft Po 1 26 PM Figure 11 101 Copy Trace to Clipboard TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 11 Graphing Records Pasting exported data using Microsoft Excel 1 Open Microsoft Excel 2 Choose Edit Paste Special Bile Edit wiew Insert Format Tools Data Window Help Acrobat D 9 contundo cz Bag x zmo 2 Aris 10 B Z UJEEEH E O0 A al X ce Ctri x Copy Ctrl C A paste Ctrlev e Paste Special o x 31 X I4 4 hN Sheeti Sheet2 Sheet3 I4 If dl Num Ready Ei Astart 54 2 O FElimbox micros Gyedworkimanu Adobe tlustrator my Computer 3JNAprojectsi46 tRecorderaph e microsoft Excel 1 31 PM Figure 11 102 Paste Special Using Excel Pasting exported data using MicroS
18. 11 Graphing Records Fundamental RMS This option displays the rms measurement of the fundamental 60 or 50 Hz between the two markers X and O of the selected channel 1 A trace channel must first exist on the graph Click the graph that you want to show absolute time measurement 2 Select the Measure gt Markers menu option or the Markers button on the tool bar to place the markers on the graph Markers are automatically placed if not selected 3 Select Measure gt Fundamental RMS menu option 4 Readout corresponding to the markers is displayed on the right hand side of the graph including RMS fundamental frequency Title Minimum rms Maximum rms Average rms ne be Yew Gah Meare Kale Spera thp ini xj Mmaa cor IN mj sjrare misi x zjalelej z tia 3J zj ts sie po E Fundamental RMS ale Secondary Figure 11 94 Fundamental RMS TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 True RMS D02771R02 50 11 Graphing Records This option displays true rms measurement values of all the harmonics includ ing the fundamental depending on the sample rate of the recorded channel 1 A trace channel must first exist on the graph Click the graph that you want to show absolute time measurement 2 Select the Measure Markers menu option or the Markers button on the tool bar to place the markers on the graph Markers are automatically placed if not selected 3 Select Measure
19. 20000 TCP or UDP Default DNP3 can be modified by the user TESLA 2000 3000 and 4000 TESLA 4000 User Manual 4 23 4 Communicating with the Recorder 4 11 IEC 61850 Communication The IEC 61850 Standard Implementation Details 4 24 The Smart Grid is transforming the electrical power industry by using digital technology to deliver electricity in a more intelligent efficient and controlled way Embedded control and communication devices are central to this trans formation by adding intelligent automation to electrical networks The IEC 61850 standard defines a new protocol that permits substation equip ment to communicate with each other Like many other well known manufac turers ERLPhase Power Technologies is dedicated to using IEC 61850 based devices that can be used as part of an open and versatile communications net work for substation automation The IEC 61850 defines an Ethernet based protocol used in substations for data communication Substations implement a number of controllers for protection measurement detection alarms and monitoring System implementation is of ten slowed down by the fact that the controllers produced by different manu facturers are incompatible since they do not support the same communication protocols The problems associated with this incompatibility are quite serious and result in increased costs for protocol integration and system maintenance The TESLA 4000 Model 4000 conf
20. 4 Z O Z O Unicast SVC 48 SendUSVMessage S O Z O S49 GetUSVCBValues CD C 4 Z O SetUSVCBValues 4 Z O C10 shall declare support for at least one Send MSV Message or Send USV Message control 17 5 1 S51 Select Z O S52 Select with value S53 Cancel Z O Z S54 Operate YES U U S55 Command Termination U S56 Time Activated Operate zZ O Aa AJA U ul Z O File Transfer Clause 20 S57 GetFile U lt m o lt m o S58 SetFile 59 DeleteFile lt m O S60 GetFileAttributeValues 4 lt m o U Time 5 5 Appendix J 6 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation Table J 3 ACSI Service Conformance Statement Nearest neg ative power of 2 in sec Supported Time Stamp resolu Nearest value of 2 n in seconds according to 5 5 3 7 3 9 tion D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix J 7 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation J 2 Model Implementation Conformance Statement MICS Introduction Objective Lo ical Device Definitions Appendix J 8 This specification is the Model Implementation Conformance Statement MICS and presents the top level IEC 61850 data model that has been imple mented The definitions of all used Logical Nodes and their associated Com mon Data Classes components and associated enumerated values are also
21. Decrease Left Margin Decreases left margin Decrease Right Margin TESLA 4000 User Manual Decreases right margin 11 31 11 Graphing Records 11 3 Views Add a View Delete a View 11 32 The view screen graphically displays information from the record A view is associated with a tab at the bottom of the screen which can be renamed using the Rename tab You can create a maximum of 30 view tabs Add new view to layout 1 Select the View gt Add from the top menu bar or the Add button from the tool bar 2 Select the desired view from the shortcut menu 3 Click OK Select desired view and select OK Select View gt Add or click the Add button to create a view type rnm alpixi file wee Gath Mesure Xe Qoa Heb mena E SITS mi xJ glelei gt xj sid 2 nj 15 mia Im C R20793 2000404 30 00 01 54 baje Speed Charre ne Vebage A Bus V A ne Valse B t ts ze en vole B VUE PE CP EAE Se eee need Timelin Overlay ee Symcom Harmonic Impedance STE a g d PA f 1 click OK to create a new view Qo Marki sod Cancel cole Secondary View Tabs Figure 11 52 Add a View The Add View option lists Impedance View only if the selected record is from an L PRO TESLA or COMTRADE record Clears active view from layout 1 Select the View gt Delete from top menu bar A shortcut menu asks you to con firm t
22. NC D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix F 9 Appendix F Input Modules AC Voltage Input Full Scale V rms Shunt Resistance Rs 9 Input Resistance Rin 9 Feedback Resistance Rep 9 Input Impedance Q 10 Low Range 0 1 V to 150 V rms FS 0 1 00 1 00 MO 10k O0 0 2 00 237 kO 10k O0 2 2 c2 2 2 2 c2 00 64 9 KQ 10k O0 00 23 7 kO 10k O0 00 6 19 kQ 10k O0 6 19 KQ 00 16k O0 23 7 KQ 00 33 k QO 20 59 0 kO 00 66kQ0 50 178 KQ 1 2 W 00 160 k O 100 464 KQ 1 W 00 320kO 150 for 69 V 909 kQ 2 W 00 490 k O High Range 200 V to 600 V rms FS D 200 00 15 4 kO 1 5M Q 2 2 2 C 2 C2 250 for 120 V 00 9 53 kO 1 5M Q 500 for 240 V 121 KQ 00 1 6M O V NC 7 NC Input Appendix F 10 600 750 kQ 1 W 1 9M O TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 DC Current Input External Shunt Optional Appendix F Input Modules
23. Non phase related measurement Non phase related measurement Non phase related measurement Non phase related measurement Non phase related measurement Non phase related measurement TESLA 4000 User Manual Trigger Status of Watt Var Channels 1 to 18 Trigger Status of Impedance Chan nels 1 to 18 Trigger Status of Frequency Chan nels 1 to 2 Trigger Status of PF Detectors 1 to 18 Magnitude of Analog Channels 1 to 18 36 Magnitude of Summation Channels 1 to 30 Watt Var Channels 1 to 18 Impedance Channels 1 to 18 Frequency Channels 1 to 2 Power Factor Channels 1 to 18 D02771R02 50 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation Table J 12 TESLA 4000 Logical Nodes Measurements ANLANGGGIO1 Generic process l O Angle of Analog Channels 1 to 18 36 ANLANGGGIO36 Measurements SUMANGGGIO37 Generic process l O Angle of Summation Channels 1 to 30 SUMANGGGIO66 Measurements SEQMSQI1 Sequence and imbalance Sequence Channels 1 to 12 SEQMSQ12 GGIO1 Generic process l O Output contacts FaultLocators RFLO1 Fault locator Fault Locators 1 to 10 RFLO10 Virtuallnputs SUBSCRGGIO 1 Generic process I O Multi purpose external GOOSE Vir tual Inputs SUBSCRGGIO8 1 For details see Model Options on page 1 5 D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix J 41 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation Logical Node The following sections provide detailed spec information on the TESLA 4000 Specifications
24. Trigger Settings Rate of Change Interval Specifies the period of time over which both positive and negative rate of change is measured 0 5 to 8 0 cycles Single Harmonic Number Selects the harmonic of fundamental frequency that will be used by the Single Harmonic trigger 2 to the highest harmonic allowed which is defined in Table 8 1 Sample Rates 60 Hz System Frequency on page 6 and Table 8 2 Sample Rates 50 Hz System Frequency on page Nominal Level Provides a nominal level for the sag and swell detectors Available on voltage channels only See sag and swell detector details below Limit Specifies the trigger levels for the magnitude single harmonic THD sag and swell triggers Specifies the magnitude portion of the rate for rate of change triggers Specifies how long the trigger condition must be present before a trig ger is declared Magnitude and Rate of Change triggers 0 to 1 200 seconds in half cycle increments Single harmonic and THD triggers 1 to 10 000 seconds in 1 second increments Trigger Actions Enable Enables or disables the associated trigger A trigger can be disabled without altering the rest of its settings Fault Initiates a fault high speed recording when triggered owing Initiates a swing low speed recording when triggered If both Fault and Swing are enabled the recorder will attempt to cre ate a combined record
25. Where a signal is asserted to enable reception any data sent to the device when the signal is not active could be discarded RS 232 V 24 V 28 Options Before Tx Asserts RTS DTR Before Rx Asserts RTS DTR Always Asserts kl RTS x DTR Before Tx Requires AssertedDeasserted CTS DCD DSR RI Rx Inactive Before Rx Requires AssertedDeasserted CTS DCD DSR RI Always Ignores k CTS x DCD kx DSR x RI Other explain RS 422 V 11 Options Requires Indication before Rx Asserts Control before Tx Other explain RS 485 Options Requires Rx inactive before Tx Other explain 1 2 5 Interval to Request Link I Not Supported Status Fixed at seconds Configurable range to seconds Configurable selectable from _ seconds Configurable other describe 1 2 6 Supports DNP3 x No Collision Avoidance Yes explain D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix E 3 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile 1 2 Serial Connections 1 2 7 Receiver Inter character Timeout Capabilities Not checked No gap permitted Fixed at bit times Fixed at ms Configurable range to bit times Configurable range to ms Configurable Selectable from bit times Configurable Selectable ffrom ms Configurable other describe Variable explain Current Value If configurable list methods 1 2 8 Inter character gaps in transmission Appendix E 4 None always transmits with no inter
26. 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Analog Input 27 DC D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix E 25 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile Transmitted Value Scaling x E di Multiplier oa oh mni d default ipti t Events Minimum Maximum default range Offset eu E Description S 1 2 3 or none maximal Analog Input 28 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Analog Input 28 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Analog Input 28 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 THD Analog Input 28 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 SHL Analog Input 28 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 DC Analog Input 29 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Analog Input 29 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Analog Input 29 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 THD Analog Input 29 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 SHL Analog Input29 DC 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Analog Input 30 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Analog Input 30 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle
27. 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 THD Analog Input 21 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 SHL Transmitted Value Scaling Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile x E d Multiplier oa oh E ini i d default ipti t Events Minimum Maximum default range Offset eu E Description S 1 2 3 or none maximal Analog Input 21 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 DC Analog Input 22 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Analog Input 22 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Analog Input 22 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 THD Analog Input 22 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 SHL Analog Input 22 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 DC Analog Input 23 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Analog Input 23 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Analog Input 23 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 THD Analog Input 23 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 SHL Analog Input 23 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 DC Analog Input 24 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Analog Input 24
28. 57 605 T 0 200 Figure 11 69 Time Window Control Moved to New Location TESLA 4000 User Manual 11 47 11 Graphing Records In the above case the data is included from range 0 007 to 0 007 1 176 where 1 176 is the data width The 1 176 width remains same If you resize the thumb track then the width can be controlled or you can double click near the number 1 176 to get a dialog box to enter the data range precisely rm PRI De ewm Gah fene Kale Options Heo we vn zj eiras si x zlajvjej p sle z sj HIN spe aioli A dialog box pops up to enter the width or data range indicated by the size of the thumb track The scale indicates the step by which na TA 1176 the data is incremented DRA 5 O00 AVE 4 oe A _ Cocal Figure 11 70 Indicate Data Range A dialog box appears to enter the width or data range which is indicated by the size of the thumb track The scale indicates the step by which the data is incre mental For example when the spin control arrow is clicked after closing the dialog box if an up arrow is clicked the data is incremental from present po sition to present position 5 On the other hand if the down arrow is clicked the data is decremented by 5 Example to Superimpose the L PRO Relay Characteristics aiaz o View Qah Memure Kae Options Heo BIBS 5 ON z a xj zlejvjej Bl sli z 0 HN la a E edet prei wA CA 114000 Anps Lam Vrase anet
29. Direct Modem Port The Direct Modem Port refers to either the recorder s rear panel Port 405 or its optional Internal Modem port depending on the Port Select setting Direct Modem Port functionality is not available on all TESLA 4000 IED configurations Port Select Direct Serial Port 405 is enabled for a direct serial connection with TESLA Control Panel or a terminal program to access the Maintenance Menu External Modem Port 405 can be used to connect to an exter nal modem through a serial link Internal Modem Enables a modem connection through the recorder s rear panel RJ 11 Internal Modem Port Requires that the recorder has the internal modem option installed The internal modem can be disabled through the Maintenance Menu Baud Rate Sets the baud rate of port 405 The default baud rate is 38 400 baud For a direct serial connection on Port 405 the baud rate must match that of the port of the computer connected to this port When configured for an internal or external modem the baud rate specifies the rate at which the recorder communicates with the modem The actual communication rate between modems is less than or equal to this setting depending on what the modems can negotiate over the phone line For best results use the maximum baud rate that your communication link and equipment can sustain Modem Initialization When using an internal or external modem a modem String initialization string ca
30. Input Calculation Triggers Recording Number of Channels Types Notes 8 32 Impedance Channels calculate impedance from voltage and current inputs The channel can produce either single phase or three phase values Triggering is based on the rate of impedance within a defined impedance circle centered around the origin Analog Input Channels Summation Channels or Sequence Component chan nel can be used as inputs to an Impedance Channel Using Sequence Compo nent as an input results in a three phase impedance The impedance calculation continuously recalculates the apparent impedance from the selected voltage and current signals then subtracts an earlier calculat ed value determined by the Rate of Change Interval setting The impedance trigger operates if the difference is between the Minimum Change and Maximum Change settings and the calculated impedance is within Circle Radius of the origin Rate of impedance within a defined impedance circle Low Speed Impedance magnitude at a rate of one value per cycle 18 Impedance Channels are available Z1 impedance The impedance magnitude and angle readings are also available to the meter ing display SCADA and the long term trending function TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 8 Configuring the Recorder Settings TESLA Impedance Function Configuration Element Type Description Impedarnce Index Elementi smile tstzi zl 1 i V
31. Off inactive On active External I P 52 10052 Off inactive On active External I P 53 10053 Off inactive On active External I P 54 10054 Off inactive On active External I P 55 10055 Off inactive On active External I P 56 10056 Off inactive On active External I P 57 10057 Off inactive On active External I P 58 10058 Off inactive On active External I P 59 10059 Off inactive On active TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix D 3 Appendix D Modbus Functions Appendix D 4 External I P 60 10060 Off inactive On active External I P 61 10061 Off inactive On active External I P 62 10062 Off inactive On active External I P 63 10063 Off inactive On active External I P 64 10064 Off inactive On active External l P1 Change latch 10257 Off no change On change External I P 2 Change latch 10258 Off no change On change External I P 3 Change latch 10259 Off no change On change External I P 4 Change latch 10260 Off no change On change External I P 5 Change latch 10261 Off no change On change External I P 6 Change latch 10262 Off no change On change External I P 7 Change latch 10263 Off no change On change External I P 8 Change latch 10264 Off no change On change Exter
32. PFRADRII7 PFRADRI34 This section defines logical node data for the logical nodes PFRADR117 to PFRADR134 of the TESLA 4000 logical device Triggers PFRADR117 Trigger status of PF detector 1 ST ChTrg stVal GOCB for Publication GOOSE_PF PFRADR134 Trigger status of PF detector 18 Appendix J 44 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation Logical Device ANLMAGMMXNI ANLMAGMMXN36 Measurements This section defines logical node data for the logical nodes ANLMAGMMXNI to ANLMAGMMXN36 of the TESLA 4000 logical de vice Measurements Note in this case the same logical node can have one of the two data attribute types ANLMAGMMXN 1 Magnitude of analog channel 1 MX Amp mag Current input magnitude in A MXx Volt mag Voltage input magnitude in V ANLMAGMMXN36 Magnitude of analog channel 18 36 SUMMAGMMXN37 SUMMAGMMXN66 This section defines logical node data for the logical nodes SUMMAGMMXN37 to SUMMAGMMXN66 of the TESLA 4000 logical de vice Measurements SUMMAGMMXN37 Magnitude of summation channel 1 MX Amp mag Current input magnitude in A MX Volt mag Voltage input magnitude in V SUMMAGMMXN66 Magnitude of summation channel 30 WVARMMXNO7 WVARMMXN84 This section defines logical node data for the logical nodes WVARMMXNO7 to WVARMMXN84 of the TESLA 4000 logical device Measurements Note in this case the logical node can have one of the three data attributes WVARMMXN67 W
33. Recorder s record will be left out of the combined group record onds of pre trigger is recom mended Normal Record Length Records of different duration can be combined into a group record The group record can be dis played but not exported in COM TRADE format Settings should be the same if COMTRADE export of the com bined record is desired Maximum Record Length Controls the capability of each recorder to automatically extend a recording to include subsequent triggers A minimum of 0 1 second of auto extension Maximum Record Length Normal Record Length is recommended to avoid multiple overlapping records in the case of near coincident triggers TESLA Device Configuration Identification screen in the Configuration editor Setting Effect on Cooperative Operation TESLA 4000 User Manual Guideline 13 13 13 Cooperative Recorder Group Table 13 5 Time Control Settings Utilities gt Time setup screen Sample Rate Records with a sample rate differ Setting must be the same on all ent from that of the Master group members Recorder s record will be left out of the combined record group 13 14 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 14 Maintenance Menu and Error Handling 14 1 Maintenance Menu TESLA has a set of utilities that provide diagnostic recovery and TCP IP ser vices These utilities are available through the Maintenance Menu accessed with a VT 100 terminal
34. Station Header Text Version Simple v Location comer Name Station Number 1 Unitld Node1 E Format x fasci Low Speed B0 sec m Exported Channels Elementi va tst Val 1 Magnitud 4 Elementi va tst Val 1 Phase Element Vb tst Vb1 1 Magnitud Elementl Vb tst Vb1 1 Phase Elementl Vc tst Vel 1 Magnitud Elementl Vc tst Ve 1 Phase Elementl la tst lal 1 Magnitude Elementi la tst lal 1 Phase Unused Rec Chan Magnitude Unused Rec Chan Phase z 72 Elementl Va tst Val 1 Magnitude Elementl Va tst Val 1 Phase Elementl Vb tst Vb1 1 Maanitude 4 Offset negative start times to begin at zero DK Cancel Figure 12 4 Excel CSV Settings The Excel CSV Comma Separated Value format 1s used to import records into a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet This format is also known as comma de limited ASCII and can generally be used by most programs that import data ar rays Excel CSV export produces a single output file with a csv extension which is recognized by Excel Excel is automatically launched when you double click on file Table 12 3 CSV Export Settings Name Function Export to The base filename and directory of the output files are set using the Export to option By default the base filename is the same as the record you are exporting You can edit this or use the Browse button to set a new direc tory and or base filename Station Name and Unit ID The Station Name and
35. TH Analog Input 21 Mag 0 42 uu Analog Input 22 Mag 0 45 Analog Input 23 Mag 0 49 o B Analog Input 24 Mag 0 19 Analog Input 25 Mag 0 15 0 Analog input 26 Mag 0 14 Analog Input 27 Mag 0 36 O Analog Input 28 Mag 0 03 Analog Input 29 Mag 053 0 Analog Input30 Mag 0 47 Analog Input 31 Mag 0 12 0 Analog input 32 Mag 0 37 Analog Input 33 Mag 0 06 0 Analog input 34 Mag 0 65 Tdip1 7 DC DC35 24 82 96 T4ip17 DC DC36 19 74 EE 4 4 gt gt K Analogs A Digitals A Analog A Summ A Seq A Power A Phasor A Test A PMU Phasors A PMU Analogs A PMU Digitals Metering o Angle Reference T4ip17 V amp 1 Ang Show As Primary Zoom Level 96 Main Menu Freeze Close Metering TESLA Control Panel v0 6 post 2 1 P0231 Current IED T4000IP17 Connected Figure 6 1 Metering Display The Metering display provides tabs at the bottom to select among multiple dis play screens The first two tabs Analogs and Digitals are the default tabs and present the readings from the analog inputs and external inputs You can define an additional ten user defined metering screens Setup of these additional screens is part of the recorder s configuration see Meter Groups on page 8 48 Angle information displayed on the metering screen may be referenced to any angle reference setting in the configuration file This feature modifies the dis play of informat
36. TRACD X lb Extend Print Range y TRACD la Set Phase Colors s TRACD Y Vac Yat AV TRACD Y In o TRACD Y Ic TRACD Y Ib y TRACD Y la TR4AB X Vac Vab A TRAAB In A TRAAB Je A TRAAB X Ib y TR4AB XJA Misc In TRT8CD X In Misc In TRT7AB X In Misc In TR17AB Y In TRAAB Y Vac Vab A TRAAB Y In A TRAAB Y lc TRAAB Y Ib A TRAAB Y la Unit 4Va Unit 4 Va Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 Vc Unit 4 Vc y Unit 4 la Unit 4 la u Unit 4 1b Unit 4 Ib Unit 4 Ic Unit 4 le Mise In TRISCD Y y MisoVac Bus 4G Vbc y Misc Vac Bus 4F Vbc y Misc Vac Bus 4E Vbc Misc Vac Bus 4J Vbc Unit 4 Vac Unit 4 Vn 4 Analog Input36 External Lock or Unlock Markers Set Precision m Unit 4 vb Unit 4 Vb m Unit 4 Ve Unit 4 vc Seconds ES iy Ay Overlay lol xl recordemot tir 1999 06 25 18 24 31 484 Digital in El 86U2 Ext Input Tripped 20 0K 15 0K 10 0K 5 0K 0 0 5 0 10 0K 15 0K 20 0K ji n X and O markers are locked 5 Figure 11 47 Lock Markers gt 7 e B x al alse v aj 4 s af mln sei a X 9 48678KY T O 2 6927KV A 6 7751KY jos coca 50 0075 0100 0125 0 0363s 0 0092 s al ume ea 40 0271 s Scale Primary Lock or unlock
37. Table 8 3 Element Name 10 chars Free form text describing the power system element associ ated with this channel e g Line 1 Channels that are logi cally related can be grouped through the use of the same element name Channel Type Standardized channel type descriptors are automatically gen erated when you select the channel type Examples Phase A voltage Phase C current Neutral current Generic AC voltage dc voltage or current External inputs Sequence component set pos neg zero summation of Phase A voltages Watts vars set PF Power factor Z1 Impedance Logic Logic function FLoc Fault locator Frequency Frequency one per channel group Description optional 12 chars Often the combination of the Element Name and the Channel Type is sufficient to fully identify a channel e g Line 1 Va In other cases the Description is required to clarify the channel name e g You might name an external input channel as Line 1 El BRKR1_a TESLA 4000 User Manual 8 9 8 Configuring the Recorder Element and Channel Tree Views The Config Editor can display recorder channels in two distinct views Ele ment View and Channel View The title at the top of the tree pane indicates the present viewing mode The button at the bottom of the tree pane lets you switch to the other viewing mode Element Tree The Element Tree Vie
38. Timeline Rename an active tab replaces the name on the view tab Scale Secondary A Figure 11 17 Rename Tab Replaces the name on the active view tab with one of your choices A dialog box appears to enter the name D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 11 11 11 Graphing Records 11 12 View gt Titles ox Bile view Graph Measure Scale Options Help B Me 7 aj 7 dla la x alele tlh a nj AN mle 5 e F8 Li be Rename Tab sample TPR voltage A 115B 100 Copy to Clipboard COYOTE SUB Savalas Meta Fie 2000 Nov 15 13 06 47 000000 Beulah ND ul v Show Channel List Title options E X View title v Toolbar A IC2 HV 5715 C Simple Special A I 3LV 5603 IB3LV 5603 IC3LV 5603 N S iet m maximum of 5 items can be selected from the options list b IC4LV 5604 ptions Selected Item s lA5 TV T x IB5TVT Record name Record name A IC5TVt Station name Trigger event y la Operating Location A Ib Operating Trigger time A le Operating UnitlD or relay y la Restraint Product type y Ib Restraint Serial number Y m Restraint Trigger event uti xternal le Summation een frequency nority Apply Close Secor Timeline Select Graph and View title options Scale Secondary A Figure 11 18 Titles Select graph and view titles options to compile titles an
39. fpr mbr mbe EN C Program Files APT datai TESLA Demo Unit Records i E oj x File Edit view Favorites Tools Help Back v amp t Qsearch G4 Folders 4 Y OS X w EJ Address C Program Files APT data TESLA Demo Unit Records v e Go Folders x Name Y 1 y Size Type Soe i recorddemof Eau xp File Access 97 Runtime jai recordemol L d Add Record Accessories Scan for Viruses i Export Adobe Open With E APT cD Add to Zip 4 B PRO Settings t Add to recorddemo2 zip B data tS Zip and E Mail recorddemqd ae boj ke end To C Configs brings up the context menu A Records Cut with the RecordBase View E F PRO Offliner Settings Copy item HelpDocs i i ia Create Shortcut CE L PRO Settings Delajo i Product Update BH E RecordBase Server EH RecordBase View Properties LE RecordGraph ET TESLA Control Panel HH T PRO Offliner Settings Caere t i Common Files _ ComPlus Applications Figure 11 3 Launching RecordGraph from Windows Explorer D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 11 3 11 Graphing Records RecordGraph Main menu items Components Tool bar buttons e A drop down box lists the templates associated with the current record s IED A left hand side
40. start stop 00 01 start stop 07 08 limited qty 17 28 index 30 Analog Input 32 bit with flag 06 no range or all 129 response start stop 00 01 start stop 07 08 limited qty 17 28 index 30 Analog Input 16 bit with flag 06 no range or all 129 response start stop 00 01 start stop 30 30 32 32 32 32 32 40 07 08 limited qty 17 28 index Analog Input 32 bit without flag 06 no range or all 129 response start stop 00 01 start stop 07 08 limited qty 17 28 index Analog Input 16 bit without flag 06 no range or all 129 response 00 01 start stop 07 08 limited qty 17 28 index Analog Input Event Any Variation 06 no range or all 129 response index 07 08 limited qty Analog Input Event 32 bit without 06 no range or all 129 response index time 07 08 limited qty 1304unsol esp Analog Input Event 16 bit without 06 no range or all 129 response index time 07 08 limited gty 130 unseLresp Analog Input Event 32 bit with time 06 no range or all 129 response index 07 08 limited qty Analog Input Event 16 bit with time 06 no range or all response index 07 08 limited qty 0 Anaateg Output Status Anmsy Mana 1 read 06 no range or all 129 response tion 40 2 Analeg Output Status 16 bit with 129 response 00 014 start stop flag D02771R02 50 TESLA
41. 0 100 d 0 050 odbo doso x 01 o 00 u Timeline Ay overay a pn A041 RecordGraph v0 63 Scale Primary 4 Left Margin Figure 11 84 Template List Template contains user defined layout information including Views graphs and their location along with the traces channels Markers position X O and trigger marker T Views and graphs title options X axis scaling zooming information Y axis scaling zooming information X axis shift time alignment of each channel Measurement readout options Left Margin Template stores the easy to manage layout information in a file based on prod uct type B PRO F PRO L PRO T PRO TESLA COMTRADE When the template information is stored it can be applied to any recording normally from same IED or product for which the template is valid For ex ample if a template has 3 views with 3 graphs per view and has 1 2 and 3 an alog channels displayed with various options this information can be applied to any record with that common framework The concept is to re use the com mon layout information and update the data information with the new recorded channels thus reducing the graph re creation processing time These flexible and user defined templates can be shared among different users Normally under default installation options templates are stored on the local TESLA 4000 User Manual 11 57 11 Graphing Records Default Templates 11 58 hard di
42. 3 Enable TCP packets forwarding on the master recorder for details see Maintenance Menu Commands on page 14 3 4 Set up TESLA Control Panel to communicate with the master recorder via the PC s modem and create and configure an appropriate JED Definition for it see External Modem on page 4 12 5 Create an or modify existing JED Definition for each recorder to be ac cessed through the gateway not including the master recorder Under Communication select Connect Through IED and pick the master IED created in the previous setup 6 To initiate communication with any of the recorders choose the target re corder from the Select IED list in TESLA Control Panel s Main Menu and use the Connect button To connect to recorders through a modem gateway you must be logged into Windows with local administrator privileges on the com puter running Control Panel or RecordBase Administrator privileges are required to handle updates to the network routing table Connect through feature is only supported on IEDs configured for a port 2000 listening port TESLA 4000 User Manual 4 15 4 Communicating with the Recorder 4 9 Accessing SCADA Services The recorder supports DNP3 Level 2 and Modbus SCADA protocols as stan dard features This section describes how to connect and configure the servic es Protocol details including point lists are provided in the appendices Serial Port Both DNP3 and Modbus protocols are available o
43. 5 6 6 Metering Display 6 1 7 Recorder Setup Utilities 7 1 CIE GENU CA ON zie nike e val ee aa mes 7 2 Communication Port Settings 7 3 Recording Control Settings 7 5 Time Display and Settings 7 9 Analog Input Calibration 7 12 NOUN ecc E EET E 7 14 Password ProtectiON nianse ei o Seno 7 16 8 Configuring the Recorder 8 1 Managing Configuration Files 8 1 SCADA and DNP Configuration 8 4 Configuration Editor issnin aai aiaa 8 4 iden NEO UD Maia ee a o ea oe UE ive 8 5 Channels and Triggers 8 8 Rnalog input Channels vn ji ped ae a 8 17 External Input Channels 8 22 GOOSE Virtual Input Channels 8 24 Summation Chane lenea a 8 26 Sequence Component Channels 8 29 Impedance Channels ccccccceccceeeseceseeetseeteeeteeeees 8 32 Watts and Vars Channels 8 35 Frequency Channels ccccccccssccsseeceececeeeseseeseeeaeees 8 38 LOGIC FUNCIONS ae pete teehee octet stork o 8 41 Fault Locator
44. Appendix A Specifications TESLA 4000 Power System Recorder Detailed Environmental Tests IEC EN 61000 4 11 Voltage Dips amp Interrupts Power Port AC applied 40 for 10 12 cycles 70 for IEC EN 61000 4 29 10 12 cycles 100 for 250 300 cycles IEC 60255 11 Voltage Dips amp Interrupts Power Port DC applied 100 reduction for up to 200 ms IEC 60255 26 Dielectric Strength Insulation Signal and Power Ports 2 kV for 1 minute IEC 60255 27 Impulse Immunity Communication Ports 1 kV 8 20us impulse to ground Non communication Ports 5 kV 8 20us impulse to ground IEC EN 61000 4 12 Oscillatory Enclosure Ports 2 5 kV IEC EN 60255 22 1 IEEE C37 90 1 IEC EN 61000 4 16 Mains Frequency Voltage Signal Ports 30 V continuous 300 V for 1s DC Power Port 30 V continuous 300 V for 1s IEC EN 61000 4 17 DC Power Port 10 Appendix A 6 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Appendix B TESLA Hardware Description Main Processor Board External Input ge 1 and Analog Input Board Comm Board Power Supply Storage Disk Front Panel Board D02771R02 50 The TESLA is a modular high quality power system recording system It is available in 18 36 channel model The Main Processor Board consists of a DSP a power PC processor serial ports Ethernet ports an IRIG B processor a watchdog and a power supply that supplies the other boards All other boards are connected to the MPB as I O
45. Appendix F Input Modules B 2350 HWK 127 3 mn 5 01 t a N o Ne er N Appendix F 6 2 65 67 2 mm Model 401014 3 S N TESLA Input Module AC 4 Channel Isolated Current Input Module Nominal 5 Arms Ratio 1KW load 100 Arms 1 580 Vrms 15 Arms continuous Max 200 Arms for 1 second 4 45 11 pO Figure F 5 AC Low Voltage Input Module TESLA 4000 User Manual g z EH as E E EZ gs Ge v S az zo oa UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED Update logo to ERLPhase CN THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DRAWING SHEETIOF1 e 10F1 APPLICATION REVISIONS DESCRIPTION WRITTEN PERMISSION OF ERLPHASE IS PROHIBITED www erlphase com D02771R02 50 Appendix F Input Modules F 5 DC Input Module Input and ya ha Configuration D02771R02 50 The DC Input Module Part No 106243 Model 401016 provides DC coupled isolation and scaling for four independent dc or ac voltage or current channels Dc module channels have a dc to 2 kHz bandwidth but the bandwidth may be limited by the recorder s input filters depending on the sample rate Externally mounted resistors set the input type and full scale range Output from the module is scaled to connect directly to the TESLA s analog input terminals Due to impedance matchi
46. Caner ZA K Cunard Z Cement I Curent 3A Curent JE Cumert JE emeri di Cane EB N Cunen amp K ka itey di AL hem wine il Bas Vekage L Enteral S gumai Lowe Lone Lone Linee acis him eee CO OE g Apo a 3p Hg EENET LO ps Dre De Be ero riae El law ga Are rne am wee fea Figure 11 54 Tool Tip 1 Left click on any graph and drag to form a small box around the graph area 2 When you release the mouse the trace assumes new zoom position deter mined by the area of the zoom coordinates Erer a nnd ES nee um a xi mi s 2 8 x aee slo z s HJ im Spe IS UA Line Voltage Line Vataj B Ay Une Vichage C Une Dureri A Une Cave D v Lie Orern E Gumert A My Cusen 28 My Cusen 2C My Cusen JA Cumert 38 U Ceni JC U Cument 44 y Cusen 46 u Cumert 4C u Bun Vatage amp Ay Bus Vohage B Bus Voltage C uma Sammabon Figure 11 55 Select a Section of the Graph to Zoom TESLA 4000 User Manual 11 35 11 Graphing Records 21D x De Yew Gah Mora Me i amma 7 fff al sij gt alalla mj si n ii mie alo B veg CA JM Scale aorti Figure 11 56 Portion of Zoomed Graph Follow the procedure 1 and 2 for further zooming Zoom Using the You can also use Zoom X axis Zoom X axis Zoom Y axis and Zoom Y Tool Buttons axis on the tool bar buttons to quick z
47. Change Scale Y axis Ctri Y CT1 1B HS A CTLICHS A CT2 14 HS AV CT2 1B HS CT24C HS AV CT3AALS CT31BLS A CT31CLS A CTAJALS AV CT4 1B LS A CT amp ICLS A CT51ATS A CT5 1B TS A CTSICTS y la Operating y Ib Operating le Operating la Restraint Ib Restraint le Restraint External H Summation Seconds ii X Timeline Zoom Out axis Figure 11 39 Zoom Y Axis Select this option to increase the y axis range by 25 of the current zoom range 250 200 150 100 100 150 200 250 Zoom X Axis 2 a dla Ez x Ales tla Ka SE NI Ae e oe E bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr lal r T T T T T T T T T T 0 180 0 200 0 220 0 240 0 260 0 280 En a E Scale Secondary VA TESLA 4000 User Manual 11 Graphing Records 11 24 Scale gt Undo Zoom TTT armi File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help lt Defa Zoom X Axis e Zoom X Axis bank 8 119851 9911 Zoom Y Axis Ctrl El High Speed Channels Zoom Axis Ctrl Analog PTMI PTIN2 Reset Zoom CHR oar 791441 y PTIN3 A CTIJAHE Change Scale Y axis Ctrl Y A CT1 1B HS CT1 1C HS A CT2 1A HS CT21BHS A CT21CHS CT31ALS CT3 1B LS A CT3 1C LS A CTAJALS CT4 1B LS A CT41CLS CT5 14 TS A CTSABTS A CTSACTS y la Operating y Ib Operating y
48. Configurable range to Configurable selectable from i Configurable other describe 1 3 10 TCP Keep alive timer Fixed at ms Disabled TESLA Control k Configurable range 5 to 3 600 s Panel Configurable selectable fom ms Configurable other describe 1 3 11 Local UDP port Fixed at 20 000 20 000 TESLA Control I Configurable range 1025 to 32737 Panel Configurable selectable from Configurable other describe Let system choose Master only 1 3 12 Destination UDP port NA for DNP3 Requests Master Only 1 3 13 Destination UDP port I None NA for initial unsolicited null Fixed at 20 000 responses UDP only Configurable range to Outstations D02771R02 50 Configurable selectable from Configurable other describe TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix E 5 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile 1 3 IP Networking Capabilities Current Value if SOM EMCI list methods 1 3 14 Destination UDP port None TESLA Control for responses Fixed at 20 000 Panel Configurable range 1025 to 32737 Configurable selectable from Configurable other describe Use source port number Multiple master Supports multiple masters Outstations only Method 1 based TESLA Control connections If supported the following methods may be used on IP address Panel Outstations Only Method 1 based on IP address required Method 2 based on IP port number recommended Method 3 browsing for static data optional Time synchronizat
49. F 3 ti F ena umit u ita zi Ed OBO Of OMO DW DONO DI Qi Dias CIO 0700 t Totem Py terian CE taraia Figure 11 30 Change Trace Color Change the trace color of the selected trace In the Overlay View this option only changes the color of the active trace 11 18 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 11 Graphing Records Graph gt Active Trace Information E bank 8 119851 991101 105947781 tpr bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr El High Speed Channels E gt Analog 1253 pus Mri Active trace information CT11B HS m PT1 MI A EL i LPRO 21 00 9801 30 01 aie R20364 2000 11 08 04 25 57 313 Ipr A CT21CHS Current 2 C UNUSED CT3ALS i CT31B LS k E MI A CT31CLS gih A CTAJALS D 0 000 s A CTATBLS 3360 x idees Sample rate 5760 s A CTSJB TS IRIG B Input Unsynchronized CT5C TS la Operating Ib perating mem creel Ib Restrain lc Reni E External E Summation Hs 100 125 Seconds 0 000 0 020 0 040 0 060 0 080 0 100 0 120 0 140 0 160 0 180 al imeline SU Timeine Ay overtay Scale Secondary 4 Figure 11 31 Active Trace Information Display the trace information of the active graph Measure Menus Measure gt Markers UM RecordGraph Im iol xj File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help AE z 5 Ol 4 al Blrl x al ellie tla amp m es a 4 rg nk 8 ris bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781
50. Figure 8 22 Logic Function Configuration D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 8 41 8 Configuring the Recorder 8 42 Table 8 12 Logic Function Settings Element Identifies the group to which this channel belongs The Element forms the first part of the channel name The Element is selected when the channel is created and is fixed once assigned when you are working in the Element Tree view Description Optional field 12 characters Provides an additional description of the channel that forms part of the channel name Use if Element Name and channel Type do not sufficiently identify the channel Channel Grouping and Naming on page 8 8 Logic Function Index Identifies the logic function You can select any available function the only restriction is that nested logic functions require the input logic to have a lower Logic Function Index If the only option is undefined you have already used all available channels Inputs 1 5 Selects the source of the input state for each stage of the boolean cal culation External Input Channels GOOSE Virtual Input Channels trigger detectors from other channels and previously defined Logic Functions are available Inversion Blocks Allows the input state to be inverted Click to activate and move mouse to select option before releasing Logic Gates NOT AND NAND OR NOR Exclusive OR and Exclusive NOR Click to activate scroll window to display click
51. Help Show Hot Keys Lists the available hot keys or short cuts Titles arkers Set Graphs Per Page Add Digital Graph Zoom X Axis Zoom Y Axis Reset Zoom Move Graph Down Change Scale Y Axis Line 7 Paste Trace Trace Information Increase Left Margin M M RecordGraph File View Gr ph Measure Scale Options Help I I I I I I I I I I I I I Decrease Left Margin i Show Hide Tree View Channel List Show Hide Legends Copy Trace CrossHair Time Alignment 1 Move Graph Up Zoom Y Axis Y Zoom X Axis Delete Graph Add Analog Graph Show Hide Trigger Marker 4 Recorder Data and Impedance Options Add a View lt gt Figure 11 51 Tool Bar Buttons In the Tree View you can expand a loaded record to identify the recorded and calculated channels 1f configured A right click menu is available to manip ulate the tree items Most of the tool bar buttons work in a similar way to that of the menu items explained in the previous sections TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 11 Graphing Records Table 11 4 Tool Bar Buttons Save Template Save template file on the disk Show Record Summary Displays record summary events trigger time etc Export Brings up export module Print Prints record Add a View Adds a graph view that displays the fault information Titles
52. Logs a message in the Event Log when triggered Contacts the RecordBase Central Station when triggered Can be used to initiate wide area swing recordings and or automated record transfer Notify on page 7 14 Cross Trigger Activates the cross trigger contact 4 to trigger another device Priority TESLA 4000 User Manual Specifies the priority to be assigned to records created by this trigger The priority is used to determine Central Station notification 1 3 3 is the highest priority Notify on page 7 14 8 19 8 Configuring the Recorder Scaling Input Channels DC Scaling 8 20 Table 8 4 Analog Input Channel Settings Alarm Contact Specifies a rear panel contact to be closed when triggered Contacts are closed momentarily for one second Contact assignment is not exclusive allowing multiple triggers to activate the same contact Available contacts 2 3 5 6 7 or 8 Contacts 1 and 4 are reserved for Recorder Functional and Cross Trigger respectively Contacts assigned for storage alarms Storage Alarms on page 8 7 will not be available for use here AC Scaling When you select the View Set Scale button on the Analog Input form for an ac channel Control Panel displays the Scaling dialog box for details see Figure 8 13 AC Scaling on page 20 The scaling factor represents the turns ratio of the primary transducer CT or PT The nominal secondary value is used as the default calibr
53. Maximum Record Edge Mode The maximum length of the record including pre trigger Length post trigger and extensions To enable record auto extension for mul tiple triggers the Maximum record Length must be larger than the Normal Record Duration Mode The maximum length of the record including pre trig ger trigger and post trigger Low Speed Recording Sample Rate Samples at 50 or 60 samples second 1 sample cycle producing record lengths of a few minutes to capture slower system dynamic swings The sample rate for low speed recording is based on the recorder s system frequency which is a factory setting Pre trigger Time The length of data prior to the trigger time that is included in the recording Normal Record The total duration of each recording under single trigger conditions Length Includes the pre trigger time Max Extended The maximum length of the record including pre trigger post trigger Record Length and extensions To enable record auto extension for multiple trig gers the Maximum Record Length must be larger than the Normal Record Trend Recordings Sample Rate Read only display of the trending interval in seconds The trend log ging rate is configured in the recorder s setting file see Trend Log ging on page 8 49 Continuous Disturbance Recording CDR Sample Rate Read only display of the recording rate in rms samples second chan nel The rate is configured in t
54. PRO setting file is selected Impedance Options Impedance configuration option includes a number of other options such as Phase Phase Phase Neutral radio button Depending on this option and the type of channel different impedance options check buttons are enabled Configuration Zpos positive sequence impedance 3 phase basis Zan Zbn or Zcn Zab Zbc or Zca Other Impedance Z Line Displays the line angle can be checked or unchecked Z Load Displays the coordinate of the load impedance can be checked or unchecked Blinders Available only if the Phase Phase option is chosen Directional Displays the directional characteristics Zones to display Phase Ground or Phase Phase Zone 1 to 4 Zone1 Zone4 displays the respective zones impedance charac teristics can be checked or unchecked Apply Redraws the display with the currently selected options Launch Launches the setting file through the Offliner settings program Note that the L PRO Offliner setting program should be installed for this to work successfully Closes the dialog box In the Relay data and impedance options dialog box check the Zone 1 to Zone 4 boxes and select the Apply button All the four zone characteristics are super TESLA 4000 User Manual 11 49 11 Graphing Records 11 50 imposed on the calculated phase impedances note that the characteristics ar
55. Places a title above graph for all views see Figure 11 89 View Title Options Impedance Creates an R X plot before during and after fault Markers Displays vertical lines x and o to find the coordinate values on the graph Show Hide Trigger Marker Displays hides zero trigger marker Set Graphs Per Page Sets number of graphs per page Add Analog Graph Add an analog graph Add Digital Graph Add a digital graph Delete Delete a graph Zoom X Axis Enlarges the trace range on X axis Zoom X Axis Reduces the trace range on X axis Zoom Y Axis Enlarges the trace range on Y axis Zoom Y Axis Reduces the trace range on Y axis Reset Zoom Resets zoom control Move Graph Up Vertically moves graph upwards Move Graph Down Vertically moves graph downwards Time Alignment Offset X axis time value Change Scale Y Axis Scale Y axis minimum and maximum range CrossHair Displays X and Y coordinate values Line Available only for impedance view draws a reference line Copy Trace Copies a trace to another location Paste Trace Pastes a trace Show Hide Legends Displays hides legends the traces Trace Information Displays hides channel information Date Station Name RecordName Channel Name Show Hide Tree View Channel List Expands and minimizes RHS of the screen
56. TESLA Control Panel supports multiple recorders Each recorder has its own workspace within Control Panel that stores its communications parameters re cords and configuration files A separate workspace should be created for each recorder on your system to store its configuration files and records When first installed TESLA Control Panel includes a workspace for a recorder called TESLA 4000 Demo Unit It contains sample records and configuration files and is configured for network connection with an evaluation unit Selecting a To work with a particular recorder select it from the Select IED box on the Recorder Main Menu tab If you are already connected to an IED you will not be able to Works pace select a different IED until you disconnect Select IED TESLA Demo Unit Ne TESLA Control Panel Main Menu SEE Connect connect TESLA Control Panel Select IED to a recorder File View Help Records i Trends Edit change recorder Continuous Recording poe information Metering Utilities Delete delete Configuration recorder from list Add New add new recorder to list Exit Main Menu TESLA Control Panel v0 36 Chrrenk IED TESt440001F105 Connected Connection Status Connected or Not Connected Current IED Figure 5 1 Selecting a Recorder Workspace D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 5 1 5 Working with TESLA Control Pan
57. VIEW Set Unit Identification CHANGE Display Communication Settings VIEW Set Communication Settings CHANGE Display Recording Settings VIEW Set Recording Settings CHANGE Display Time amp Settings VIEW Set Time 8 Settings CHANGE Display Calibration VIEW Save Calibration Changes SERVICE Configuration Display Configurations Online VIEW Display Configurations Offline None Load Configuration to IED CHANGE Save Local Configuration None Delete Local Configuration TESLA 4000 User Manual None 7 17 8 Configuring the Recorder Where the Setup Utilities of the previous chapter specify the recorder s global characteristics it is the recorder s Configuration File that defines its individual channels and recording triggers The configuration file identifies and adjusts the recorder s input channels de rived calculated channels record triggers metering displays and trend logs It also specifies how the recorder handles record storage and excessive trigger conditions Configuration files are created and managed by TESLA Control Panel and loaded into the recorder s non volatile memory through the commu nications link 8 1 Managing Configuration Files D02771R02 50 TESLA Control Panel s Configuration Manager creates and manages config uration files and handles transfer to and from the recorder To open the
58. can hide the legend box by re selecting the legend option again UM RecordGraph File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help ajajaja a R20364 2000 11 08 03 12 31 843 S High Speed Channels nix teles e zl s a AIT R sole ce r8 E Analog OVA Line Voltage A D12C Zab Phase Phase Hi K 2 m fon i ed O VB Line ee B D12C Zbe Phase Phase Resized leg end box showi ng Ine Voltage A Line Voltage C D120 i all the relay characteristics y Line Current A D12C y Line Current B D12C y Line Current C D12C y Current 24 UNUSED A Current 2 B UNUSED V Current 2 C UNUSED y Current 34 UNUSED V Current 3 B UNUSED y Current 3 C UNUSED y Current 4A UNUSED y Current 4B UNUSED y Current 4 C UNUSED y Bus Voltage A UNUSED y Bus Voltage B UNUSED Bus Voltage C UNUSED gt External FE Summation impedance names Relay charateristics O Zone1_R O Zone1 X So X O Zone2 R O Zone2 X R Ohms A Ge c Bo Zone3 R A Zone3 X gt si Zone4_X WLine X A Blind X1 X Blind X2 Blind R3 Blind X3 O Blind R4 O Blind X4 20 at O 20 30 Time Window s Width s 0 0109 Position s 0 0619 10 Scale Secondary 4 Figure 11 77 Legends Features Moved and Enlarged 11 52 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 11 Graphing Records Marker button De Wew Gath Mesure Kada Cetera Heb eama gt JSS Sie BEL zlajeli a bo EML Te ipee
59. create graphs by selecting channels from different IEDs 3 Use Save Template as option to save the new layout information with a de sired template name When all IED records are pre loaded into the RecordGraph multiple IED templates are saved matched based on serial number If the record is loaded one at a time then double clicking on each record reapplys the template filling the respective channels TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 11 Graphing Records 11 6 View and Graph Titles View Title D02771R02 50 When a new record is loaded the information corresponding to the options se lected is compiled and the updated information is displayed in the View Title GraphTitle Im zigi Alo We Gh Heme Siia LE amma a 7 esee E ZMA J maja 2 E prrrckeme bi TOSTI TK HONI m gia iri NUNE D input Teed tora Dorcel ll hind i N M Wi A Circum orn ai aad H Wh KAW EL dea V iT N m M TU zanos m j A Vern Min acne P I1 UW TA Oa HJ e OH Pe IC MNE LE V a ten View Title V Pogaarcy mom T Me tie Gasp tiie F ipsi fami PE 0 Mi uddni Teen Set ire fm ol S ki su ba seed inn h tend kal Nani Opera siio bami Figure 11 88 View and Graph Titles View Title is the title on the top of each record view When a new record is loaded the information corresponding to the options selected is compiled and the updated information is displayed in the View Title You can ch
60. master 1 6 3 Device Trouble Bit Never used IIN1 6 I Reason for setting Unable to access requested data or execute CROB assuming a valid request has been received 1 6 4 File Handle Timeout Not applicable files not supported Fixed at ms Configurable range to ms Configurable selectable fom ms Configurable other describe Variable explain 1 6 5 Event Buffer Overflow Discard the oldest event Behaviour Discard the newest event Other explain 1 6 6 Event Buffer e Single buffer for the Object Groups 2 and 32 size Organization 200 e Separate buffer for the Object Group 111 size 100 e Separate buffer for the Fault Locator events size 100 1 6 7 Sends Multi Fragment I Yes Responses No 1 6 8 DNP Command Assign Class Not supported Settings preserved Analog Deadbands through a device reset Data Set Prototypes Data Set Descriptors D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix E 9 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile 1 7 Outstation Unsolicited Response Support 1 7 1 Supports Unsolicited Reporting Capabilities I Not Supported Configurable selectable from On and Off Current Value If configurable list methods Appendix E 10 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 1 8 Outstation Performance Capabilities Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile Current Value If configurable list methods 1 8 1 Maximum Time Base NA not synchro Dri
61. sample r Continuous Disturbance Recording CDR h Records second channel Sample Rate 60 RMS samples second channel r Storage e P r Storage Alarms Accumulation Mode Status Alarm Limits Enabled Contact High Low Speed Recycle when ful ACTIVE 80 full Iv 3 Trends Stop when ful ACTIVE so days accumulated Iv 5 Not applicable for CDR data TESLA 4000 Control Panel Current IED CS Tesla 3000 Figure 7 4 Recorder Setup Utilities Edge Recording In Edge Recording the rising edge of the trigger is used to create a record that has a set amount of pre trigger data and a set amount of post trigger This is known as a normal length record If another trigger is processed while the re cord is being created the record may be extended to the full normal length of data associated with the new trigger Multiple extensions can occur up to the Maximum Record Length limit Records with combined High Speed and Low Speed data can only be extended during the High Speed data capture portion of the record Edge Recording mode tends to create smaller records that contain useful fault data around the start of the trigger but may not capture data for the entire du ration of the trigger TESLA 4000 User Manual 7 5 7 Recorder Setup Utilities To enable record auto extension for multiple triggers the Maximum record Length must be larger than the Normal Record Length At least small amount of pre tri
62. w2 3D Required Settings Version 203 Communication Version 204 System Frequency Station Name Station Number Location customerservice room Safe Shutdown Save To Base Memory TESLA 4000 Control Panel Current IED CS Tesla 3000 Connected Figure 7 1 Recorder Setup Utilities The setup parameters are accessed through the Utilities tab on TES LA Control Panel You must be communicating with the IED for the Utilities tab to be available For details on connecting to the recorder using TESLA Control Panel software see Communicating with the Recorder on page 4 1 TESLA 4000 User Manual 7 1 7 Recorder Setup Utilities 7 1 Unit Identification The Unit Identification tab identifies a particular recorder and its records Dou ble click Utilities to bring up the tabs select Unit Identification r Unit Identification Identification Model 3000 Serial Number TESLA 3000 353535 35 Unit D S Tesla 3000 JED Firmware Version v2 3D Required Settings Version 203 Communication Version 204 60 System Frequency Hz Station Station Name ss Station Number Oooo Location customerservice room O PMU Version v1 1 Figure 7 2 Recorder Setup Utilities Unit Identification Table 7 1 Unit Identification Settings 1 2 Identification Serial Number Read only field displays the serial number of the T
63. y Ib Operating 050 y le Operating 0 40 4 la Restraint S 1 y lb Restraint 010 y Ic Restraint 0 00 El External I 0 10 4 za 0 20 z Gas m 0501 vent input 0 40 4 Event input 3 0 50 4 Event Input 4 0 60 4 Event Input 5 E 0 80 Event Input 6 0 90 Event Input 7 1 00 v Event Input 8 Seconds 0 00 010 020 030 040 050 oso 070 oso O90 1 00 Event Input 9 JL Dev 87 Trip al w JL Dev 87 Restraint X Timeline Copy a trace from selected graph use paste option to paste it onto any of the selected graph Scale Secondary Z Figure 11 26 Copy Trace Copy an active trace from the selected graph Use this option in conjunction with the paste trace option You need at least one channel on a graph to use the copy operation 11 16 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 11 Graphing Records Graph gt Paste Trace UM RecordGraph EE o ini x File view Graph Measure Scale Options Help Set Graphs Per Page nn mlt z HIELE peu s E H S alal moz x eee z tja sj tj AN jaj e r8 H e bar Add Digital Graph Ctri Ins bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr Hic Delete Graph Del 125 a Bg zu Move 100 Copy Trace Ctrl C 04 59 47 761441 m Delete Trace Ctrl Del 50 4 Dele
64. you can choose to view only 0 1 second data 500 points Time window width and position control can be used for the precise data analysis Control the X and O markers Create Impedance View with an TESLA Record 1 Launch RecordGraph with an TESLA high speed fault record and expand the channels in the tree view 2 Create an Impedance View using View gt Add or use the tool bar option 3 Select line voltages A B and C and corresponding line currents A B and C from the tree view Impedance R and X corresponding to Zab Zbc and Zca phase phase are calculated internally and displayed Actual channel names as selected from the Phases of the basic TN M RU Hemue ele D amla e Nal ej mi eia x BL 3 OCU pari aha pers dome ik E High tpeed Chae Aree peas x kla wA Lebeller a i Leth De Prinia Speed W CATH m Aero Pere eign Se WTR Laie Sp S Loos be Prep igh peni ap 11406 Anpe Ib Prade Prazen Toad YC Lanier Vek LA Eia Phase frase HA Spot BI CE 11806 Ange Tea tuse Phase tah Sie Graph Zoom M Pura We KV LG N i been V V oan V Cra name i aerate FAA m Time Window Ema n T ps Pear Amice 8 LI ORE ITI Figure 11 66 Create Impedance View with a TESLA Record D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 11 45 11 Graphing Records 11 46 Each channel name is divided into three parts The basic quantity voltage or current used i
65. 0 1 0 00001 55 Analog Input 12 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude 56 Analog Input 12 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle 57 Analog Input 12 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 THD 58 Analog Input 12 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 SHL 59 Analog Input 12 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 DC 60 Analog Input 13 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude 61 Analog Input 13 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle 62 Analog Input 13 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 THD 63 Analog Input 13 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 SHL 64 Analog Input 13 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 DC 65 Analog Input 14 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude 66 Analog Input 14 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle 67 Analog Input 14 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 THD 68 Analog Input 14 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 SHL 69 Analog Input 14 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 DC 70 Analog Input 15 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude 71 Analog Input 15 2 1
66. 03 OO Model TESLA Configuration TESLA 3000 4000 36 Channels FMU hMadule v Communication f Direct Serial Link Serial Link coMa Generic Mull Modem 2003 03 25 Windows 95 v Baud Rate A 15200 kal Moder Link pean Aveailat Phone Mumber Metwork Link fe First IP Address 192 1B5 100 Second IP Address 182 158 101 Connect Through IEC Add New Modemi erial Link Get Information From TESLA Folder placement Recordings Folder CoProgram Files hMotPhase date TESLA 4000 CS Browese Configs Folder C Program FileziNxtPhazeidataiTESLA 4000 cs Browse Save ED definition Cancel Figure 4 2 Edit IED The method of communication with the recorder is specified as part of its IED definition Use the Edit button to view or change this informa tion Ensure the Network Link option is selected and the recorder s IP address 1s entered For details on IED definitions see Working with TESLA Control Pan el on page 5 1 D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 4 5 4 Communicating with the Recorder 4 Initiate the connection by selecting the Connect button A dialog box will appear to show connection progress The connection state and the current IED you are connected to is shown on the Windows status bar Mn TESLA Control Panel Main Menu Metering Utilities Configuration Connecting Figure 4 3 Connect Button Dialog Box 4 6 TE
67. 1 0 00001 DC Analog Input 18 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Analog Input 18 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Analog Input 18 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 THD Analog Input 18 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 SHL Analog Input 18 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 DC Analog Input 19 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Analog Input 19 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Analog Input 19 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 THD Analog Input 19 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 SHL Analog Input 19 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 DC Analog Input 20 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Analog Input 20 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Analog Input 20 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 THD Analog Input 20 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 SHL Analog Input 20 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 DC Analog Input 21 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Analog Input 21 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Analog Input 21 2 Configurable 0 01
68. 1 00 405 R Line 1 lb B Ph Current 4 x 40 0074 A NxtPhase 4 O 40 0074 A 2002 Mav 29 10 21 41 000 1 A 40 0000 A Winnipeg 1 404 i 40 Line 1 lc C Ph Current i X 40 0138 A NidDhoco a 1 O 0 0048 A ki Seconds 0410 go a 0 10 0 20 0 30 0 40 oso X 00100s O 0 0500 s 4 Na 0 0600 s Analog1 Turn major and minor ticks on all graphs On Off toggle Scale Secondary V Figure 11 44 Show X Axis Ticks Show X axis ticks on all graphs 11 26 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 11 Graphing Records Options gt Show Legends i RecordGraph File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help elje FE recordemol tlr High Speed Channels is lt Default gt Calculate Derived Ghannels Now ini xj Analog i TRACD X Vac Vat TRACD X In Show Grid Show X AxisTicks T Show Legends L Show Trigger Marker Lock Markers TRACD X Ic TRACD X Ib Extend Print Range TRACD X la Set Phase Colors TRACD Y Vac Vat TRACD Y In TRACD Y Ic TRACD Y Ib TRACD Y la TR4AB X Vac Vab TR44B X In TR4AB X Ic TR4AB X b TR4AB X la Misc In TRT8CD X In Misc In TRT7AB X In Misc In TRT7AB Y In TR4AB Y Vac Vab TR44B Y In TR4AB Y Ic TR4AB Y Ib TR4AB Y la Unit 4Va LInit 4 Va Unit 4 Vb Lnit 4 Vb Unit 4 Ve Unit 4 Vc Unit 4 la Unit 4 la Unit 4 1b Unit 4 Ib Unit 4 Ic LInit 4 le Misc In TRT8CD Y Misc Vac Bus 4G Vbc Mis
69. 10 03 02 133 2014 84 28 18 83 82 134 2014 04 28 16 63 62 135 2014 04 28 10 03 02 136 2614 64 28 10 83 82 137 2014 84 28 10 03 02 138 2014 04 28 10 03 02 139 2014 04 28 10 83 82 158 2015 05 28 10 83 82 141 2814 04 28 16 63 62 142 28014 04 28 10 83 02 143 2014 84 28 16 144 2014 84 28 145 2014 84 28 16 146 2014 84 28 18 147 2014 04 28 148 2814 04 28 n 805 0utput Contact 3 Opened 807 G00SE Test LUI LPRO UIG1 814 GOOSE Test LUI LPRO UIO1 814 Output Contact 2 Closed 824 Output Contact 3 Closed 826 G00SE 851 G00SE 857 G00SE 859 GO00SE 868 G00SE 876 G00SE 888 G00SE 882 G00SE 884 G00SE 889 GOOSE 966 GO00SE 972 G00SE Test LUI LPRO Test LUI LPRO Test LUI LPRO Test LUI LPRO Test LUI LPRO Test LUI LPRO Test LUI LPRO Test LUI LPRO Test LUI LPRO Test LUI LPRO Test LUI LPRO Test LUI LPRO VI81 U101 VI81 VI81 VI81 VI81 VI81 U101 VI81 VI81 VI81 VI81 Recordings on ED 42 Tne ea Trigger Swing Trigger Both aug Main Menu TESLA Control Panel v0 10 post 2 4 P0241 Current IED T4000IP120 Figure 12 6 IEEE C37 232 Filename Conversion Feature TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 13 Cooperative Recorder Group A cooperative recorder group consists of up to four TESLA 4000 recorders working together to form a larger virtual recorder with an assigned master unit acting as the primary for the group The recorders
70. 10 ko BODO 0 5 00 64 9 kQ 10 ko QD 1 0 00 23 7 kO 10 ko V NC Z V NC Z External e Shunt Rin Ree Current D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix F 11 Appendix F Input Modules Standard Series of Values ina Decade Appendix F 12 The following tables show the standard values of resistance available in a de cade The lower numbered series are more common and easier to obtain while the higher numbered series provide more resolution In general it is best to use the lowest numbered series which provides acceptable resolution since this will be the easiest and least expensive to obtain Most often distributors stock 2 and 5 resistors in the E24 series 1 re sistors in the E96 series and 0 1 0 2 and 0 5 in the E192 series The values are not linear but are instead approximately equal percentages apart from each other Each value is related to the next by a ratio of approxi mately the Nth root of 10 where N is the series number 3 to 192 E24 E12 E6 and E3 Series of Resistor Values generally used for 2 and 5 resistors TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 m 0 UJ N H D H J B ho HO Co c o D a E192 E96 and E48 Series of Resistor Values for 1 resistors 17 182 187 191 196 H 20 O 20 2 gt 21 2 NO NO NO 226 iS No NO Bs UJ e J 232 237 2 2 WBS Oh 5 HB
71. 1991 IEEE Standard Common Format for Transient Data Exchange COMTRADE for Power Sys tems which describes a common format for exchange of recorded power systems data between different manufacturers recorders Cooperative Recording Aset of TESLA 4000 recorders that work together to form a larger virtual recorder Group DC Input Module An external input module that can be scaled to accept a wide range of voltage or current signals The model provides galvanic isolation and accepts DC signals or AC signals up to 2 kHz Data Communications Equipment an RS 232 term for modems and similar equipment DCEs generally have a female DB connector Daylight Savings Time A seasonal adjustment of time applied in many jurisdictions to compensate for varying day lengths Most often an hour is added to the system time to begin on the second Sunday in March and end the first Sunday in November DTE Data Terminal Equipment an RS 232 term for a terminal or computer DTEs generally have a male DB connector C S T U Dial Up Networking a facility in Windows providing dial up access to Internet and other networks DUN is provided with the Windows distribution EIA RS 232C Electronics Industries Association recommended standard 232 revision C Interface between Data Terminal Equipment and Data Communication Equipment Employing Serial Binary Data Interchange Defines the most popular electrical connection for serial binary data in
72. 2014 10 01 24 578 Events 124 2614 64 28 10 83 125 2014 84 28 18 83 126 2015 85 28 18 83 127 2014 04 28 16 63 128 2015 05 28 10 83 129 2614 64 28 16 63 138 2015 04 28 16 63 131 2614 64 28 16 63 132 2015 05 28 10 03 133 2014 04 28 16 63 134 2614 64 28 16 63 135 2014 84 28 16 63 136 2014 84 28 16 63 137 2614 64 28 10 03 138 2614 64 28 16 63 139 2014 84 28 16 63 140 2014 84 28 10 03 141 2814 04 28 16 63 142 2014 84 28 18 83 143 2614 64 28 18 03 144 2014 84 28 16 63 145 2014 04 28 10 03 146 2014 84 28 10 03 157 2015 05 28 10 03 158 2015 05 28 16 63 Current IED T4000IP120 384 GOOSE Test LUI 391 GOOSE Test LUI 393 GO0SE Test LUI 582 GOOSE Test LUI 584 GOOSE Test LUI 839 GOOSE Test LUI 841 GOOSE Test LUI 861 Output Contact 865 Output Contact 807 G00SE Test LUI 814 GOOSE Test LUI 814 Output Contact 824 Output Contact 826 GOOSE Test LUI 851 GOOSE Test LUI 857 GOOSE Test LUI 859 GOOSE Test LUI 868 GOOSE Test LUI 876 G00SE Test LUI 880 GO0SE Test LUI 882 G00SE Test LUI 884 GOOSE Test LUI 889 GOOSE Test LUI 966 GOOSE Test LUI 972 G00SE Test LUI LPRO UI61 LPRO UI61 LPRO UI61 LPRO VI81 LPRO VI81 LPRO VI81 LPRO VI81 2 Opened 3 Opened LPRO UI61 LPRO VI81 2 Closed 3 Closed LPRO VI81 LPRO VI81 LPRO VI81 LPRO UI61 LPRO VI81 LPRO VI81 LPRO VI81 LPRO UI61 LPRO VI81 LPRO VI81 LPRO VI81 LPRO VI81
73. 3 Select the Modems tab Select Add to open the Add Hardware Wizard 4 Select Don t detect my modem I will select it from a list then select the Next button Step 1 Start Settings Control Panel Step 2 Double click Modems icon E Content Panel ES seh redes EE we Step 3 Add Phone and Moco Options install Hew Modem Do pou ward Windows to detect your modemi Widnes vali nor by to debect vous modem Belca T Ul thes modem iz aleched lo pour comple e cure is tunad on 2 Oud any prog or thal may be uting the modem Ciok Next when pou se teady to continue FF Dont detect my modem veli select it rom a ini Step 4 Select Don t detect my modem I will select it from a list Select Next Figure 3 1 Null Modem Driver Installation 5 Select the Have Disk button select Browse To find the file go to C Pro gram Files ERLPhase TESLA Control Panel Null mdm Inf Note that di rectory Program Files x86 1s used for Windows 7 64 bit operating systems instead of Program Files Select OK This is the default location for TESLA Control Panel If you selected a different location to install TESLA Control Panel you will find the Null Modem driver Null mdm Inf in that directory D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 3 3 3 TESLA Control Panel Installation Install From Disk Insert the manufacturer s installation disk and then make sure that the correct drive is selected below Co
74. 4000 User Manual Inactive Active D02771R02 50 2 2 Binary Output Status And Control Relay Output Block Binary Output Status Group Number 10 Binary Output Event Group Number 11 CROB Group Number 12 Binary Output Command Event Object Num 13 Minimum pulse time allowed with Trip Close and Pulse On commands Capabilities Fixed at 0 000 ms hardware may limit this further Based on point Index add column to table below Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile Current Value If configurable list methods Maximum pulse time allowed with Trip Close and Pulse On commands Fixed at 0 000 ms hardware may limit this further Based on point Index add column to table below Binary Output Status included in Class 0 response Always Never Only if point is assigned to Class 1 2 or 3 Based on point Index add column to table below Reports Output Command Event Objects Never Only upon a successful Control Upon all control attempts Not supported Event Variation reported when variation O requested Variation 1 without time Variation 2 with absolute time Based on point Index add column to table below Not supported TESLA Control Panel See Note 2 below Command Event Variation reported when variation 0 requested Variation 1 without time Variation 2 with absolute time Based on point Index add column to table below Not supported T
75. 4J Vbc y Unit 4Vac Unit 4 Vn y Analog Input36 C ukanasl TESLA Sample z kuj kul S afa m Unit 4 la Unit 4 la 15 0K 41 7 I 12 5K4 roo HLTH seen m Unit 4b Unit 4 Ib 25K4 5 0K4 7 SK T T T r T 0 025 0 050 ogs loco 0 125 0 150 X 1 398KA O 4 234KA A 2 836KA 10 0K r T T T 0 100 0 075 0 050 0 025 odo T A 2 020K 154 A 1 649K B 1 348K 30 B 1 649K 1557K 87 C 1 649K Analogt AU Timeline sa Symcom Ale Symcom Figure 11 62 Symcom View Seconds Mag RMS Phase 159 39 81 opp NegSeq Mag RMS Phase 398 659 134 398 659 106 398 559 14 Mag RMS Phase AD 5 461 4 779 B 5 461 779 co 6 461 7 0175 X00745 O 0 081 s 00175 x gelle zj t 2 eJ HN jee nel eg recordemo1 tlr 1999 06 25 18 24 31 484 Digital in El 86U2 Ext Input Tripped m Unit 4 Ic Unit 4 Ic Scale Primary 11 Graphing Records Record Title Channel Names Instantaneous Channel Amplitude Display A B C Phase Analog Channels Time Display Markers locked one cycle apart Phasor and Symmetrical Component Graph Diplay of Phases A B C e Symcom View is designed to analyse symmetrical components of voltage or current channels You must load 3 voltage or current channels to view the components and associated phasor plots from t
76. 7 VA 10 WV15 P 41323 3276 8 to 3276 7 W 10 WV15 Q 41324 3276 8 to 3276 7 Var 10 WV15S 41325 0 to 3276 7 VA 10 WV16 P 41326 3276 8 to 3276 7 W 10 WV16 Q 41327 3276 8 to 3276 7 Var 10 WV16S 41328 0 to 3276 7 VA 10 WV17 P 41329 3276 8 to 3276 7 W 10 WV17 Q 41330 3276 8 to 3276 7 Var 10 WV17S 41331 0 to 3276 7 VA 10 WV18 P 41332 3276 8 to 3276 7 W 10 WV18 Q 41333 3276 8 to 3276 7 Var 10 WV18S 41334 0 to 3276 7 VA 10 Frequency Metering Channels Channel Group 1 Frequency 41537 5 6 f nominal to 7 6 nominal fre 100 quency Channel Group 2 Frequency 41538 5 6 f nominal to 7 6 nominal fre 100 quency Impedance Metering Channels Impedance 1Magnitude 41793 0 to 3276 7 ohm 10 Impedance 1 Angle 41794 180 to 180 10 Appendix D 14 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 Appendix D Modbus Functions Impedance2 Magnitude 41795 0 to 3276 7 ohm 10 Impedance 2 Angle 41796 180 to 180 10 Impedance 3 Magnitude 41797 0 to 3276 7 ohm 10 Impedance 3 Angle 41798 180 to 180 10 Impedance 4 Magnitude 41799 0 to 3276 7 ohm 10 Impedance 4 Angle 41800 180 to 180 10 Impedance 5 Magnitude 41801 0 to 3276 7 ohm 10 Impedance 5 Angle 41802 180 to 180 10 Impedance 6 Magnitude 41803 0 to 3276 7 ohm 10 Impedance 6 Angle 41804 180 to 180 10 Impedance 7 Magnitude 41805 0 to 3276 7 ohm 10 Impedance 7 Angle 41806 180
77. 8 35 8 36 workspace 5 6 add edit 5 3 settings 5 3 TESLA 4000 User Manual Index
78. Cogon 22 0 7 Letelber Veeg neq Low M 6 VA Letsie Vakvi Jab Prane ftw i Seed OvD Laba ve rv LO Dx Pnase Prane Mh Speed cv Letsie Ve kv i feo Pease manetta Sore eost channel name io od M bd m vd MW o b nom io K amp amp amp M j M a f Cursor corresponding k A L to marker O Time Widow 6 har or l R Oren 44 238 x iaar 82 000 T 0 ted Marte l f renee 108 259 Cheney 47 2247 101 na the Secondary Marker X and O Marker X and O readouts Figure 11 78 Example Illustrating the Use of Data Markers Select the marker option to set the markers Select the desired channel name for the required measurement For example the channel associated with Zca is chosen click this channel name for the selection Move the marker by sliding it to the desired location When you change the data range using Time Win dow control the cursors may disappear from the traces indicating that the markers are always associated with the data per urdi r eg file Yew Gah Morare Kala Orters Hep BSNS NS er aL RJA see m di a de JE c ini w Figure 11 79 Example of TESLA Swing Record Choosing Positive Seguence Voltage and Current Select a TESLA swing record and expand the channels Click the positive se guence voltage and current RecordGraph automatically calculates and dis plays the positive seguence impedance TESLA 4000 User Manual 11 53 11 Graphing Records ER ea EEE eee in
79. Control Panel software see SCADA Setting Summary Supported Control Operations Name for State when value is 0 Cancel Currently Running Operation Direct Operate No Ack Select Operate Direct Operate Pulse On NUL Latch On NUL Latch Off NUL Open Name for State when value is 1 Closed Default Class Assigned to Events 1 2 3 or none Command Description Output contact 3 Open Closed Output contact 4 Open Closed Output contact 5 Open Closed Output contact 6 Open Closed Output contact 7 Open Closed Output contact 8 Open Closed Retrieve Next Fault Information Event for Fault Locator 1 Inactive Active Pulse duration fixed at 1 Retrieve Next Fault Information Event for Fault Locator 2 Inactive Pulse duration fixed at 1 Retrieve Next Fault Information Event for Fault Locator 3 Inactive Pulse duration fixed at 1 Retrieve Next Fault Information Event for Fault Locator 4 Inactive Active Pulse duration fixed at 1 Retrieve Next Fault Information Event for Fault Locator 5 Inactive Active Pulse duration fixed at 1 Retrieve Next Fault Information Event for Fault Locator 6 Appendix E 18 Inactive TESLA 4000 User Manual Active Pulse duration fixed at 1 D02771R02 50 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile
80. Device Profile Document contains the capabilities Current Value and configurable methods columns The Device Profile Capabilities contains only the capabilities and configurable methods columns The Device Profile Config Values contains only the Current Value column Not supported 1 1 13 Connections Supported Appendix E 2 Serial complete section 1 2 IP Networking complete section 1 3 Other explain x x TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 1 2 Serial Connections Capabilities Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile Current Value If configurable list methods 1 2 1 Port Name SCADA Port 414 1 2 2 Serial Connection Asynchronous 8 Data Bits 1 Start Bit 1 Stop Not configured TESLA Control Parameters Bit No Parity for DNP Panel Other explain Asynchronous with selectable parity 1 2 3 Baud Rate Fixed at Not configured TESLA Control Configurable range to for DNP Panel I Configurable selectable from 300 1200 2400 9600 19200 38400 and 57600 Configurable other describe 1 2 4 Hardware Flow Control None Handshaking Describe hardware signaling requirements of the interface Where a transmitter or receiver is inhibited until a given control signal is asserted it is consid ered to require that signal prior to sending or receiving charac ters Where a signal is asserted prior to transmitting that signal will be maintained active until after the end of transmission
81. E Summation rej en lal mrm Seconds 0 20 0 00 0 20 0 40 0 60 0 80 1 00 1 20 X Timeline Zoom In X axis Scale Secondary Z Figure 11 36 Zoom X Axis Select this option to decrease the x axis range by 25 of the current zoom range Scale gt Zoom X Axis zicixi File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help fea oe grema gla Sial x eelle wl tle a ol mlaj 2 3 EH 5 bank 8 r19851 S91 NA Ctl bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr El High Speed Channels Zoom Axis Ctrl B 150 7 E Analog al A PT1MI Undo Zoom PTIV2 Reset Zoom Ctrl R PTIV3 CT114 HE A CT11BHS 100 A CTI ICHS CT2 14 HS A CT21B HS CT2 1C HS CT31ALS A CT31BLS CT31C LS A CTAJALS CT41B LS A CTA1CLS y CT51A TS 0 A CT51BTS CT51C TS y la Operating Ib Operating y le Operating seg y la Restraint Ib Restraint le Restraint H External H Summation 69 47 781441 Change Scale Y axis Ctrl 100 lt O 150 lal Seconds 0180 0200 0220 O20 0260 0280 a Esl E Timeline Zoom Out X axis Scale Secondary A Figure 11 37 Zoom X Axis Select this option to decrease the x axis range by 25 of the current zoom range TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 11 Graphing
82. E m Analog Inputs Lc Tomija lje RN e 2 lt unessined gt lt unassigned gt Show Channel Tree Hide Tree Show Primary Units TESLA 4000 Control Panel Current IED CS Tesla 3000 Getting Settings Info Figure 10 2 Configuring Continuous Disturbance Recording Select channels from the tree view by dragging the channel name and dropping it on the selected channels grid view on the right hand side or by selecting a channel from the list in the grid view a maximum of 36 channels can be se lected 1 For details see Model Options on page 1 5 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 CDR Sampling Rates Number of Continuous Disturbance Recording Channels Data Storage and Retention Period D02771R02 50 10 Continuous Disturbance Recording Select the continuous disturbance recording rate from the Sample Rate list box Depending on the system frequency the list box is filled with available sample rates Selecting channels based on the current Sample Rate displays available data retention period in the read only Estimated retention period days display box The following table shows the available sampling rates at the corresponding system frequency Table 10 2 CDR Sampling Rates System Continuous disturbance recording sample rates rms records second chan Frequency nel 60 Hz 6 50 Hz 5
83. External Input Channels can be defined one for each physical input EI mmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmm mmmmmmmmmmmmm mmmmmmmmmmmmm g EPEA EN EE AA T aaia oO oO m oO oO Oo E oO EJ Oo EJ oO EJ O O O E1 oO oO oO oO oO oO oO oO oO oO EJ oO oO Figure 8 15 External Input Channel Configuration Screen 1 For details see Model Options on page 1 5 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 8 Configuring the Recorder Table 8 5 External Input Channel Settings Element Identifies the group to which this channel belongs The Element forms the first part of the channel name The Element is selected when the channel is created and is fixed once assigned when you are working in the Element Tree view Description Optional field 12 characters Provides an additional description of the channel that forms part of the channel name Should always be used with External Input channels to uniquely name the channel Channel Grouping and Naming on page 8 8 Channel Identifies the physical External Input used by this channel This number is identified on the rear of the TESLA chassis The list only shows inputs which have not been assigned to other channels To get an overview of channel assignments switch to the Channel Tree view and look at the External Channel list Trigger Settings Definite Delay Specifies how long the trigger condition must be present before a trig ger is decl
84. File Help Analog Input Calibration Can Name tt Ch 1 Elementi va Select Channel s to Calibrate Applied Signal Ch 2 Elementi vb Ch 3 Elementi ce Ch 4 Elementi la Ch 5 Element lb Ch B Element lc Ch 7 Element In Ch 8 Undefined Chg Undetined Ch 10 Undefined Ch 11 Undefined Ch 12 Undefined Ch 13 Undefined Ch 14 Undefined Ch 15 Undefined Ch 16 Undefined Ch 17 Undefined Ch 18 Undefined pa Indlefinecdi MLADIN Unit idenfiication Analog Input Calibration Main Menu Config E dit Records Trends Events Metering Utilities TESLA Control Panel Current IED TESLA V64 Connected Figure 7 7 Analog Input Calibration When To Calibrate The recorder s analog input channels should be re calibrated when ever an analog isolation module is changed If the type of isolation module is changed for example from a voltage to a cur rent the readings will be significantly wrong until calibration has been per formed Only the channels associated with the altered module need be re calibrated 7 12 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 AC Channel Calibration Process DC Channel Calibration Process Out of Range D02771R02 50 7 Recorder Setup Utilities To calibrate a channel Main Menu gt Utilities Analog Input Calibration 1 Select the channel or channels from the list More than one channel of volt age or current can be
85. Functions 8 43 Power Factor FUNCIONS o iet ea ei nese ini 8 45 Meter GrOUDS univ ae E D la o i 0 48 WES TVG NSO GING EE 8 49 FFI NOE DL 8 51 9 Record and Log Management 9 1 FROGOPOS a aja ae lj ek ova Ask 9 1 Tend HOJI ee en a de ee ee ka peki 9 4 Event LOO cR 9 6 10 Continuous Disturbance Recording 10 1 11 Graphing RECOUOS una ea eki se a 11 1 vi TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 Table of Contents e ullae LAC NN E 11 1 RecordGraph Menu ltems eeeesueseees 11 6 VIEWS votati citm cub MUI DER EL ME 11 32 GANDA S e T DD T 11 34 TemblidleS caseo peat ME NE star VAR dedere 11 57 View and Graph Titles seeseeeese 11 63 Readouts and Measurements 11 65 Calculated Channels eeeeseeessess 11 72 EXDOMING VIEWS xeu ses ei ae eet EP cR de Ud 11 73 Exporting Channel Data 11 74 Record S Urmltel Vea notte ret age ccnl do eoo asec ees 11 76 Digital Channel Status Indicator 11 77 Time oyno Input STATUS veio e pee sei 11 77 Derived External and Virtual Input Channels for TESLA SWING IReCOLOIOS nak eb ee bje oes enih 11 78 COMTRADE IMPO usi Ur topi reos MO ep anie 11 78 PAC elei 11 80 12 Record Export Utility
86. High 16 bits none 65 535 0 0 NA 1 0 See note 4 above on how to access Fault Infor mation 419 Fault Information DNP Time Middle 16 bits none 65 535 0 0 NA 1 0 420 Fault Information DNP Time Low 16 bits none 65 535 0 0 NA 1 0 421 Fault Information Distance none Configurable 0 0 Configurable 0 1 422 Fault Information Type none 15 0 0 NA 1 0 Fault Locator 8 423 Fault Information DNP Time High 16 bits none 65 535 0 0 NA 1 0 See note 4 above on how to access Fault Infor mation 424 Fault Information DNP Time Middle 16 bits none 65 535 0 0 NA 1 0 425 Fault Information DNP Time Low 16 bits none 65 535 0 0 NA 1 0 426 Fault Information Distance none Configurable 0 0 Configurable 0 1 427 Fault Information Type none 15 0 0 NA 1 0 Fault Locator 9 428 Fault Information DNP Time High 16 bits D02771R02 50 none 65 535 1 0 0 0 TESLA 4000 User Manual NA 1 0 See note 4 above on how to access Fault Infor mation Appendix E 35 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile Transmitted Value Scaling o Default CI 3 Resignedio Multiplier Become ini d default
87. MMXN 1 153 MMXN72 MMXN 1 154 MMXN73 MMXN 1 155 MMXN74 MMXN 1 156 MMXN75 MMXN 1 15 MMXN76 i MMXN 1 158 MMXN77 MMXN 1 159 MMXN78 MMXN 1 160 MMXN79 MMXN 1 161 MMXN80 MMXN 1 162 MMXN81 MMXN 1 163 MMXN82 MMXN 1 164 MMXN83 MMXN 1 165 MMXN84 MMXN 1 166 MMXN85 MMXN 5 Non phase related Measurement 167 MMXN86 MMXN 5 168 MMXNS87 MMXN 5 169 MMXN88 MMXN_5 170 MMXN89 MMXN_5 171 MMXN90 MMXN 5 172 MMXN91 MMXN 5 173 MMXN92 MMXN 5 174 MMXN93 MMXN 5 175 MMXN94 MMXN 5 176 MMXN95 MMXN 5 177 MMXN96 MMXN 5 178 MMXN97 MMXN 5 179 MMXN98 MMXN 5 180 MMXN99 MMXN 5 18 MMXN100 i i MMXN_5 182 MMXN101 MMXN_5 183 MMXN102 MMXN_5 184 MMXN103 MMXN 2 Non phase related Measurement TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix J 21 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation Table J 7 Logical Device Measurements MMXN_3 Non phase related Measurement MMXN 3 186 MMXN105 187 MMXN106 188 MMXN107 MMXN_3 189 MMXN108 MMXN_3 190 MMXN109 MMXN_3 191 MMXN110 MMXN 3 192 MMXN111 MMXN_3 193 MMXN112 MMXN_3 194 MMXN113 MMXN_3 po pl a po p OOO MM SS 195 MMXN114 MMXN_3 D 196 MMXN115 MMXN_3 JO 197 MMXN116 MMXN_3 E 198 MMXN117 MMXN_3 MEE 199 MMXN118 MMXN 3 K 200 MMXN119 MMXN 3 OS o 201 MMXN120 MMXN_3 i oo po 202 MMXN121 MMXN 3 203 MMXN122 MMXN 3 Table J 8 Logical Device Records LN Instance Description LLNO Logical node zero LPHD1 Physical device information RDRE1 Disturbance record
88. O O O O O O 1 7 Positive Rate of Change 0 4 30 1 Single Harmonic 10 1 O O O O O O 1 Total Harmonic Distortion 20 1 O O O O O O 1 r Page 1 Current IED TESLA Unit 1 Connected Figure 8 27 Print a Configuration Generate a Configuration print at any time by selecting Print Settings from the File menu The printed output follows the same general layout as the Element Tree Where applicable the settings are given in secondary units The excep tion is the Fault Location parameters which are given in primary units You can preview the printed output by selecting Print Preview from the File menu Print Config function is also available under the Config menu MODBUS The MODBUS address equivalents shows all of the functions defined in the TESLA recorder see Modbus Functions in Appendix D Selecting the Print MODBUS settings item from the File menu generates a listing that is configu rable listing the full function names in Element Function Description format along with the equivalent MODBUS addresses You can preview the printed output by selecting Print MODBUS Preview from the File menu Print MODBUS function is also available under the Config menu DNP The DNP point list shows all of the functions defined in the TESLA recorder see DNP3 Device Profile in Appendix E Selecting the Print DNP settings item from the File menu generates a listing that is configurable listing the full function na
89. Power Technologies Incorporated RSTP Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol A network protocol design to eliminate the negative effect of network loops and introduce redundancy in link connections The small form factor pluggable SFP is a compact pluggable optical transceiver used for networking applications si Simple Network Time Protocol A simplified version of Network Time Protocol NTP use for synchronizing devices and eguipment to a common network based time source in the form of an SNTP server SNTP time synchronization is not recommended in applica tion where time accuracy is reguired A situation that can initiate a recording UTC Universally Coordinated Time Approximately eguivalent to Greenwich Mean Time GMT A universal time maintained by time standards bodies worldwide All local times are expressed as an offset from UTC Appendix C 2 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Appendix D Modbus Functions The TESLA recorder operates as a slave device on the Modbus network with an address of 1 to 247 decimal 0x01 to OxF7 The Point List can be printed through TESLA Control Panel to display the point names as they are config ured Please refer to Printing a SCADA Address List on page 8 51 For further information on Modbus please refer to your Modbus master device manual or obtain Modicon s Modbus Protocol Reference Guide document PI MBUS 300 Read Coil Status Function Code 01 0X References Channel
90. Records 11 16 Print Options The following options are available Print pops up a print option dialog box to select paper size orientation and other options PrintDirect sends active view directly to the default printer PrintAll sends all the views directly to the default printer Print Preview displays standard preview window 11 80 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 12 Record Export Utility D02771R02 50 The record export utility lets you convert records into different formats for use with other software tools COMTRADE Common Format for Transient Data Exchange COMTRADE is an industry standard record format used to share data between tools and to replay faults through a test set The export utility supports both ASCII and binary COM TRADE formats and creates output that complies with the latest 1999 or old er version 1991 of the standard PTI Power Technologies Incorporated PTI produces widely used power system modelling tools TESLA records can be exported in a PTI compliant format for import into PTI tools The export utility supports ASCII format and creates output that complies with PTI version 1 or version 2 formats Excel CSV TESLA records can be exported in basic comma separated values also known as comma delimited ASCII format suitable for importing into standard tools such as Microsoft Excel TESLA 4000 User Manual 12 1 12 Record Export Utility Launch the
91. Records Scale gt Zoom Y Axis iRecordGraph E loj x File Wiew Graph Measure Scale Options Help D02771R02 50 lt Defa bank 8 19851 9911 El High Speed Channels Zoom X Axis Zoom X Axis Zoom Axis Ctrl Bi s alal Ba x eleele a o4 s Af Hs mle Le 8 El Analog A PTIMI PTIV2 Undo Zoom Reset Zoom CtrR y PTIV3 A CTLJAHE Change Scale Y axis Ctrl 59 47 781441 At CT1 1B HS A CTLICHS A CT2 14 HS A CT211B HS AV CT21CHS AV CT3AALS CT31BLS A CT31CLS CTAJALS CT4 1B LS CT41C LLS A CTBJATS A CT5 1B TS CT5 1C 7S la Operating y Ib Operating y le Operating la Restraint Ib Restraint le Restraint External Summation Seconds i X Timeline Zoom In axis Figure 11 38 Zoom Y Axis Select this option to decrease the y axis range by 25 of the current zoom range Scale gt Zoom Y Axis TO File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help 80 80 bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr lal r T T T T T T T T T T 0 180 0 200 0 220 0 240 0 260 0 280 aj w Scale Secondary A ial xl aalala Defa Zoom X Axis E bank 8 119851 9911 Zoom Y Axis Ctrl El High Speed Channels El Analog PTIMI Undo Zoom PT1 2 Resetzoom CHR bs 47 781441 v Eu puc
92. TERIER RE to short version be T4iP11cs 2014 04 26 06 26 26 586 2014 04 17 Delete OnlED Local Rename 138 2014 04 28 10 03 82 851 GOOSE Test LUI LPRO UIO1 LO 139 2014 04 28 10 03 82 857 GOOSE Test LUI LPRO VIOI HI 158 2015 05 28 10 03 02 859 GOOSE Test LUI LPRO UIO1 LO 151 2015 04 28 10 03 02 868 G00SE Test LUI LPRO VIOI HI 142 2814 84 28 16 63 62 876 GOOSE Test LUI LPRO UI61 LO 143 2014 04 28 18 03 82 880 G00SE Test LUI LPRO UIOT HI 144 2014 84 28 10 03 82 882 GOOSE Test LUI LPRO VIOI LO 155 2014 04 28 10 03 02 884 GOOSE Test LUI LPRO UIOT HI 146 2014 04 28 10 03 02 889 GOOSE Test LUI LPRO VIOI LO 147 2014 04 28 10 03 02 966 GOOSE Test LUI LPRO VIGI HI 158 2015 04 28 10 03 02 972 GOOSE Test LUI LPRO VI81 LO var en Trigger Swing _ Trigger Both Recordings onto 42 z Om Main Menu Records TESLA Control Panel v0 10 post 2 4 PO241 Current IED T4000IP120 Figure 11 1 Launching RecordGraph from TESLA Control Panel When the Graph button is clicked from the TESLA Control Panel Record Graph is launched with the selected record D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 11 1 11 Graphing Records Method 2 Auto Print If the Auto Print option is checked enabled in the Records list view then Re cordGraph will be automatically launched and prints the channels directly on to the Default printer The layout and channel information is p
93. TESLA 4000 User Manual 13 3 13 Cooperative Recorder Group 13 2 Setting Up a Cooperative Recording Group Edit IED JEDI Destination ED Manc Dorsey Rec Group Comments Cooperative Recoder Group 4 Recorders Locator Dorsey Converter Stn EO Serial Mumber p 1 Modet TESLA Cordfgurshion TESLA 4000 Cooperative Mode L wir bey ower ED Saria Humber TrsLa anon T no em 0 bicubei TESLA Comision TESLA SMC 18 Channeis PRS tori Fr Cena nic nbn O Desci Serial Linde Serisi Lin T Z j Dasi Rate 005 EE E ilodiem Link Eroen contigs Folder comes f Heterork Link w Fired P Address ve VEH 105 if M Second Addresa 192 168 O r Telephone 4 Switch 7 Conewect Through Ei im f E Ta Cooperative Group Pier pladerneni Moccia Foler EZTS prer tar 4 rre Ee oce im Coral Fodder c LZ Dra F on Toe zen Bec i Miagi Peigi ae EJ Edit IED JED Definition EL Mame Cese Rer Comments Cooperative Recorder Group Member OO Locsbon Dorsey Converter Sin ED Seria Mumbar TESI A amp 000 01 0516 01 Modest TESLA Configurar TESLA JOGI M charas PULJ Module FF Coenmar c stion reci Serial Link Serial Lini ECA Genetic raa Modes 2000 03 25 reka 8 Remote T piena Access i Network Link fe First P Address 12 1 100 46 C Secon
94. TESLA 4000 User Manual 8 25 8 Configuring the Recorder 8 9 Summation Channel Description Input Calculation Triggers Recording Number of Channels Types 8 26 Summation Channels combine up to three analog inputs to create a summed channel Each input can be scaled and rotated before it is summed Previously combined summation channels can be used as an input to a new summation channel Note Summation Channels are handled as phasor sums for trigger ing metering low speed recording and trending Both the Scale Fac tor and Angle Offset settings are applied for these uses For high speed recording Summation Channels are displayed as the sum of the individual data samples with only the Scale Factor setting applied High speed Summation channels are not recorded if a non zero Angle Offset has been specified Analog Input Channels or other Summation Channels can be used as inputs to a Summation Channel The summation can have two or three inputs If a Sum mation Channel is used as an input it must have a lower Summation Index Each input is converted to a phasor using a DFT function and 1s scaled and ro tated using the Scale Factor and Angle Offset settings The resulting phasors are added to form the summation The high speed recording of a Summation Channel is created by adding the in dividual data points from the input channels The Scale Factor is applied to each channel before the addition High am
95. TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 4 Communicating with the Recorder DNP Protocol The recorder supports a DNP3 Level 2 SCADA connection DNP3 is avail able via a direct serial link or an Ethernet LAN connection using either TCP or UDP Serial DNP communications can be utilized exclusively via serial Comm Port 404 Comm Port 404 is an RS232 DCE DB9F port located on the back of the recorder An external RS 232 to RS 485 converter can be used to connect the recorder to an RS 485 network Network DNP communications can be utilized via physical LAN provisions DNP communications can be used with multiple masters when it is utilized with TCP The data points available for DNP SCADA interface are selectable by the user through the DNP Configuration section of the recorder settings point selection is done through the Point Map configuration class assignments for selected points are done through the Class Data configuration Complete details regard ing the DNP3 protocol emulation and data point lists can be found in DNP3 Device Profile on DNP3 Device Profile on page Appendix E 1 ti TESLA Control Panel Config Edit PIE File Edit Config View Help Element Tree Mapped to Group BEIGE Gast L Identification oint Li 2 O Limits N O Alarms inary Inputs O SCADA Communication External Input 1 O0 ONF Configuration External Input 2 External Input 3 External Input 4 External Input 5 External Input B External Input 7 E
96. The MPB has a socket for an optional internal modem The TESLA has 32 external inputs and 4 contact outputs provided by each Ex ternal Input Board Inputs are optically isolated and accept up to 300 Vdc Two external input boards combine for a total of 64 external inputs and 4 8 outputs Rear panel connection to the board is provided by removable screw terminal strips Terminal strips are keyed to ensure that the correct terminal strip is installed into the correct bank The TESLA s analog input channels to the recorder are provided by the Ana log Input Board Rear panel connection to the board is provided by removable screw terminal strips which are keyed to ensure that the correct terminal strip is installed into the correct bank The Comm Board is available in both standard and advanced configurations The standard Comm Board provides the TESLA with two RS 232 ports IRIG B time synchronization input two network ports and a modem port The RS 232 port is female DB 9 connectors IRIG B is a male BNC the modem jack is an RJ 11 and the network ports are either RJ 45 or ST optical connectors de pending on the unit configuration The Advanced Comm Board provides the TESLA with a single RS 232 port for SCADA communication IRIG B time synchronization input up to six network ports 2 x RJ 45 and 4 x SFP Optical The RS 232 ports are female DB 9S connectors IRIG B is a 2 pin connector and the network ports are fixed RJ 45 and provisions
97. The right pane is the working area for each of the pro gram s main sections To bring up the Control Tabs shown below you must select the appropriate item on the Navigation Tree by double clicking Navigation Tree Select Item Working Area i TESLA Control Panel Main Menu ile View Help TESLA Control Panel ECTS Records Continuous Recording Events Metering Utilities Configuration Re Size Bar Exit Main Menu Records Trends Continuous Events Metering Utilities Contig Mgr TESLA Control Panel v0 36 Current IED TESLA40001F 105 Connected Control Tabs Status Bar Figure 5 3 TESLA Control Panel Display Sections Navigation Tree The left pane provides a means of moving between TESLA Control Panel functions or selecting items within a function e g channels from a record TESLA Control Panel functions Records Trend Events Metering Utilities and Configuration are activated by a double click You can optimize the screen space between the tree and the working area to create a larger working area Some screens have a Hide Tree button to maxi mize the working area The Working Area on the right pane of the display represents the main working area of each section of the TESLA Control Panel The Control Tabs are a row of selection tabs near the bottom of the screen Each time you start a function a corresponding tab is created Select the control tabs to navigate from one screen to anothe
98. True RMS menu option Readout corresponding to the markers is displayed on the right hand side of the graph including True RMS Title Minimum True RMS e Maximum True RMS Average True RMS PUE asele z tin a Nj xi slej JE Debe p ET PET EH ned S ng d xj ipiis eo a d I WELT ait Y VY 4 YE EEIT ra piir omeji Te T j iD LAA AA Te AO OE i Bae eee k Ti p via ada pope iT NI T e u u y V LU M M M 1 ul T TU i e i E uu nov A A A a 8 Bi 1 RIA A m I dn JU ry f 4100 Figure 11 95 True RMS TESLA 4000 User Manual 11 69 11 Graphing Records Harmonics 11 70 This option displays the harmonic contents magnitude of the desired channel along with the Total Harmonic Distortion THD in percentage 1 A trace channel must first exist on the graph Click the graph that you want to show absolute time measurement 2 Select the Measure gt Markers menu option or the Markers button on the tool bar to place the markers on the graph Markers are automatically placed if not selected 3 Select Measure gt Harmonics menu option 4 Readout corresponding to the markers is displayed on the right hand side of the graph including Harmonics Title e 2nd Harmonic e 3rd Harmonic 4th Harmonic e 5th Harmonic THD of fundamental the number of harmonics included in THD depends on the sample rate See Sample Rates 60 Hz Sy
99. Type Vector m 1 The ics NI of the complex value Component Vector 2 Comment Complex Vector w r t Floating Point Magnitude and Angle val ues Parent Type Vector AnalogueValue 1 NE The magnitude of the complex E value ang AnalogueValue 1 The angle of the complex value the unit is degrees TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation Component AnalogueValue 1 Comment General Analogue Value w r t Floating Point Value Parent Type AnalogueValue FLOAT32 O Floating point value x En umerated The following sub sections specify the enumerations that are associated to Type Definitions some Common Data Class attributes The definition of the enumerations is ac cording to IEC 61850 7 3 and IEC 61850 7 4 unless otherwise stated Enumerated type Beh Description Behaviour DENEN NEN Enumerated type Mod Description Mode je de D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix J 37 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation Enumerated type seqT Description Ordinal Semantic E be Appendix J 38 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation J 3 Data Mapping Specifications TESLA 4000 TESLA 4000 logical device identification Logical Devices The ERLPhase TESLA Recorder has the following IEC 61850 logical devices defined in its ICD file e Triggers Measurements e System FaultLocators Virtu
100. USB peripheral cable 1 Ensure the recorder port and your PC s port have the same baud rate and communication parameters e The recorder s USB port appears as a serial port to the PC and is fixed at 8 data bits no parity and 1 stop bit and has a default baud rates of 115 200 bauds 4 8 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 4 Communicating with the Recorder The baud rate and communication parameters of your computer s USB port is set automatically by TESLA Control Panel Edit IED gt Commu nication gt Direct Serial Link 2 Choose the target recorder from the Select IED list in TESLA Control Pan el s Main Menu If there is not already an entry for this recorder create one using the Add New button The method of communication with the recorder is specified as part of its IED definition Use the Edit button to view or change this informa tion Ensure the Direct Serial Link option is selected For details on IED definitions see Working with TESLA Control Pan el on page 5 1 3 Initiate the connection by selecting the Connect button A dialog box will appear to show connection progress The connection state and the current IED you are connected to is shown on the Windows status bar at the bottom of the screen Status Bar shows TESLA Control Panel software is connected to the recorder and the name of the Current IED Main Menu TESLA Control Panel Current IED TESLA Demo Unit Conn
101. Ul KO W 2 Ul 2 2 Cc 2 J 280 287 294 3 309 O Hm TESLA 4000 User Manual MN 7 Z o Appendix F Input Modules r t0 1 0 2 and 0 5 resi Ul No He s a oo Co Ke UJ UJ UJ O o 7 TN CO H Uu KO D KO PBs Co J J oO Oo OY Ul Ui H p LO Ul o ul H LO LO e NO A N Bs co Co W OY NO Bs NO co A VO J rally used fo E192 ee i 324 os 328 L 332 k 396 340 344 348 352 ET ima eee 370 374 METAN NEM 388 MEN 9 i 402 407 412 L 19 eph P BO n p A11 1 517 523 530 36 7 542 549 Bo i Appendix F 13 Appendix G Recommended Spare Parts D02771R02 50 List Table G 1 TESLA 4000 Recommended Spare Parts List Part Number Part Description Quantity 109312 TESLA 4000 System Unit 18 Analog Channels 32 Digital Channels TESLA 4000 System Unit 36 Analog Channels 64 Digital Channels 110739 CT Isolation Module four 4 current inputs rated 5 Amp each 110748 CT Isolation Modules four 4 current inputs rated 1 Amp each B 101756 PT Isolation Modules three 3 voltage inputs rated 69 Volts rms 120 Root3 106243 DC Module four 4 isolated inputs 101783 Split core current transducer rated 5 Amp li 101784 Split core current transducer rated 1
102. V c 6 gt Val PMU Phasors gt Vad T4IP7418 a 1 Vag T4IP7418 Vb 2 3 vVb2 T4IP7418 Vc 3 gt vb5 T4IP7418 Va 4 T4IP7418 Va 4 gt Vb 10 T4IP7418 Vb 5 T4IP7418 Vb 5 T4IP7418 Vc 6 T4IP7418 Va 9 T4IP7418 Vb 10 T4IP7418 Vc 11 T4iP7418 la 12 T4IP7418 V1 T4IP7418 V2 s T4IP7418 V0 T4IP7418 V1 1 T4IP7418 2 1 T4IP7418 0 1 T4IP7418 Va 1 T4iP7418 la 12 552 552 10000 XI SI XI XI XI XI XI XI XI XI XI XI XI XI XI XI XI XI PMU Analogs T4IP7418 Vvatts 1 5520 My v T4IP7418 Vvatts 1 T4IP7418 amp Vars 1 5520 MYAR v T4IP7418 amp Vars 1 T4IP7418 V 1 5520 MYA v T4IP7418 V A 1 T4iP741 8 Watts 2 2760 My v T4iP741 8 Watts 2 T4IP7418 Vars 2 2760 MYAR v T4IP7418 Vars 2 T4IP7418 4 2 2750 MA v T4iP7418 VA 2 T4IP7418 VVatts 3 1380 MAI v T4IP7418 VVatts 3 T4IP7418 Vars 3 1380 MYAR v T4IP7418 Vars 3 T4iP7418 A 3 1380 MYA v T4IP7418 4 3 sunassigned gt E sunassigned gt Row 441 zi inassianeci gt zi Mascianeris M Show Channel Tree Hide Tree Main Menu Close Config E dit TESLA Control Panel v0 5 post 2 1 P0231 Current IED T4000IP82 Connected Figure 15 7 PMU configuration screen with preconfigured analog sequence and sum mation channels In the above PMU Definition Screen Analog Inputs voltage amp currents Summations and Sequence Functions channels are available for PMU Phasors reporting You can select up to 36 phasors by dragging and dropping the chan nels on
103. Va 1 O SCADA Summary Rate of Change Interval 1 0 v cycles O Channels F F 0 NewElemet requency Fiter 0 v cycles Frequency 1 Actions 0O Meter Groups imi Enable i High Magnitude 0 03333 sec ow Magnitude 0 03333 sec Negative Rate of Change 0 03333 sec Positive Rate of Change 0 03333 sec Show Channel Tree SavelClose Main Menu Config Edit TESLA Control Panel v0 5 post 2 1 P0231 Current IED T418IP17 Connected Figure 8 21 Frequency Channel Configuration Screen Table 8 11 Frequency Channel Settings Frequency derived Identifies the analog input channel on which to measure frequency A from voltage channel is recommended for best results Frequency filter Specifies the time constant of the low pass filter which is applied for frequency measurements 0 to 60 cycles in 5 cycle increments for 60 Hz system frequency 0 to 50 cycles in 5 cycle increments for 50 Hz system frequency Use of 0 cycles will disable the low pass filter Trigger Settings Rate of Change Specifies the period of time over which both positive and negative rate Interval of change is measured 0 5 to 8 0 cycles Limit Specifies the trigger levels for the magnitude triggers and the magni tude portion of the rate for the rate of change triggers The period por tion of the rate is specified by the Rate of Change Interval The high magnitude limit is 7 6 x nominal frequency low magnitude limit is 5
104. Vb Unit 4 Vb Misc ln TR17AB X In i Misc In TRT7AB Y In TR4AB Y Vac Vab TRAAB Y In A TRAAB Y Ic TRAAB Y Ib A TRAAB Y la y Unit Va Unit 4 Va Unit 4 b Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 Vc Unit 4 Vc y Unit 4 la Unit 4 la Unit 4 Ib Unit 4 Ib A Unit 4Ic Unit 4 le Misc In TRT8CD Y y Misc Vac Bus 4G Vbc y Misc Vac Bus 4F Vbc y Misc Vac Bus 4E Vbc Misc Vac Bus 4J Vbc Seconds 0 050 x 0083s Unit 4 Vac Unit 4 Vn D s ki Analog Input36 ond uj 40 0271 s H External Ce AMI recordemo1 tlr 1999 06 25 18 24 31 484 Digital in El 86U2 Ext Input Tripped X 9 4678KV O 2 6927KV A B 7751KV zn da Extend Print Range ij Ay Overlay FE zu Cannad Clases b Set the precision number of decimal places For the readouts Scale Primary Figure 11 50 Set Precision Set the precision number of decimal places for the readouts In Symmetrical Component and Harmonic Views the phase angle readout precision is always zero no decimal places are used TESLA 4000 User Manual 11 29 11 Graphing Records Help Menus Tool Bar Buttons Show Record Summar Print eee HERS t Export l I l l I I Y Save Template 11 30 y Default Help gt User Manual Select to display an electronic version of the user manual Help gt About RecordGraph Display program information version number and copyright
105. Working With Records From a Cooperative Recording Group Records from a cooperative recording group are managed in TESLA 4000 Control Panel in the same manner as records from individual recorders see Chapter 9 Record and Log Management To access a group s records select its Cooperative Group IED Select JED on the Main Menu tab and use the Connect button to establish a link with the group s Master recorder Once connected double click Records in the menu tree to open the Records screen If you only want to access previously down loaded records the connection to the Master Recorder is not necessary IED De tinition IED bare Dorsey Rec4 orm ne nt Cooperative Recorder Group Member Location Dorsey Converter Stn IED Serial Plumber TEL 4 4000 1 70320 04 Mode TESLA onctigurastiorni TESLA 3000 4000 36 Channels zi FPRBALJ rAacdule de Communi ation CC Direct Serial Link Serial Link Baud Rate Modern Link modem Phone Mumber e pletvozork Link e First IP Adrcirese 152 16S 100 re rC Second IP Address 192 165 104 m ral Use SOCKS Proxy m CC Connect Through IED E Adad Mews Modem Serial Link Set Information From TESL Folder placement Recordings Folder Program Fies WlatPhase Watatorsey RecsWRecc Browse Cantigs Folder T Program Files atPhasewWatatDlorsey Recs wont Browse o
106. X and O markers Options gt Extend Print Range Ni itecordarogh E 3 1 File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help recordemol tlr El High Speed Channels E Analog y TRACD XVac Vak TRA4CDXIn Default Calculate Derived Channels Now Show Grid G Show X AxisTicks E Show Legends L Show Trigger Marker z Lock Markers K TR4CDXc A TRACDXIb Extend Print Range j TRACDXJA Set Phase Colors v TRACD Y Vac VaE A TRACD Y In A TRACD Y lc A TRACD Y Ib A TRACD Y la TR4AB XWac Vab b TRAABXIN TRAABXLIc A TRAABXIb A TRAAB Xa AV Misc ln TR18CD X In AV Misc In TR17A4B In A Misc In TR17AB Y In TR4AB Y Vac Vab A TRAAB Y In A TRAAB Y lc A TRAAB Y Ib A TRAAB Y la A Unit 4 Va Unit 4 Va Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 Vb Unit 4Vc Unit 4 Vc y Unit 4 la Unit 4 la v Unit 4 1b Unit 4 Ib AY Unit 4 Ic Unit 4 le y Misc In TRT8CD Y y Misc Vac Bus 4G Vbc y Misc Vac Bus 4F Vbc Misc Vac Bus 4E Vbc y Misc Vac Bus 4J Vbc A Unit 4Vac Unit 4 Vn Analog Input36 H External Set Precision hd m Unit 4 vb Unit 4 Vb m Unit 4 Ve Unit 4 vc Seconds Ay Overlay 78 Elle x eleele zj i 4 n N slej e ES recordemo1 tir 1999 06 25 18 24 31 484 Digital in El 86U2 Ext Input Tripped 20 0K 15 0K 10 0K PS X 49 4578KV ual O 2 5827KV A B 7751KV 10 0K 15 0K 20 0K a
107. a TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation NamPlt LPL 1 NamPlt Name Plate Pf Common Data The definition tables for each of the Common Data Classes used in the Logical Class Node definitions are presented in the following sub sections Definitions From an application point of view the data attributes of a Common Data Class are classified according to their specific use The characterization of data attri butes and the services that they support provide will be through the use of Functional Constraints The Functional Constraints are specified by the table below emm mmc m s m premem ORT Measurands Analogue Values m vreteno ORT D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix J 31 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation Appendix J 32 Common Data Class DPL_1_PhyNam Description Standard Device Name Plate CDC Class DPL MN oes foe CN Vendor Vendor VisString255 ee en as a Common Data Class INC_1_Mod Description CDC Class INC mw f e mem 8 Common Data Class SPS 1 Proxy Description CDC Class SPS Dew JI TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation INS 1 Beh Description CDC Class INS Dew fer fT Common Data Class LPL_1_NamPIit Description CDC Class LPL vor wews p o we wem joe wem x me wes foe i Common Data Class MV_1_w
108. and Trend Summary displays Circular The Event Log stores up to 500 events with automatic overwrite of the oldest Sto rage event For greater event storage or to prevent automatic overwrite the record er s trending function can also be used to store event messages Event The text of an event message is derived from the configuration of the detector Messages that generates it The general format for event message 1s Line Date Time ElementDescription where Description 1s user assigned text available to further identify the detector Example of event messages 11 2012Jun18 11 55 04 000 Connected to RecordBase on attempt 1 12 2012Jun18 17 32 15 113 Line 1 FLoc FlocS AG 6 0 km 9 6 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 9 Record and Log Management Printi ng Event You may print or copy to clipboard all the events that are in the Event Log Log Right click or choose from the menu bar to print event logs while connected to the IED Controls The event display is a static snapshot of the contents of the event log You can use the buttons at the bottom to access the Erase Refresh Print functions and a right click to access the Copy function In addition print commands are available under the File menu a copy command 1s available under the Edit menu and a refresh command is available under the View menu Table 9 16 Copy Copies the event list to clipboard for pasting to other programs Refresh Updates Event List by gettin
109. are saved You can share configuration files and records with other TESLA Con trol Panel users by using common folders TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 5 Working with TESLA Control Panel 5 3 Online and Offline Operation TESLA Control Panel can be used with or without a connection to the selected recorder Both offline and online modes work within the selected Current IED workspace Offline Not In Offline mode you can manage and display a recorder s local previously up Connected loaded records and create and edit configuration files without being connected to the unit Online In Online mode you are connected to the recorder and have access to both local Con nected and remote data and functions Records both local and on the recorder Event log Metering realtime readings of input and calculated channels Channel and trigger configurations the one presently active in the recorder and any saved ones you may have created e Setup utilities and record configuration screens Record graphics display Trend logs Connection The Status Bar at the bottom right side of the TESLA Control Panel window Status shows if you are presently online or offline D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 5 5 5 Working with TESLA Control Panel 5 4 Navigating in TESLA Control Panel Working Area Control Tabs 5 6 TESLA Control Panel uses a split screen format The left pane is used for nav igation or selection
110. be as defined in Basic Conformance Statement in Appendix J on page Appendix J 1 Table J 1 Basic Conformance Statement Server Publisher Client Server Roles Server Side of TWO PARTY APPLICATION ASSOCIATION Client Side of TWO PARTY APPLICATION ASSOCIATION SCSMs supported Generic Substation event Model GSE Publisher side m Subscriber Side Transmission of Sampled value model SVC B Publisher side B2 Subscriber side c1 Shall be M if support for LOGICAL DEVICE model has been declared O Optional M Mandatory TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix J 1 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation ACSI Models Conformance Statement Appendix J 2 The ASCI models conformance statement shall be as defined in ACSI Models Conformance Statement in Appendix J on page Appendix J 2 Table J 2 ACSI Models Conformance Statement Server Publisher If Sever side B11 supported z c4 c5 Reporting M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 6 Z lli YES YES YES YES Data set name Data reference E lt o YES Buffer overflow Entry id YES Gl YES YES M7 10 YES YES IntgPd Unbuffered report control M M YES M YES M YES M YES M YES M YES M7 M7 1 M7 2 M7 3 M7 4 M7 5 M7 6 M7 7 M7 8 M7 9 8 8 1 8 2 8 3 8 4 8 5 8 6 8 7 M YES Z i TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation Table J 2 ACSI Models Conformance Statement Log
111. chassis using twisted shielded communi cation wiring Analog Input Channels Ratings In 5Aor1A Vn 69 V Continuous 15 Arms 2x Vn Full Scale 20 x In for 1 sec no distortion Thermal Withstand 400 A for 1 second 18 or 36 per unit see table for details 144 maximum using 4 units in Cooperative Mode External Inputs digital Will turn on gt 38 Vdc Will not turn on lt 25Vdc Maximum input lt 300Vdc Burden gt 10 kilo ohm 32 or 64 per unit see table for details 256 maximum using 4 units in Coopera tive Mode Externally wetted Alarm Contacts D02771R02 50 300 Vdc max externally wetted Make 8 A Vdc Carry 8 A Vdc Break 0 15 A at 125 Vdc 0 10 A at 250 Vdc TESLA 4000 User Manual 4 or 8 per unit Contact 1 Recorder Functional Contact 4 Cross trigger contact Pick up 10 ms latch 100 ms User definable contacts Pick up 1 0 s latch 1 0 s Appendix A 3 Appendix A Specifications TESLA 4000 Power System Recorder Environmental Ambient Temperature Range IEC 60068 2 1 IEC 60068 2 2 10 C to 55 C Humidity IEC 60068 2 30 Up to 95 without condensation Insulation Test Hi Pot IEC 60255 5 Power supply analog inputs through external isolation modules external inputs output contacts 2 kV 50 60 Hz 1minute Electrostatic Discharge IEC 61000 4 2 Level 4 IEEE C37 90 3 IEC 60255 22 2 Level 4 Volta
112. co N co Co N C2 MMXN59 MMXN 4 MMXN60 MMXN_4 MMXN61 MMXN_4 10 MMXN62 MMXN_4 101 MMXN63 MMXN_4 10 MMXN64 i MMXN 4 103 MMXN65 MMXN 4 104 MMXN66 MMXN 4 105 GGIO36 GGIO 1 Generic process l O 106 GGIO37 GGIO 1 107 GGIO38 GGIO 1 108 GGIO39 GGIO 1 109 GGIO40 GGIO 1 110 GGIO41 GGIO 1 111 GGIO42 GGIO 1 112 GGlO43 GGIO 1 113 GGlO44 i GGIO 1 114 GGIO45 GGIO 1 115 GGIO46 GGIO 1 116 GGIlO47 GGIO 1 TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix J 19 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation Table J 7 Logical Device Measurements 117 GGlO48 GGIO 1 118 GGIlO49 GGIO 1 119 GGIO50 GGIO 1 120 GGIO51 GGIO 1 121 GGIO52 GGIO 1 122 GGIO53 GGIO 1 123 GGIO54 GGIO 1 124 GGlO55 GGIO 1 125 GGIO56 GGIO_1 126 GGIO57 GGIO 1 127 GGlO58 GGIO 1 128 GGIO59 GGIO 1 129 GGIO60 GGIO_1 130 GGIO61 GGIO 1 131 GGIO62 GGIO 1 132 GGIO63 GGIO 1 133 GGIO64 GGIO_1 134 GGIO65 GGIO_1 135 GGIO66 GGIO_1 136 MSQIT MSQI 1 Sequence and imbalance 137 MSQI2 MSQI 1 138 MSQI3 MSQI 1 139 MSOI4 MSQI 1 140 MSQI5 MSQI_1 141 MSQI6 MSQI_1 142 MSQI7 MSQI 1 143 MSOI8 MSQI 1 144 MSOI9 MSQI 1 145 MSQI10 MSQI_1 146 MSQI11 MSQI_1 147 MSQI12 MSQI 1 148 MMXN67 MMXN 1 Non phase related Measurement 149 MMXN68 MMXN 1 150 MMXN69 MMXN 1 Appendix J 20 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation Table J 7 Logical Device Measurements 151 MMXN70 MMXN 1 152 MMXN71
113. com Tel 1 204 477 0591 TESLA 4000 User Manual i Using This Guide D02771R02 50 This User Manual describes the installation and operation of the TESLA power system recorder and the accompanying TESLA Control Panel user interface software It is intended to support the first time user and clarify the details of the equipment The manual uses a number of conventions to denote special information Example Describes Start Settings Control Panel Choose the Control Panel submenu in the Set tings submenu on the Start menu Right click Click the right mouse button Recordings Menu items and tabs are shown in italics service User input or keystrokes are shown in bold Text boxes similar to this one Relate important notes and information Indicates more screens TESLA 4000 User Manual Table of Contents D02771R02 50 AEE ei NR IM EO NO OMIT TPER NOS Contact Ino miellol aj ea ai eta a ou td onec dade dedi ut i USING TAIS GUIE EN iii Table of COMMS zie aeria ebria hut tree e slekel V Version Compatibility ax ations seca Erro eee petu e ese pea imus Ix PC System Requirements and Software Installation Xi ESI S ne ea aa ea ea ak 1 1 TESLA System Description 1 1 TESLA 4000 Features sin ea je jej 1 2 PTODU PANEL TR 1 6 Rea CONNE UO I ane ee Ne A 1 6 2 Connection and Power Up 2 1 IWIO UN
114. configuration 10 2 configuration changes 10 6 data storage 10 3 number of channels 10 3 safe shutdown mode 10 5 sampling rates 10 3 channel grouping 8 8 channel view 8 11 8 13 communication 1 4 communication ports 4 1 4 21 configuation editor 8 4 configuration manager 8 1 8 2 8 3 connection status 5 5 continuous disturbance recording 10 1 control tabs 5 6 cooperative group 1 3 cooperative recorder group configure recording group 13 8 network 13 5 recorders 13 6 records 13 12 settings 13 13 setup 13 4 cross trigger notification 7 14 D data acquisition 1 2 TESLA 4000 User Manual Index dc module 2 3 dc scaling 8 20 diagnostics 4 18 digital graph 11 15 11 31 11 34 11 39 11 40 DNP 8 51 E edit configuration 8 2 element tree 8 10 8 12 ethernet LAN link 4 4 event log 9 6 event messages 9 6 external input channels 2 3 8 22 8 23 F fault location 1 3 fault locator functions 8 43 8 44 settings 8 44 fetch remote summary 9 2 frequency channels 8 38 8 39 front panel 1 6 front panel LEDs 2 5 fundamental RMS 11 21 11 43 11 65 11 68 G get from IED 9 2 graph 9 2 measure menus 11 19 graphs absolute time 11 67 add 11 34 add analog 11 14 add channels 11 34 add digital 11 15 calculated channels 11 72 COMTRADE import 11 78 11 79 COMTRADE inport 11 78 delete 11 15 digital channel status 11 77 export file 11 9 exporting channel data 11 74 exporting views 11 73 fundamental RMS 11 68 gr
115. configured on the recorder through the Utilities menu See Unit Identification on page 7 2 D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 13 7 13 Cooperative Recorder Group Table 13 3 IED Definitions for the Other Group Recorders Comment Should indicate that the IED is a group member Should be the name and or location of the Substation IED Serial Number Can be left blank if the unit s serial number is not known The serial number can also be automatically obtained from the recorder later using the Get Information from IED button see below Model Select TESLA 4000 36 Channels or TESLA 3000 36 Channels or TESLA 3000 18 Channels as appropriate to the hardware model IP Address Must be the same IP address configured on the recorder in Step 1 The IP address is required regardless of the Communications mode Communication Indicates how to communicate with the IED as an individual recorder Use Network Link if the recorder can be directly reached over the network Use Connect Through IED and select the Master Recorder from the pick list to allow a telephone connection to the recorder through the Master Recorder Use Direct Serial Link if you are working in the substation and intend to connect directly to the recorder through a serial cable Get Information from optional If a communications link is available to the recorder IED this button can be used to retrieve the recorder s name location and serial number
116. connection to the recorder s serial port modem Ether net LAN or USB port For security purposes any utilities that can modify the TESLA are disabled when connecting remotely To access these utilities you must connect to the recorder using Port 450 on the unit s front panel Any terminal program that fully supports VT 100 emulation and provides z modem file transfer services can be used HyperTerminal which is included in Windows XP and 1s also available separately as HyperTerminal PE is used here as an example 1 Determine how you want to connect to the recorder e USB connection A direct serial link connects your computer s serial port to the recorder s rear panel Port 405 Port 405 is set up so that a standard straight through male to female serial cable can be used f both the recorder and your computer have modems you can access the Maintenance Menu through the telephone system If both the recorder and your computer are on the same LAN or WAN you can access the Maintenance Menu through your network 2 Configure your terminal program as described in the table below Fora USB or direct serial link the baud rate must be same as that of the recorder s port Port 450 USB link the default baud rate 1s 115 200 Serial Port 405 default baud rate is 38 400 The baud rate can be viewed and changed in the Utilities Communication tab of TESLA Control Panel Fora modem link the baud rate and other communication
117. control IntgPd If GSE B31 B32 is supported EntryID DataReflnc fee c2 shall be M if support for LOGICAL NODE model has been declared c3 shall be M if support for DATA model has been declared c4 shall be M if support DATA SET Substitution Report Log Control or Time model has been declared c5 shall be M if support for Report GSE or SV model has been declared M Mandatory D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix J 3 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation ACSI Service The ASCI service conformance statement shall be as defined in ACSI Service Conformance Conformance Statement in Appendix J on page Appendix J 4 Statement Table J 3 ACSI Service Conformance Statement AA Server EB SERVICES TP MC Publisher REMARKS Server Clause 6 Application association Clause 7 EN p De wm p e wmm jw Dm Logical device Clause 8 Logical Node Clause 9 Data Clause 10 s emm e D ps EP NICI EN m w vs eme m w ve emus m w De sse m je e oos m o e meum e o e Em ostanem e fo Du Substitution Clause 12 Setting group control Clause 13 Appendix J 4 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation Table J 3 ACSI Service Conformance Statement 21 ConfirmEditSGvalues 4 v O S22 GetSGvalues S23 GetSGCBvalues U Z Z Z O O Reporting Clause 14
118. cursor from an arrow box to a NO cursor cursor with circle and a slash As soon as the discrete phasor channel is selected corresponding phasor channel name to be reported will be displayed in Phasor Name To Report column with the default name as depicted under Selected Channels If the name as appearing in the Selected Channels is greater than 16 characters it will be truncated to 16 characters before it is displayed You can modify the name for the PMU phasor to be reported by editing the name displayed in the Phasor Name To Report column as shown below To delete or unselect the phasor channel select lt unassigned gt item from the pick list A blank name entered under Phasor Name To Report column is invalidated and you are warned to re enter a valid name If no phasors are selected no discrete phasor channels and no positive se quence phasor channels then the real time PMU data will not be transmit ted even though the other parameters are available You must select at least one phasor channel in order for the PMU to report the phasor infor mation in real time Use Save Close option to save the PMU information in the setting file for later retrieval and or loading into TESLA 4000 DFR Note that the saved PMU configuration is automatically used in the PMU me tering display when this file is loaded on the TESLA 4000 DFR that supports the PMU feature D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 15 17 15 PMU Functional
119. disable of the inclusion of the GOOSE Virtual Input in High Speed Recordings Trigger Settings Label Text to designate the active and inactive states Default is Active and Inactive Maximum 6 characters excluding defaults Trigger Actions Enable Enables or disables the associated trigger A trigger can be disabled without altering the rest of its settings Fault Initiates a fault high speed recording when triggered Swing Initiates a swing low speed recording when triggered If both Fault and Swing are enabled the recorder will not attempt to create a combined record Separate fault and swing records will be created Log Logs a message in the Event Log when triggered Priority Specifies the priority to be assigned to records created by this trigger The priority is used to determine Central Station notification 1 3 3 is the highest priority D02771R02 50 Alarm Contact Specifies a rear panel contact to be closed when triggered Contacts are closed momentarily for one second Contact assignment is not exclusive allowing multiple triggers to activate the same contact Available contacts 2 or 3 on a 18 channel model and 2 3 5 6 7 or 8 on a 36 channel model Contacts 1 and 4 are reserved for Recorder Functional and Cross Trigger respectively Contacts assigned for stor age alarms Storage Alarms on page 8 7 will not be available for use here
120. first detected event Records are retrieved from cooperative group members and combined into a single group record by TESLA 4000 Control Panel When you initiate a record transfer from the group s Master recorder Control Panel automatically trans fers the corresponding records from the other group members and combines them into a single record Within Control Panel the resultant record is stored under group s Cooperative Group IED record list It is possible in some circumstances for a record from a group member to be omitted from the combined record This could be caused by a settings mis match network communication problem or loss of time signal synchroniza tion If the record was captured by the recorder it can still be retrieved and TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 RecordBase Central Station D02771R02 50 13 Cooperative Recorder Group viewed as a single record from the individual recorder using standard 1 e non cooperative mode methods For further details on cooperative group records see Working With Records From a Cooperative Recording Group on page 13 12 RecordBase Central Station v2 0 and above can work with a TESLA 4000 co operative recording group RecordBase can e Automatically collect records from group members and combine them into a single record ssue swing record cross trigger commands to the group Communicate with individual group members via WAN or a modem on the Master recorder
121. floating point with flag Variation 6 double precision floating point with flag Based on point Index add column to table below Event Variation reported when variation O requested Variation 1 32 bit without time Variation 2 16 bit without time Variation 3 32 bit with time Variation 4 16 bit with time Variation 5 single precision floating point w o time Variation 6 double precision floating point w o time Variation 7 single precision floating point with time Variation 8 double precision floating point with time Based on point Index add column to table below Event reporting mode Only most recent All events Analog Inputs Included in Class 0 response Always Never Only if point is assigned to Class 1 2 or 3 Based on point Index add column to table below How Deadbands are set A Global Fixed B Configurable through DNP C Configurable via other means D Other explain Based on point Index column specifies which of the options applies B C or D TESLA Control Panel 2 3 6 Analog Deadband Algorithm simple just compares the difference from the previous reported value Simple Integrating Other explain 2 3 7 Definition of Analog Input Point List Fixed list shown in table below Default list is TESLA Control Configurable shown in table Panel Other explain below Appendix E 20 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Appendix E
122. function code only Appendix E 40 23 delay meas TESLA 4000 User Manual 129 response D02771R02 50 Appendix F Input Modules F 1 AC Voltage Input Module D02771R02 50 The AC Voltage Input Module Part No 101756 provides 3 channels of isola tion and scaling for standard secondary voltage Inputs are ac coupled through transformers The nominal signal level is 69 V rms 120 Root 3 with a full scale 2x over range capability that can be sustaining continuously Output from the module is scaled to connect directly to the TESLA s analog input terminals Due to impedance matching requirements module channels cannot be connected to more than one TESLA input channel Modules can be located up to 1220 meters 4000 feet from the recorder The wire used for the connection between the modules and the recorder can range in size from 16 to 20 AWG It is highly recommended that twisted shielded wire be used for cables that are run outside of the panel in which the TESLA is located noting that the shield should be grounded only at the recorder Belden 9388 or its equivalent is an example of an acceptable cable that can be used TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix F 1 Appendix F Input Modules SHEET 1 OF 1 TESLA 3000 PT Input Module RED Pai PETIT UE PVG NO AEST KIMU B 2350 HWK m5 01 CA ia pene i 2E sa 127 3 rt D m PRAVNE Zimmer X x
123. in line CT The outputs from the CT are impedance matched to connect directly to the TESLA s analog input connectors All mod els have a dynamic range that can pass 20x nominal currents continuously Part No 101783 Model 401013 has a nominal signal level of 5 A rms Part No 101784 Model 401017 has a nominal signal level of 1 A rms DC Module The dc input module Part No 106243 Model 401016 provides dc coupled isolation and scaling for four independent dc or ac voltage or current channels DC module channels have a dc to 2 kHz bandwidth but the bandwidth may be further limited by the recorder s input filters depending on the sample rate Externally mounted resistors set the input type and full scale range The recorder s external inputs are dry inputs intended for use with signals from a 48 250 Vdc station battery The external inputs are isolated and protected against transient surges They activate at approximately 32 Vdc TESLA 4000 User Manual 2 3 2 Connection and Power Up Alarm Contacts IRIG B Time Signal Communication Ports 2 4 The alarm contacts on the rear of the unit are dry contacts They are isolated and protected against transient surges The contacts are designated as follows l a O tn BW WN 8 Recorder fail Closed on failure User configurable User configurable Cross trigger User configurable User configurable User configurable User configurable Contacts 5 to 8 are not available in 18 channel
124. included for completeness The reader is expected to be conversant with the terminology presented within the IEC 61850 part 7 series of specifications To provide comprehensive details of the standard data object model elements supported by the device The MICS is conformant to the devices associated ICD Substation Configuration Language file according to part 6 of the IEC 61850 standards The layout of the presented tables within this document is conformant to the part 7 series of the IEC 61850 standard specifications with the following exceptions e The Trigger Options field is not presented e The M O field is not present as the definitions are as deployed within the model An additional column X is used to signify custom attributes This IEC 61850 server device contains one Logical Device Logical Device contains a data model built from instances of specific Logical Nodes and must consist of at least an instance of the LPHD Logical Node which is responsible for providing physical device information and an instance of the LLNO Logi cal Node for addressing common issues across the Logical Device The IEC 61850 data model is contained within the Logical Devices detailed in the table below All LNs are categorized according to the following table to en sure that data model variables in them have respective scope of data informa tion Table J 4 Logical Device Comment Usage FaultLocators TESLA 4000 U
125. information Any information in the correspond ing fields of the IED Definition will be overwritten and saved if you exit with OK These values are configured on the recorder as part of its Unit Identification 3 Configure the individual recorders Each recorder must be configured as a stand alone unit with its channels and triggers defined Chapter 7 Recorder Setup Utilities and Chapter 8 Configuring the Recorder cover this in detail Important Certain settings must be the same on all recorders for cooperative mode to function correctly See Required Cooperative Mode Set tings on page 13 13 for the list Step 3 1 Create a Cooperative Group IED Definition in TESLA 4000 Control Panel Configu re the Within Control Panel a special Cooperative Group IED is created to work Cooperative with the cooperative recording group When the Cooperative Group IED is Reco rding selected Control Panel functions are applied to the group of recorders rath er than an individual one Records from the cooperative recorder group are transferred combined and viewed in this way Group 13 8 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 13 Cooperative Recorder Group The following table provides a setting guide for the Cooperative Group IED definition Table 13 4 IED Definitions for the Cooperative Group IED Model Must be TESLA 4000 Cooperative Communication Must be Connect Through IED with the Master Recorder spec
126. ju8un2 pereljos Jouueu p OV Buioeds duis jeuiruuel 6 0 8BL9OGrECI 8 vI i bi el lej lej t X 8Iqeo 1ojonpuoo z mal uu0jog jnpo 1nduj ebeyo paos Jeuueuo OV X 9Iqeo 10jonpuoo z Buioeds duis jeuiuuel 6 0 sd pue ELE V 1S3 uo Ajuo pepunoJ6 eq pinous peius pesn ji UNE pnis PUD OLA 0 2 L Z 6 uBue duis SZZ Jejeureip uone nsut XWIN seutua T HOH9 ZLNA 1inpueg esf SM9J9S 9 soDeyoA sng 9A 8A seinpo N 1ndu OV BUISN NI 9 DI GI VI OA GA WA Bulpsooey suono eur VA Figure 1 3 TESLA 4000 AC Input Module Connection Diagram TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Appendix l 4 Appendix TESLA 4000 Drawings M8IA do JopJoo8sM V ISAL seibojouuo8 JAMOJ 9Seud 1u3 ANV 3SVHdTH3 JO ADi3dONd TIOS JHL SI SNIMVHO SIHL NI G3NIVINOO NOLLVIRHIOJNI JHL Ugoz uey JeDuo s ejqeo y J eB OZ uey jejjeuis eq jou PINOUS aM peje2o S ISIL SU U9IUM Ul j ued y JO episino uni sje zey se qeo JOJ pesn aq M pepjerus pajs jeu pepueuuud02941 AJUBIU S JI Z JENUBJN asn VISS_L 24 JO xipuedde ajnpoy 1ndu DOG y ees senjeA JOjsisoJ BujpuodsajJo9 pue sebuel 104 9JIM pepuedjs eB gZ Z4 jdeooe sxoo q jeuiuue 1S 8 s Z 81SINS xiueoug UMOUS 1ou MOJ woyoq UO sjeujua Ajddns 1amog juo pue v1S3L ye pepunojB pjelus uloyjog wos MOJ puz sjnduj Bojeuy ou sBn d 8JIM pepueujs e gZ ZL jdeooe s ooj
127. local TSD Record names to be toggled between ERLPhase proprietary and C37 232 file naming structures This does not affect records currently stored on the IED TESLA 4000 User Manual 12 9 12 Record Export Utility 12 10 ie TESLA Control Panel Records Latest 25 Records v v Get Remote Events Records from T 40001P120 2014 04 28 OnlED Local fe 2014 04 28 10 17 38 08651 fe 140428 101738086 5t T4IPTI cs ERLPhe fe 140428 101637376 5t T4IP11cs ERLPha fe 140428 101132003 5t T4IPTI cs ERLPhz fe 140428 100817940 5t T 4IPTI cs ERLPhz fe 140428 100539017 5t T4IP11cs ERLPhz 100402842 5t T 4IP11cs ERLPhe 24578 5t_T4iP11 cs ERLPh T4IP11cs 2014 04 26 06 26 26 586 2014 04 17 OnlED t Local gt Events Record Summary Record Name Record Type Swing Record Version 52 Unit ID TAIP11cs Trigger Time Local Mon Apr 28 2014 10 01 24 578 Record Priority 0 140428 100124578 5t T 41P11cs ERLPhase Swing tir 384 G00SE 391 G00SE 393 G00SE 582 G00SE 124 2814 84 28 18 125 2814 84 28 18 126 2814 84 28 18 127 2814 84 28 18 128 2814 84 28 16 6 584 G00SE 129 2014 84 28 10 8 839 G00SE 138 2014 84 28 10 03 01 841 G00SE Test LUI LPRO Test LUI LPRO Test LUI LPRO Test LUI LPRO Test LUI LPRO Test LUI LPRO Test LUI LPRO UI 601 VI81 VI81 VI81 VI81 VI81 VI81 131 2014 84 28 16 63 62 801 0utput Contact 2 Opened 132 2014 04 28
128. logical device and logical nodes as defined in the Table 1 1 Note Common Logical Node information is not shown in the following Logical Node descriptions Only the data provided from the TESLA 4000 application to the IEC 61850 stack are described Logical Device Triggers LOGICRBDRI LOGICRBDR30 This section defines logical node data for the logical nodes LOGICRBDRI to LOGICRBDR30 of the TESLA 4000 logical device Triggers LOGICRBDR1 Trigger status of logic channel 1 ST ChTrg stVal GOCE for Publication GOOSE LOGIC LOGICRBDR30 Trigger status of logic channel 30 DIGRBDR31 DIGRBDR94 This section defines logical node data for the logical nodes DIGRBDR31 to DIGRBDR94 of the TESLA 4000 logical device Triggers DIGRBDR31 Trigger status of digital channel 1 ST ChTrg stVal GOCEB for Publication GOOSE_DIG DIGRBDR94 Trigger status of digital channel 64 ANALOGRADRI ANALOGRADR36 This section defines logical node data for the logical nodes ANALOGRADRI to ANALOGRADR36 of the TESLA 4000 logical device Triggers ANALOGRADR1 Trigger status of analog channel 1 ST ChTrg stVal GOCB for Publication GOOSE_ANA ANALOGRADR36 Trigger status of analog channel 36 Appendix J 42 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation SUMRADR37 SUMRADR66 This section defines logical node data for the logical nodes SUMRADR37 to SUMRADR66 of the TESLA 4000 logical device Triggers SUMRADR37 Trigger
129. matching requirements module channels cannot be connected to more than one TESLA input channel Modules can be located up to 1220 meters 4000 feet from the recorder Shield ed wire e g Belden 9728 or 9730 is recommended for connection to the re corder s inputs The ground cable should be attached only at the recorder end TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix F 3 Appendix F Input Modules SHEET 1 OF 1 E 2 o o 2 Qa Ke m U S e e m lt EN E xus Tov B 2350 HWK n 5 01 CAD GENERATED DRAWING DO NOT MANUALLY UPDATE l D pers ur Qo00090090 90 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED MATERIAL il z po NEXT ASSY USED ON APPLICATION st l z ca ga o o sle Fa ES K co pem Sr sli as RE E E N co ES N Model 401014 yo S N TESLA Input Module AC 4 Channe Nominal 5 Arms Ratio 1KW load 100 Arms 1 580 Vrms 15 Arms continuous NMax 200 Arms for 1 second solated Current Input Module 113 0 mm REPRODUCTION IN PART OR WHOLE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF ERLPHASE IS PROHIBITED 9 Z z z ec a a T E z a Lu z z o O z o z z o uz z W T E ISTHE SOLE PROPERTY OF ERLPHASE ANY zm lo
130. maximum number of phasors can be supported without failing is 18 TESLA 4000 User Manual 15 7 15 PMU Functionality Network TCP This choice transmits the PMU data using network com munication link as set by the user in the IED settings and using TCP pro tocol The port number of the DC is required to set this communication choice Network UDP This choice transmits the PMU data using network com munication link as set by the user in the IED settings and using UDP pro tocol IP address and the port number of the PDC are required to set this communication choice The initial values of the above controls are based on the data received from the unit on connect The Notify screen is affected based on the Internal Modem or Port 405 choice which will be explained later in the Notify view user interface descriptions PDC options under PMU are P Address of Data Concentrator 1 IP Address of Data Concentrator 2 This option is enabled only if the Mode is either Network TCP or Network UDP otherwise it is disabled The table below describes the cases where IP Address of Data Concentrator is enabled or disabled Port This option is enabled only if the Mode is either Network TCP or Network UDP otherwise it is disabled This option allows user to config ure the listening port number of the recorder to which a DC client will con nect via the network link Number of PDC Clients This option allows user to set the num
131. models The cross trigger con tact is used to initiate recording on another recorder when this unit triggers When activated the cross trigger contacts close for 0 10 seconds regardless of the duration of the triggering condition This ensures that the cross trigger function does not become blocked by a continuous trigger condition The user configurable alarm contacts can be defined for use as part of the re corder s trigger configuration The IRIG B input provisions on the rear of the unit BNC or 2 Position Plug gable Terminal Block accepts either modulated or unmodulated IRIG B time signals with or without the 1344 extensions See Communicating with the Recorder on page 4 1 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 2 Connection and Power Up Startup Sequence Table 2 2 Startup Sequence On Power Up Front panel Test Mode LED turns on to indicate the presence of power 15 20 seconds after Power Up Test Mode LED goes off 25 30 seconds after Power Up Recorder Functional LED turns on At this point you can log into the recorder Records Stored LED turns on if records are present If the flash drive is very full there may be some delay to this sequence Front Panel LEDs Table 2 3 Front Panel LEDs Front Panel LED Indications Recorder Normally active green LED that is turned on approximately 25 30 sec Functional onds after power up indicating the unit is functional If an internal fault is detecte
132. number of the actual recorder D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 5 3 5 Working with TESLA Control Panel Table 5 1 IED Workspace Settings Get Information from IED Connects to the recorder and retrieves its configured name location and serial number The corresponding fields in the IED Defini tions are overwritten Model TESLA 2000 3000 4000 18 or 36 channel or TESLA 3000 4000 Cooperative IED Configuration IP Address IP addresses of the recorder The recorder s default factory IP addresses are 192 168 100 80 and 192 168 101 80 It is changed through the recorder s Maintenance Menu Communication Direct Serial Link Connect to this recorder through a serial cable Modem Link Connect to this recorder via a telephone link Network Link Connect to this recorder via a TCP IP network Connect Through IED Connect to this recorder through another recorder that is providing a modem Lan gateway An IED Definition for the selected recorder must already exist For details on setting up a modem Lan Gateway Modem LAN Gateway on page 4 15 Folder Placement The Default Folder directory applied to new IED definitions can be modified with the File gt Data Locations command from the Main Menu Recordings Folder The directory where the IED s retrieved records are stored 5 4 Configs Folder The directory where the IED s configuration files
133. of Using Time Window Control If you move the thumb track not resize to the extreme end then the traces are rendered in the new data range b sled ini tts tse RNI oa ODI 2200 20 At Later V be teg Low M OVA Leeler Va KV LO Iam Prago Phase Mgh Speed SU CD 114 la Anos Zub Pravo Phage Migh Speed Y ane VE Leteler VV L O Zbe Mase tao sige Speed SB CB 1140 b Atg be Mase trate teh Speed wre VERY Ay PaneVek LG Lewes Via kV LG Lewbe Vb RV LO Letele Ve KV LG CB 40 ia Ange u CB 4 ib Amor Ay CB 40 je Amor CB 41 la Amp A CB 41 Ib Amp CB 41 ic Amos v CB ladmpr o CB b Ant Ch 42 ic Amp perse Time Window control is CB 31e Ami Ay V1SKV Bus Val LG 115 Kv Bus Vb amp V 14 TSEV Bun Ve LG Ay Letele ac IVO Pot Von A CB 114dlaAmpe A CB 11491b Amps Rang XFMR 82 lac Neutral CB 115012 Amps CB 1150 Ib Aves CORSO Aeee Ay XEMA WI ac Polanang Ay CBB leAnee u Ch 116 1b Amps A CB 60sec Aene CD 1170 1a Anp A CB TTOIb Amer Ay CB 11701c Aene Catena Time Window enlarged i 200 moved to include different range of the data Vaan 9 1176 Postion s 0007 R OPEN 1086 299 x Ota SY 805 T 0 200 P cotta 106 299 x Ota ST 805 1 0 200 100 50 0 Time Window s a Width s 14176 at 0 200s X Marker 4 O Marker 4 1 183s Position s 0 007 R Ohms 106 289 X Ohms 57 605 T 0 200 R Ohms 106 289 X Ohms
134. on the file and the fol lowing screen appears TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 15 PMU Functionality Re TESLA Control Panel Config Edit s File Edit Config Yiew Help TESLA Device Configuration O SCADA Communication O DNF Configuration O SCADA Summary O Channels O Meter Groups UnitID TESLA Demo Unit Model TESLA Settings File TESLA 4000 Demo Settings Version 402 gt Last Modified 11 Oct 28 10 15 49 Serial Number TESLA 2000 990301 11 Configuration TESLA 4000 36 Channels Comments max 80 characters None System Frequency 60 Hz Sample Rate 95 w Samples Cycle Show Channel Tree Hide Tree Close Main Menu Contig Edit TESLA Control Panel v0 36 Current IED TESLA Demo Unit Not Connected Figure 15 9 Setting Version Conversion View Right click on the Channel Groupl to display the choice to add a PMU as shown below 0O DNP Configuration O SCADA Summary E Chan Mete Add Element New Frequency 1 New Frequency 2 New Meter Group Trend New PMU New CDR Angle Reference for this PMU GPS 1PPS Channel Group provided by Frequency Channel Configured f Second Frequency Channel Configured Show Channel Tree Hide Tree Close Main Menu Contig Edit TESLA Control Panel v0 36 Current IED TESLA Demo Unit Not Connected Figure 15 10 Invoking PMU configuration through right click menu and select Angle Reference to P
135. pane LHS or tree view lists the names of records to be displayed or analysed Aright hand side pane RHS displays the graphs in various views Initially a single blank screen appears e A right click context menu on both the LHS and RHS panes e RecordGraph version is displayed in the Help About RecordGraph Main Menu Template List LHS pane RHS Pane shows graphic display Tree View lists records Figure 11 4 Components of RecordGraph Window 11 4 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 11 Graphing Records Menus m RecordGraph File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help PEET Markers CrossHairs Primary Secondary Time Alignment Absolute Time Fundamental RMS True RMS Harmonics Symmetrical Components 1 1 1 1 i i pui m ud uu m T 44 Measure i 1 1 Set Graphs Per Page Add Analog Graph Add Digital Graph Delete Graph Move Copy Trace Paste Trace Delete All Traces Copy Trace Data to Clipboard Change Trace Color Active Trace Information mom mom om om m m m mnm Save Template Save Template As Template Manager Print Print Direct Save as Metafile Show Channel List Print All Print Preview Export Delete Show Record Summary User Manual About RecordGraph Show Hotkeys Zoom X Axis Zoom X Axis Zoom Y Axis Zoom Y Axis Undo Zoom Reset Zoom Cha
136. phasor channels and no positive se quence phasor channels then the real time PMU data will not be transmitted even though the other parameters are available You must select at least one phasor channel in order for the PMU to report the phasor information in real time 1 For details see Model Options on page 1 5 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Configuring PMU froma New Setting File Configuring PMU Phasors with Existing Settings D02771R02 50 15 PMU Functionality Full Scale Column PMU Phasor and Analog sections For PMU Phasors this column s values are automatically calculated and insert ed These values are derived by the full scale of the input device voltage or current modules times the PT or CT ratio The voltage module s full scale is 138 volts The current module s full scale is 20 xIn 1 amp module 20 amps 5 amps module 100 amps These are multiplied by the PT CT ratios to get the full scale value in this column For the PMU Analog section this column s value have a default value which is calculated by multiplying the full scale values of the voltage and current from the PMU Phasors section Unit Column PMU Phasors and Analog sections This column will automatically place the primary unit scale of the voltage and current phasors in the PMU Phasors Section In the PMU Analog section column will automatically place the primary unit scale of the Watts MW Vars MVAR and VoltAmps MVA Acti
137. recorder IED in the template file are displayed in the tool tip list box window when the mouse cursor is moved over it The tool tip also displays the product name and the user defined default template file name if one exists TESLA 4000 User Manual 11 59 11 Graphing Records Templates Menus 11 60 Save Template Displays a dialog box only if lt Default gt template is currently displayed in the template list box Since lt Default gt template name is reserved for hard coded templates you must save the template information with a new name If any other template file name is displayed other than lt Default gt the layout infor mation is updated without the dialog box being displayed Save Template As Displays a dialog box to save the template The option Save as default tem plate if checked saves the template as user defined default template Refer previous section for more explanation on the user defined default template Template Manager Template Manager X Set template location CaProgram FilestA PTIRecordGraphiTemplate Browse Template files AIB Freq test template Rename Basic amp Duplicate BPRO 50LS 8701 im E Li Wes BPRO 50N pij ESSE r Import and register a template file Register as default C High Speed Import C Low Speed C Trend Close Figure 11 85 Template Manager Brings up the template manager dialog box which
138. resident on your local computer The tree on the left side of the screen shows the channel names of the trended data available for the period you have selected You may select any number of channels from the tree for further operations Select more than one channel by using the Ctrl and Shift keys in conjunction with mouse clicks and arrow keys The Trend Summary section of the screen shows statistical information about the files you have selected Local Files indicates the amount of space used by the selected trend files on your local computer Remote Files indicates the amount of space used by the selected trend files on the IED Transfer refers to files that are on the IED but not on your local computer and represents the to tal amount of bytes in stored trend files that would be transferred before further processing takes place The Events section of the display shows all the events recorded during the pe riod of interest set with the range of dates TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Get Get Delete Graph Delete Get Events Today s Trends Print Events D02771R02 50 9 Record and Log Management When you click Get all of the trends not previously transferred are transferred to your computer If you select Get Delete all files successfully transferred from the IED will also be deleted from the IED The trend data selected in the Trended Channels list is viewed with Record Graph ERLPhase s interactive graphing
139. table defining the data points available in the device or a description of how this information can be obtained if the database is configurable Capabilities Current Value If configurable list methods 2 1 1 Static Variation reported I Variation 1 Single bit Packed format when variation 0 Variation 2 Single bit with flag requested Based on point Index add column to table below 2 1 2 Event Variation Variation 1 without time reported when variation x Variation 2 with absolute time 0 requested Variation 3 with relative time Based on point Index add column to table below 2 1 3 Event reporting mode Only most recent All events 2 1 4 Binary Inputs included Always TESLA Control in Class 0 response Never Panel Only if point is assigned to Class 1 2 or 3 Based on point Index add column to table below 2 1 5 Definition of Binary Fixed list shown in table below Complete list is TESLA Control Input Point List I Configurable shown in the Panel Other explain table below points excluded from the default configuration are marked with 1 Binary Inputs are scanned with 1 ms resolution 2 Binary Input data points are user selectable the data points available in the device for any given Binary Input point selection can be obtained through the TESLA Control Panel software see SCADA Setting Summary Point Default Class Name for Name for Assigned to Events State when St
140. the trace 1s displayed within the selected range You can set the desired scaling save the options in the template and recall the template for other recordings see Templates on page 11 57 TESLA 4000 User Manual 11 25 11 Graphing Records Options Menus Options gt Calculate Derived Channels Now Use this option to calculate the derived channels and append to the record as virtual channels For TESLA records the data is written back to the original re cord so that the next time the record 1s viewed all the derived channel informa tion is readily available see Calculated Channels on page 11 72 Options gt Show Grid O x File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help El a E amp Defaut Calculate Derived Ghanr Phase 0 4th thr SEBGEGE I High Speed Channels Show X Axis Show Legends Show Trigger M Lock Markers els Nav Extend Print Ranga Set Phase Colors Set Precision Winnipeg Analog Input NxtPhase Winnipeg Line 1 la NotPhi Winnipeg Line 1 lb B Ph Current NxtPhase Winnipeg Line 1 lc C Ph Current NADhocao Seconds Analog1 Turn grid on of toggle on all graphs E Figure 11 43 Show Grid 3 8 mus x eleele a n af HN sola Le E Phase 0 4th tir 2002 05 29 10 21 41 000 Manual trigger TIPTE 2002 MaY 29 10 21 41 000 2002 Mavy 29 1421 41 000 ase 2002 Maw 29 10 21 41 000 2002 Mavy 29 10 21 41 000
141. the tree to show the channels for each group 3 Select the channel number and an input screen appears on the right side 4 Type in the information required to configure the channel 5 When you close the screen you are asked to save the configuration to the recorder Select Save to Recorder D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 8 15 8 Configuring the Recorder Deleting a Channel Step 1 Select Analog Input Step 2 Right click and select New Analog Input Step 3 Choose type Tepes am Boc Fie leda Renan tree irm imeri Element d ETE OEC SCAJ New Analog legut D New Va Vb Vc Pus z New External Input New Ve Jur Pi g New Sourmematicom New Vb Mete New Sequence Nem Ve Trees Men la wi New la Io k New WattsV an New d New frequency nezna New Logs Function New le New fault Locator New In New PF Detector New Meter Corap Nem AC Vonage New i hra DC Dekete Element Cher nee aw tte A ttuce Pha Cumt BO TESLA Demo Unit Figure 8 11 Adding Analog Input Channels from the Element Tree To remove an channel from the tree select it and press the lt Del gt key or right click and select the appropriate Delete entry from the shortcut menu TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 8 Configuring the Recorder 8 6 Analog Input Channels Description Input Calculation Triggers Recording Number of Channels Types Notes D02771R02 50 Basic record
142. trigger 2012 Jun19 3 Group trigger 2012Jun18 Connected to RecordBase on attempt 1 2012Jun18 3 f Group trigger 2012Jun18 s Connected to RecordBase on attempt 1 2012Jun18 Connected to RecordBase on attempt 1 2012Jun18 z 3 Group trigger 2012Jun18 A Group trigger 2012Jun18 Connected to RecordBase on attempt 1 2012Jun18 Group trigger 2012Jun18 x Connected to RecordBase on attempt 1 2012Jun18 3 f Group trigger 2012Jun18 Connected to RecordBase on attempt 1 2012Jun18 2 Group trigger 2012Jun18 k Connected to RecordBase on attempt 1 2012Jun18 e Group trigger 2012Jun13 i Connected to RecordBase on attempt 1 2012Jun13 h Received RecordBase swing trigger for 10 09 42 2012Jun13 3 A Swing cross trigger via RecordBase 2012Jun08 A Connected to RecordBase on attempt 1 2012Jun08 Group trigger 2012Jun08 f Connected to RecordBase on attempt 1 2012Jun08 s Group trigger 2012Jun0 A Connected to RecordBase on attempt 1 2012Jun0 1 Group trigger 2012 Jun0 17 z Connected to RecordBase on attempt 1 Erase Refresh Print e fen en Main Menu TESLA Control Panel v0 08 Current IED TESLA 4000 IP78 Getting Events Figure 9 3 Event Log Display The recorder maintains a log of time stamped events Event messages can be produced by any of the recorder s detectors if configured to do so Event messages can also be viewed in the Record Summary
143. wies Love Bag T Hyh Speed hura zj ireak yy Pere ea kM LG A Pesce V Ls A Pus Ve KV Li Leska a Es LG Leska Vb LG A Letala V VLA CB Ma npa CE AD Ib Angi Ay CE ANE tongs EI A CEH bami Ae O di ipina Ap CE A2 lares A CE db trga A CR Alc Ange L CE Lila bega EYA Leder a EV Lolo Pee Tage Ph Speer o Lesie b e Los Zi Priapa Praspea irign pesnij m are ie ke Loc bos Phe ri Hon Spe P ae 1 wk C DATUR ern Pe ee High ape m di cni Anpu Juc Prade Price dkg Feed mE E 1153 Aapa Des Praec Inoge Hon So e f Time Window control Ay CU db tongs A CR iiag a T15 Ne Bs Va KV Li Ap 115 Ev lue VE KV LAS T5 E Bus Ve kV LG Leiche Va 30 Pal vak OE TIH cupa is resized to include only portion of the data A CE TIO la Aap z A Giana prona Ay E TIBI Ie Ame a 55 m ES MEME 211 Planes Tama Anic 81 a J xi Vili x kara ae U 118 la taper D 200r LM DET Pon o lu 308 u EIS y CE TID Ie Ame x Marker 4 utes 306 268 X Ohren T 4 z Ay CR 1T iuga CE VIT Bp Cr ark A Fhe AD 209 X Ora ST NET 1 3 A CE VIM Je due F earal s ace Flogie Crasnen E EV Time Window enlarged i i i i ovum 200 150 100 50 Time Window s 4 Width s 14178 a v 0 200s 1183s Position s 0 200 X Marker d R Ohms 106 289 X Ohms 57 605 T 0 200 O Marker A R Ohms 106 289 X Ohms 57 605 T 0 200 Figure 11 68 Example
144. will be 69 Vrms at 90 degrees The PMU should report 69 Vrms at 90 degrees If the PMU reports 89 5 degrees there is a difference of 0 5 degrees with respect to the applied signal assuming that the test set phase angle is accurate within tolerable limits as per IEEE C37 118 This phase angle offset can be introduced in the analog channel configuration as shown Setting up angle calibration offset through analog channel configuration on page 15 5 File Edit k Config View Help sells ics TESLA Analog Input Configuration Element Type Description Channel Module Type O SCADA Communication xL DNP Configuration fcn Test Va 1 1 401006 amp 9 Vac Isolated Neutral O SCADA Summary Units 1 924493 kV V Angle Offset Rate of Change Interval Single Harmonic Number Nominal Level 5 ia T kV View Set Scale Erg go M Cyete s 2 z 69 v HE CI Analog Inputs Cross Alarm m jem mute re swine tag nat o tl arta Ve 3 la 4 14 ow Magnitude la 9 5A Negative Rate of Change 0 Ib 5 14 Positive Rate of Change O Ib 10 5A Single Harmonic f Ir Ic 5 14 Total Harmonic Distortion 14 HO Identification L1 C1 CI C1 CI CJ CI CI TU TITTTI OTTNTTTI ARITA au luna 1c 11 54 DC 17 External Inputs O Summations O Sequence Functions O Impedance Functions ED Watts Vars Functions HO Logic Functions O Fault Locators mL PF Functions O Frequency 1 L Frequency 2 t
145. 0 0 0 Ohm 0 1 0 00001 tion 15 Mag Impedance Func 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 tion 15 Angle Impedance Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Ohm 0 1 0 00001 tion 16 Mag Impedance Func 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 tion 16 Angle Impedance Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Ohm 0 1 0 00001 tion 17 Mag Impedance Func 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 tion 17 Angle Impedance Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Ohm 0 1 0 00001 tion 18 Mag Impedance Func 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 tion 18 Angle Power Factor none 0 1 0 0 01 0 0 0 01 Function 1 Level Power Factor none 0 1 0 0 01 0 0 0 01 Function 2 Level Power Factor none 0 1 0 0 01 0 0 0 01 Function 3 Level Power Factor none 0 1 0 0 01 0 0 0 01 Function 4 Level Power Factor none 0 1 0 0 01 0 0 0 01 Function 5 Level Power Factor none 0 1 0 0 01 0 0 0 01 Function 6 Level Power Factor none 0 1 0 0 01 0 0 0 01 Function 7 Level Power Factor none 0 1 0 0 01 0 0 0 01 Function 8 Level Power Factor none 0 1 0 0 01 0 0 0 01 Function 9 Level Power Factor none 0 1 0 0 01 0 0 0 01 Function 10 Level Power Factor none 0 1 0 0 01 0 0 0 01 Function 11 Level Power Factor none 0 1 0 0 01 0 0 0 01 Function 12 Level Power Factor none 0 1 0 0 01 0 0 0 01 Function 13 Level Power Factor none 0 1 0 0 01 0 0 0 01 Function 14 Level Power Factor none
146. 0 Line 1 DC 17 lt unassigned gt le 11 5A Row 11 lt unassigned gt lt unassigned gt DC 17 Row 12 Line 1 lasumMag Ch4 Ch9 Line 1 lasumAng Ch4 Ch9 External Inputs Row 13 Line 1 IbsumMag Ch5 Ch10 Line 1 IbsumAng Ch5 Ch10 Summations Row 14 Line 1 icsumMag Ch6 Ch11 Line 1 IcsumAng Ch6 Ch11 Sequence Functions Row 1S lt unassigned gt lt unassigned Impedance Functions Row 16 Line 1 lsumMag SumAll Line 1 lsumAng SumAlll Watts Vars Function lt unassigned gt lt unassigned gt Logic Functions unassigned lt unassigned gt PF Functions Show Channel Tree Hide Tree TESLA 4000 Control Panel Current IED CS Tesla 3000 Getting Settings Info Figure 8 25 Meter Group Configuration Screen A Meter Group is a collection of measured and calculated values that are pre sented as a group by the Control Panel s Metering function Metering Groups are referred to by a user specified name and the name of the Metering Group appears on the tab in the Metering display There are two default metering groups and ten user defined groups for a total of twelve metering groups The Metering display has fixed displays for analog and external input chan nels You may add additional displays containing any set of channels orga nized as you wish 1 To create a meter group right click on the Meter Groups entry in the Con figuration menu 2 Select Add
147. 0 0 0 ROI SID ID ID III jo IDEM IMEEM EE EET Odeje o D 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 9 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 3selloo 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 T 100BASE T FX 100BASE T FX 1000BASE TXLX 1000BASE TX LX MODEM IRIG B SCADA m COM o Do 404 405 400 34b 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 Pow 48 to 22 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 Supply Nominal 10 ovde 1 100 to 240Vac ci Ground F T o 406 407 408 OO OOOO O B BE o PT OX OI d gt Port 400 Internal Modem option Ports 401 402 100 1000 Base T Ethernet Network Port 403 IRIG B External Clock modulated or unmodulated Port 404 EIA 232 SCADA Communication DNP 3 and Modbus Port 405 EIA 232 Serial Connection for PC or an external modem Ports 300 347 18 Ports 300 363 36 Analog Input Channels Non isolated Ports 100 163 18 and 200 263 36 External digital Input Channels 10 Ports 164 171 and 264 271 8 Output Contacts 11 Port 406 407 Power Supply
148. 0 0 00 010 020 030 p amp Ajnp4 50BF 2 Trip A np4 50 Trip Il A lnp4 51 Alarm x X Timeline Scale Secondary Figure 11 106 Digital Channel Status Indicator 11 13 Time Sync Input Status Time Sync input status synchronized unsynchronized or not available is dis played in the tool tip window when you place the mouse on the channel name or use Active Trace Information Additional information related to the time source IRIG B SNTP etc will also be available as a portion of the Time Sync status iojxi File view 73 Measure Scale Options Help aas nev a 54 m s dlaj aal x eleele a o e n Hs slej se FE RELAYID 2002 04 19 15 54 02 4 RELAYID 2002 04 19_15 54 02 025 BPR 2002 04 19 10 54 02 025 A Input 1 SOBF 1 Trip High Speed Channels E Analog z S External IRIG B status indicator AEI Spare 1 KEI Spare 2 HEL Spare 3 AEI Spare 4 AI Spare 5 4 Input1 Current A 1 00 el Spare b Station bris De BPRO 4002 090513 01 REV Spara 2013 10 29 09 53 18 000F1 mbr AEI Spare 8 Char ral Vdnput1 Current A AEI Spare 9 E E s amp lnp1 50LS 1 High X Dffset 0 000 s Aj lnp1 50LS 2 High Balai 2880 Jr Adnpl 50BF 1 Trip up jo EM JL Alnp1 5OBF 2 Trip Alnp1 50 Trip inp 51 Alarm n skrilo sedan Alnp1 51 Trip A lnp2 50LS 1 High amp lnp2 50L5 2 High Alnp2 50BF 1 Trip A lnp2 50BF 2 Trip A lnp2 50 Trip
149. 0 1 0 0 01 0 0 0 01 Function 15 Level Appendix E 33 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile Point Index C2 Co 3 Power Factor Function 16 Level Default Class Assigned to Events 1 2 3 or none none Minimum Transmitted Value Maximum 1 0 Scaling Multiplier default range 0 01 Offset 0 0 Resolution default maximal 0 01 Description 384 Power Factor Function 17 Level none 1 0 0 01 0 0 0 01 385 Power Factor Function 18 Level none 1 0 0 01 0 0 0 01 386 High low speed recording space used none 100 0 0 387 Trend Recording days Accumulated none 90 0 0 day Fault Locator 1 388 Fault Information DNP Time High 16 bits none 65 535 0 0 NA 1 0 See note 4 above on how to access Fault Infor mation 389 Fault Information DNP Time Middle 16 bits none 65 535 0 0 NA 1 0 390 Fault Information DNP Time Low 16 bits none 65 535 0 0 NA 1 0 391 Fault Information Distance none Configurable 0 0 Configurable 0 1 392 Fault Information Type none 15 0 0 NA 1 0 Fault Locator 2 393 Fault Information DNP Time High 16 bits none 65 535 0 0 NA 1 0 See note 4 above on how to access Fault Infor mation 394 Fault Informat
150. 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 8 Zero Sequence Function 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 9 Positive Sequence Function 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 9 Negative Sequence Function 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 9 Zero Sequence Function 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 10 Positive Sequence Function 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 10 Negative Sequence Function 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 10 Zero Sequence Function 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 11 Positive Sequence Function 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 1Negative Sequence Function 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 11 Zero Sequence Function 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 12 Positive Sequence Function 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 12 Negative Sequence Function 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 12 Zero Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MW 0 1 0 00001 tion 1 P Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MVAR 0 1 0 00001 tion 1 Q W
151. 03 lA4 LV 5604 AV IB4 LY 5604 A IC4 LY 5604 A MASTV T A IBSTVT A IESTVI y la Operating Ib Operating y Ic Operating y la Restraint Ay Ib Restraint y le Restraint H External E Summation Seconds f X Timeline Delete an active view from the layout Scale Secondary A Figure 11 16 Delete Delete an active view from the layout When you select this option a dialog box appears to confirm the deletion of the view If accepted the current view is deleted from the layout View gt Rename Tab io x Ele view Graph Measure Scale Options Help ea z aj e alal Flajs x al alle z tla a nj AN mle s z sample TPR Titles voltage A 115B Copy to Clipboard COYOTE SUB Save as Meta File 2000 Nov 15 13 06 47 000000 Beulah ND v Show Channel List Line v Toolbar A3 LV 5603 B3 LV 5603 C3 L 5603 A4 LV 5604 B4 L 5604 C4 LV 5604 lAS TV T MTT B5 TY T II CSTV t a perating b perating x c Operating il C2 HV 5715 a Restraint b Restraint c Restraint 50 V y y AV AV y AV v V A AV AV AV y om x 3 3 D Renames this tab this tab f
152. 1 Meter Groups O Trend O PMU O CDR IM Show Channel Tree Hide Tree Show Primary Units Main Menu Utilities Config E dit TESLA 4000 Control Panel Current IED marketing TESLA 4000 Getting Settings Info Figure 15 2 Setting up angle calibration offset through analog channel configuration Once this phase angle offset is incorporated in the configuration reload the configuration back to the TESLA recorder Apply the known signal at any phase angle and PMU should report the phase angle with the accuracy to meet the TVE lt 1 as per C37 118 standard Phase angle calibration is required for all analog channels used in the PMU phasor configuration Phase angle cali bration is required when ever the input module and or the TESLA recorder sample rate are changed TESLA 4000 User Manual 15 5 15 PMU Functionality 15 3 Communication with the PMU PMU communication setup is done through TESLA Control Panel software For the PMU you must set the rate at which the data needs to be transferred and the communication mode such as TCP IP UDP modem or serial commu nication as available in the specific IED hardware implementation You must also setup the Phasor Data Concentrator PDC or DC as mentioned here and in the control panel information to transfer the data PMU data can be transmitted via serial port modem or Ethernet TCP and UDP options are available for Ethernet communication Serial communications and mo
153. 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Summation 15 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Summation 15 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Summation 16 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Summation 16 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Summation 17 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Summation 17 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Summation 18 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Summation 18 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Summation 19 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Summation 19 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Summation 20 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Summation 20 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Summation 21 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Summation 21 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Summation 22 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Summation 22 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Summation 23 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Mag
154. 1 00 v r T T T T T T T T 1 O Seconds 025 000 025 050 075 100 125 150 175 200 al e A Timeline Set eight analog graphs per page Scale Secondary A Figure 11 21 Set Graphs Per Page Set up the number of graphs per view up to eight graphs are allowed using the Set Graphs Per Page option Timeline Overlay and Trend Views allow a max imum of 36 graphs Use Add Analog Graph or the Insert key to add one graph at a time Graph gt Add Analog Graph iBixi File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help Ej peor rmm 7 Rl HO Es x glelelej sx taj af Hs mle 5 7 C E9 sam Add Digital Graph Ctrit Ins sample TPR H gt Delete Graph Del 1 00 ka Move 0 90 Gopy Trace SNE Past Gtr ey 0 80 De strl Del 070 De AIFA CO Clipboard Gtr D 0 60 Ch AlE R 0 50 Active Infor T 0 40 1A3 L 5603 IB3 L 5603 0 30 IC3V 5603 A IA4LV 5604 ue y IB4LV 5604 0 10 y IC4 LV 5604 v IASTVT 0 00 y IBSTVT O10 y ICSTVt la Operating 0 20 y b perating le Operating 0 30 AV a Restraint 0 40 A b Restraint y Ic Restraint 0 50 Externa 0 60 El Summati 0 70 0 80 0 90 1 00 v pu R ee 0 00 0 10 0 20 0 30 0 40 0 50 0 60 0 70 0 80 0 90 1 00 al TU Timeline Add an anlog graph to the existing view Scale Secondary Z Figure 11 22 Add Analog Graph Add an analog graph to the existing view or use the nsert key 11 14 TESLA 4000 User Ma
155. 1 41 Reset Zoom 100 125 slej mid x allele x si x HN slej s e E la 020 000 020 040 O80 al 0 80 100 120 gt Reset the graphs to the initial zoom level TESLA 4000 User Manual scale Secondary 4 D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 11 Graphing Records Scale Change Scale Y Axis na RecordGraph File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help a Zoom X Axis eae nn lA z va mil koea ad S alal Biol x aell tla af s me FE bank 8 119851 9911 zoom Y Axis Ctrl H High Speed Channels Zoom Y Axis Ctrl lal x bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr 125 2 nalog PT1MI Undo Zoom PTIN2 Reset Zoom Ctrl R A si Ha HE Change Scale Y axis A CTLIBHS 59 47 781441 CTLICHS 75 A CT21AHS CT21B HS Ay CT21CHS Ay CT31ALS A CT31B LS Ay CT31CLS ij Timeline Change Y axis to a desired minimum and maximum value Figure 11 42 Change Scale Y Axis Change Y axis to a desired minimum and maximum value using the dialog box to set the new values If the manual scale option is checked the y axis 1s not rescaled to new data values
156. 17 Summation Channel Configuration Screen Table 8 7 Summation Channel Settings Element Identifies the group to which this channel belongs The Element forms the first part of the channel name The Element is selected when the channel is created and is fixed once assigned when you are working in the Element Tree view Type Identifies the type of signal being applied to this input channel The Type forms a part of the channel name Element Type Description Selecting the appropriate Type can simplify channel naming by elimi nating the need for the optional Description field e g Line 1 laSum uniquely defines the channel Initially set when the channel was cre ated the Type can be changed to refer to a different phase as needed Description Optional field 12 characters Provides an additional description of the channel that forms part of the channel name Use if Element Name and channel Type do not sufficiently identify the channel Channel Grouping and Naming on page 8 8 Summation Index Identifies the summation channel Unlike the analog and external input channels this is not associated with a hardware input but sim ply identifies which of the internal virtual summation channels will be used You can select any available channel the only restriction is that nested summations require the input summation to have a lower summation Index If the only option is undefined you have already used all available channe
157. 18 24 31 484 Digital in EL86U2 Ext Input Tripped El High Speed Channels El Analog 3 TR4CD X Vac Vab A TRACDXIn TRACDXIc A TRACD X Ib BUR TR4CDXIa m TRACD X Vac Vab A TRA4CD Y Vac Vab A TRACD Y In A TRACD Y le T TRACD Y Ib A A TRACDY la Aj TRAAB Vac Vab A TRAABXIn TRAABAJC Printing v Ta b Untitled 4AB X la on the y Misc In TRT8CD X Ir m TRACD X In WAPT_WPG1 Xerox Document Centre AV Misc ln TR17AB X In on 192 168 100 201 Misc In TRTZAB Y In Page 1 A TR4AB Y Vac Vab un A TRAAB Y lc A TRAAB Y Ib A TRAAB Y la Unit 4 Va Unit 4 Va A Unit 4 b Unit 4 vb Unit 4Vc Unit 4 Vc y Unit 4a Unit 4 la m TRACD Y Vac Vab Unit 4 Ib Unit 4 Ib Unit 4 lc Unit 4 Ic Misc In TRT8CD Y Misc Vac Bus 4G Vbc y Misc Vac Bus 4F Vbc y Misc Vac Bus 4E Vbc Misc Vac Bus 4J Vbc Unit 4 Vac Unit 4 Vn Analog Input36 a M aA F Timeline Ax Symcom Ay overtay BR Scale Primary Z Figure 11 11 Print All Send all the pages of all the views to the default printer Select this option to print multiple views visible and invisible to the default printer TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 File Print Preview Uf RecordGraph CPi Herrene PevPane Tuo tane Zoomin zemou Cewe Page 1 m Figure 11 1
158. 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Analog Input 24 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 THD Analog Input 24 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 SHL Analog Input 24 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 DC Analog Input 25 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Analog Input 25 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Analog Input 25 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 THD Analog Input 25 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 SHL Analog Input 25 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 DC Analog Input 26 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Analog Input 26 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Analog Input 26 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 THD Analog Input 26 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 SHL Analog Input 26 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 DC Analog Input 27 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Analog Input 27 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Analog Input 27 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 THD Analog Input 27 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 SHL 2 Configurable 0 1
159. 2 Print Preview Display the print preview window of the active view page File Export c ABl xl File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help BZES nas 3 i m mi SN s x slelele z sle s 4 AN mle all em E recordemol tlr EI recordemot tlr 1999 06 25 18 24 31 484 Digital in El 86U2 Ext Input Tripped High Speed Channels 20 0K Analog X 3 5290KV Ay TRACD XVac Vab O 4841814KV TRACD X In i A411 7204KV TRACD Ic y TRACDX Ib md 7 LU Select export file type 0x TRAD vie Select export file type Ay TRACD Y la Ay TRAAB X Vac Vab A TR4ABXIn A TRAABX Ic COMTRADE z A TRAABAX Ib Ay TRAABX Ia y Mise In TRISCD X Ir m Unit 4 b Unit A MiscIn TRTZAB X In y Misen TRIZAB Y In u TRAAB Y Vac Vab TRAAB Y In y TRAAB Y Ic A TR4AB Y Ib Ay TRAAB Y la Unit 4 Va Unit 4 Va Unit 4 Vb LInit 4 Vb Unit 4 Vc LInit 4 Vc v Unit Ala Unit 4 la m Unit 4 Vc Unit 4 Vc Ay Unit 4 Ib Unit 4 Ib y Unit 4 Ic Unit 4 le MiscIn TRT8CD Y A Misc Vac Bus 4G Vbc y Misc Vac Bus 4F Vbc i Misc Vac Bus 4E Vbc or or a Misc Vac Bus 4J Vbc s 0 040 0 020 d 0 000 kozo 0 040 0 060 0080 0100 0 120 SOn s ij E s Unit 4Vac Unit 4 Vn a A 00242 s Analog Input36 i iz C a iE Ay overlay Figure 11 13 Export 11 Graphing Records Export the sel
160. 2 traces 3 traces are pre ferred Each digital graph in this view can hold 32 traces 8 traces are preferred Selecting a channel from the LHS tree view while the same graph 1s active overlays the channel on the selected graph A maximum of 32 graphs can be added per view e You can mix and match channels from different records and or IEDs Time line view displays read out 1f markers are on on the RHS and channel in formation on its LHS Read out corresponds to the currently selected channel type and the scale primary secondary which is displayed on the status bar TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Symcom View D02771R02 50 File view Graph Measure Scale Options Help MM recordaram eee a la x ele H Low Speed Channels S recordemol tlr High Speed Channels Analog y TRACD X Vac Vab y TRACD XIn A TRACD X lc A TRACDXIK A TRACDXJA y TRACD Y Vac Vab y TRACD Y In y TRACD Y Ic A TRACD Y Ib A TRACD Y la AV TR4AB X Vac Vab j TRAABXIM A TRAABAIC A TR4AB XIb A TR4ABXIA Misc In TRT8CD X In Misc In TRT7AB X In y Misc In TRT7AB Y In TRAAB Y Vac Vab A TR4AB Y In A TRAAB Y Ic TRAAB Y Ib TR4AB Y la y Unit 4Va Unit 4 Va A Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 Vb v Unit 4 Vc Unit 4 Vc A Unit 4 la Unit 4 la Unit 4 1b Unit 4 Ib Unit 4 Ic Unit 4 Ic y Misc In TRTSCD Y y Misc Vac Bus 4G Vbc u Misc Vac Bus 4F Vbc Misc Vac Bus 4E Vbc u Misc Vac Bus
161. 24 64 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Comments Chatter Limits Storage Alarms D02771R02 50 8 Configuring the Recorder Table 8 2 Sample Rates 50 Hz System Frequency Samples Samples Analog External Highest Approx Record I Second Cycle Channels Channels Harmonic Size kbytes 1 600 32 36 64 8 50 3 200 64 36 64 16 100 4 800 96 36 64 25 150 6 400 128 36 64 33 200 12 800 256 36 64 66 400 19 200 384 24 64 100 600 Limited by the anti aliasing filters For a 1 second fault record assuming typical compression In the Comments section you can enter a description of the configuration for reference purposes This description is also displayed in the configuration management screen to identify saved configuration files The Limits screen accessed by expanding the dentification branch in the Nav igation tree lets you define how the recorder behaves when dealing with nu merous repetitive triggers The chatter limit settings specify the time window Chatter Detection Window in which the chatter detector works The detector limits the number of triggers that can occur on the same channel and of the same trigger type within the window Four External Input triggers and two analog or calculated channel triggers are allowed in the window If this number is exceeded the trigger is automatically disabled until the trigger rate falls to less than that number f
162. 3276 7 VA 10 WV3 P 41287 3276 8 to 3276 7 W 10 WV3 Q 41288 3276 8 to 3276 7 Var 10 WV3 S 41289 0 to 3276 7 VA 10 WV4 P 41290 3276 8 to 3276 7 W 10 WV4 Q 41291 3276 8 to 3276 7 Var 10 WV4 S 41292 0 to 3276 7 VA 10 WV5 P 41293 3276 8 to 3276 7 W 10 WV5Q 41294 3276 8 to 3276 7 Var 10 WV5 S 41295 0 to 3276 7 VA 10 WV6 P 41296 3276 8 to 3276 7 W 10 WV6 Q 41297 3276 8 to 3276 7 Var 10 WV6 S 41298 0 to 3276 7 VA 10 WV7 P 41299 3276 8 to 3276 7 W 10 WV7 Q 41300 3276 8 to 3276 7 Var 10 WV7S 41301 0 to 3276 7 VA 10 TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix D 13 Appendix D Modbus Functions WV8 P 41302 3276 8 to 3276 7 W 10 WV8 Q 41303 3276 8 to 3276 7 Var 10 WV8 S 41304 0 to 3276 7 VA 10 WV9 P 41305 3276 8 to 3276 7 W 10 WV9 Q 41306 3276 8 to 3276 7 Var 10 WV9 S 41307 0 to 3276 7 VA 10 WV10 P 41308 3276 8 to 3276 7 W 10 WV10 Q 41309 3276 8 to 3276 7 Var 10 WV10S 41310 0 to 3276 7 VA 10 WV11 P 41311 3276 8 to 3276 7 W 10 WV11 Q 41312 3276 8 to 3276 7 Var 10 WV11S 41313 0 to 3276 7 VA 10 WV12P 41314 3276 8 to 3276 7 W 10 WV12 Q 41315 3276 8 to 3276 7 Var 10 WV12S 41316 0 to 3276 7 VA 10 WV13 P 41317 3276 8 to 3276 7 W 10 WV13 Q 41318 3276 8 to 3276 7 Var 10 WV13S 41319 0 to 3276 7 VA 10 WV14 P 41320 3276 8 to 3276 7 W 10 WV14 Q 41321 3276 8 to 3276 7 Var 10 WV14S 41322 0 to 3276
163. 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 Al3 THD 40519 0 to 327 67 100 AI3 SHL 40520 0 to 327 67 100 AI3 DC 40521 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 Al4 THD 40522 0 to 327 67 100 Al4 SHL 40523 0 to 327 67 100 Al4 DC 40524 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 AI5 THD 40525 0 to 327 67 100 Al5 SHL 40526 0 to 327 6796 100 Al5 DC 40527 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 Al6 THD 40528 0 to 327 6796 100 Al6 SHL 40529 0 to 327 6796 100 Al6 DC 40530 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 Al7 THD 40531 0 to 327 67 100 AI7 SHL 40532 0 to 327 67 100 Al7 DC 40533 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 Al8 THD 40534 0 to 327 67 100 Al8 SHL 40535 0 to 327 67 100 AI8 DC 40536 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 AI9 THD 40537 0 to 327 67 100 AI9 SHL 40538 0 to 327 6796 100 AI9 DC 40539 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 AI10 THD 40540 0 to 327 6796 100 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Appendix D Modbus Functions AI10 SHL 40541 0 to 327 67 100 AI10 DC 40542 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 Al11 THD 40543 0 to 327 67 100 Al11 SHL 40544 0 to 327 67 100 Al11 DC 40545 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 Al12 THD 40546 0 to 327 67 100 Al12 SHL 40547 0 to 327 67 100 Al12 DC 40548 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 Al13 THD 40549 0 to 327 67 100 Al13 SHL 40550 0 to 327 67 100 Al13 DC 40551 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 Al14 THD 40552 0 to 327 67 100 Al14 SHL 40553 0 to 327 67 100 Al14 DC 40554 3276 8 to 3276 7 unit
164. 343 344 345 346 347 34B 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 li Pi S ly Ne 10 CO SCADA RIGB AUN Me o noes Care ae C 2 402 410 401A 411A 401B 41B 404 403 T Ground I IT I E cles elje 4 tT I 5 406 407 408 L T 1 1 4 Ports 401A 401B 402 410 411A 411B 100 1000 Ethernet Network 5 Port 403 IRIG B External Clock modulated or unmodulated 6 Port 404 EIA 232 SCADA Communication DNP 3 and Modbus 8 Ports 300 347 18 Ports 300 363 3 6 Analog Input Channels Non isolated 9 Ports 100 163 18 and 200 263 36 External digital Input Channels 10 Ports 164 171 and 264 271 8 Output Contacts 11 Port 406 407 Power Supply 40 300 Vdc Handles 48 125 or 250 Vdc or 120 Vac nominal 12 Port 408 Chassis Ground Figure 1 4 Rear LAN Port Configuration Option 4 Advanced D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 1 7 2 Connection and Power Up 2 1 Mounting Case Grounding For drawings see TESLA 4000 Drawings in Appendix I The recorder is designed to be mounted in a standard 19 inch equipment rack It is 3 rack units 5 25 inches high and 12 725 inches deep An additional 3 inches of depth is required for rear connections and cables WARNING To ensure safety and proper operation you must connect the record er s grounding terminal to the sta
165. 4 180 to 180 10 AI25 Magnitude 40305 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al25 Angle 40306 180 to 180 10 AI26 Magnitude 40307 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al26 Angle 40308 180 to 180 10 AI27 Magnitude 40309 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al27 Angle 40310 180 to 180 10 AI28 Magnitude 40311 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al28 Angle 40312 180 to 180 10 A129 Magnitude 40313 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al29 Angle 40314 180 to 180 10 AI30 Magnitude 40315 0 to 3276 7 units 10 AI30 Angle 40316 180 to 180 10 AI31 Magnitude 40317 0 to 3276 7 units 10 AI31 Angle 40318 180 to 180 10 TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix D 7 Appendix D Modbus Functions Appendix D 8 AI32 Magnitude 40319 0 to 3276 7 units 10 AI32 Angle 40320 180 to 180 10 AI33 Magnitude 40321 0 to 3276 7 units 10 AI33 Angle 40322 180 to 180 10 AI34 Magnitude 40323 0 to 3276 7 units 10 AI34 Angle 40324 180 to 180 10 AI35 Magnitude 40325 0 to 3276 7 units 10 AI35 Angle 40326 180 to 180 10 AI36 Magnitude 40327 0 to 3276 7 units 10 AI36 Angle 40328 180 to 180 10 Total Harmonic Distortion Single Harmonic Level DC Metering Channels not supported yet Al1 THD 40513 0 to 327 67 100 AI SHL 40514 0 to 327 67 100 Al1 DC 40515 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 Al2 THD 40516 0 to 327 67 100 Al2 SHL 40517 0 to 327 67 100 Al2 DC 40518
166. 4 Negative 41035 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ4 Zero 41036 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEG5 Positive 41037 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEG5 Negative 41038 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEG5 Zero 41039 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEG6 Positive 41040 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEG6 Negative 41041 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ6 Zero 41042 0 to 3276 7 units 10 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 Appendix D Modbus Functions SEQ7 Positive 41043 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ7 Negative 41044 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ7 Zero 41045 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ8 Positive 41046 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ8 Negative 41047 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ Zero 41048 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ Positive 41049 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQO Negative 41050 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ Zero 41051 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ10 Positive 41052 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ10 Negative 41053 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ10 Zero 41054 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ11 Positive 41055 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ11 Negative 41056 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ11 Zero 41057 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ12 Positive 41058 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ12 Negative 41059 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ12 Zero 41060 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Watts Vars Metering Channels WV1P 41281 3276 8 to 3276 7 W 10 WV10 41282 3276 8 to 3276 7 Var 10 WV1 S 41283 0 to 3276 7 VA 10 WV2 P 41284 3276 8 to 3276 7 W 10 WV2 Q 41285 3276 8 to 3276 7 Var 10 WV2 S 41286 0 to
167. 40 300 Vdc Handles 48 125 or 250 Vdc or 120 Vac nominal 12 Port 408 Chassis Ground Figure 1 3 Rear LAN Port Configuration Options 0 1 2 amp 3 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 1 Overview CO VC External Inputs 48 250VDC Output Contacts 1 4 AUN GEN AN GAIN A95 AS GLA ABA AA GON AT GPA GPN AUN AEN AEX AUN FEN AEN FOX 427 HED HEX HEX A TEEN FER BEN ABN FED FE HEX AUN AZN ASA GAN 1 5 9 8 ESS Er ee Aa a e e a sone none nr SS St S ad enn nana o ccu press noni mo Covvvvvvovvvvvvovdo 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 CBODDDDDDDDDDODDODJBO CDODDDDDDODDODDDODDDO OOB IDDDDDDOJO l 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 External Inputs 48 250VDC Output Contacts 5 8 BEN BAN BEN BEN AIN BREN ga GON A FEN GEN GYN BEN BEN GEN GEN BEN AEN GEIN 452 FEN HEN HEX HON STA FEN 4459 FER FEIN AEN HEX 494 AEN G N GIN AA
168. 4000 User Manual Appendix E 39 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile Request Outstation parses Response Outstation can issue DNP Object Group amp Variation Description Function Codes select operate direct op dir op no ack Qualifier Codes hex 17 28 index 07 limited qty 1 Function Codes dec 129 response 129 response 1294response 130 tunsol reep Qualifier Codes hex qty Time and Date CTO Absolute time unsynchronized Time Delay Coarse 129 response 430 Xunsol resp 129 response 07 limitedqty qty 1 07 limited qty qty 1 Timo delav Fi Class Objects Class 0 data 06 no range or all 129 response 129 response ety 00 01 start stop Class Objects Class 1 data 06 no range or all 129 response 17 28 index Class Objects Class 2 data 06 no range or all 129 response 17 28 index Class Objects Class 3 data Internal Indications Packet format Octet string Octet string event No Object function code only 13 cold restart 06 no range or all 00 start stop index 7 06 no range or all 06 no range or all 129 response 129 response 129 response 129 response 129 response 17 28 index 07 limited qty 07 limited qty No Object function code only 14 warm restart 129 response No Object
169. 40772 180 to 180 10 SUM3 Magnitude 40773 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUMS Angle 40774 180 to 180 10 SUM4 Magnitude 40775 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM4 Angle 40776 180 to 180 10 SUM5 Magnitude 40777 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM5 Angle 40778 180 to 180 10 SUM6 Magnitude 40779 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUMG Angle 40780 180 to 180 10 SUM7 Magnitude 40781 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM7 Angle 40782 180 to 180 10 SUMS Magnitude 40783 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM8 Angle 40784 180 to 180 10 SUM9 Magnitude 40785 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM9 Angle 40786 180 to 180 10 SUM10 Magnitude 40787 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM10 Angle 40788 180 to 180 10 SUM11 Magnitude 40789 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM11 Angle 40790 180 to 180 10 SUM12 Magnitude 40791 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM12 Angle 40792 180 to 180 10 SUM13 Magnitude 40793 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM13 Angle 40794 180 to 180 10 SUM14 Magnitude 40795 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM14 Angle 40796 180 to 180 10 SUM15 Magnitude 40797 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM15 Angle 40798 180 to 180 10 SUM16 Magnitude 40799 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM16 Angle 40800 180 to 180 10 SUM17 Magnitude 40801 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM17 Angle 40802 180 to 180 10 SUM18 Magnitude 40803 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM18 Angle 40804 180 to 180 10 SUM19 Magnitude 40805 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM19 Angle 40806 180 to 180 10 SUM20 Magnitude 40807 0 to 3276 7 units 10 D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual
170. 6 RBDR 1 153 RBDR17 RBDR 1 154 RBDR18 RBDR 1 155 RBDR19 RBDR 1 156 RBDR20 RBDR 1 157 RBDR21 RBDR 1 158 RBDR22 RBDR 1 159 RBDR23 RBDR 1 160 RBDR24 RBDR 1 161 RBDR25 RBDR 1 162 RBDR26 RBDR 1 163 RBDR27 RBDR 1 D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix J 13 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation Table J 5 Logical Device Triggers 164 RBDR28 RBDR 1 165 RBDR29 RBDR 1 166 RBDR30 RBDR 1 167 RBDR31 RBDR 1 168 RBDR32 RBDR 1 169 RBDR33 RBDR 1 17 RBDR34 i RBDR 1 171 RBDR35 RBDR 1 172 RBDR36 RBDR 1 173 RBDR37 RBDR 1 174 RBDR38 RBDR 1 175 RBDR39 RBDR 1 176 RBDR40 RBDR 1 177 RBDR41 RBDR 1 178 RBDR42 RBDR 1 179 RBDR43 RBDR 1 180 RBDR44 RBDR 1 181 RBDR45 RBDR 1 182 RBDR46 RBDR 1 183 RBDR47 RBDR 1 184 RBDR48 RBDR 1 185 RBDR49 RBDR 1 186 RBDR50 RBDR 1 187 RBDR51 RBDR 1 188 RBDR52 RBDR 1 189 RBDR53 RBDR 1 190 RBDR54 RBDR 1 191 RBDR55 RBDR 1 192 RBDR56 RBDR 1 193 RBDR57 RBDR 1 194 RBDR58 RBDR 1 195 RBDR59 RBDR 1 196 RBDR60 RBDR 1 197 RBDR61 RBDR 1 Appendix J 14 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation Table J 5 Logical Device Triggers 98 1 RBDR62 RBDR 1 199 RBDR63 RBDR 1 200 RBDR64 RBDR 1 201 RBDR65 RBDR 1 RBDR66 RBDR 1 RBDR67 RBDR 1 RBDR68 RBDR 1 RBDR69 RBDR 1 RBDR70 RBDR 1 RBDR71 RBDR 1 RBDR72 RBDR 1 RBDR73 RBDR 1 RBDR74 RBDR 1 RBDR75 RBDR 1 RBDR76 RBDR 1 RBDR77 RBDR 1 RBDR78 RBDR 1 RBDR79 i
171. 6 x nominal frequency Specifies how long the trigger condition must be present before a trig ger is declared 0 0333 2 cycles to 1 200 seconds in half cycle incre ments Trigger Actions Enable Enables or disables the associated trigger A trigger can be disabled without altering the rest of its settings Fault Initiates a fault high speed recording when triggered Swing Initiates a swing low speed recording when triggered If both Fault and Swing are enabled the recorder will attempt to cre ate a combined record Logs a message in the Event Log when triggered D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 8 39 8 Configuring the Recorder Table 8 11 Frequency Channel Settings Notify Contacts the RecordBase Central Station when triggered Can be used to initiate wide area swing recordings and or automated record transfer Notify on page 7 14 Cross Trigger Activates the cross trigger contact 4 to trigger another device Priority Specifies the priority to be assigned to records created by this trigger The priority is used to determine Central Station notification 1 3 3 is the highest priority Notify on page 7 14 Alarm Contact opecifies a rear panel contact to be closed when triggered Contacts are closed momentarily for one second Contact assignment is not exclusive allowing multiple triggers to activate the same contact Available contacts 2 or 3 on a 1
172. 60255 21 2 Shock N A 15 g 11 ms duration 6 per IEC EN 60068 2 27 axis IEC EN 60068 2 29 Bump N A 10 g 16 ms duration 1000 per axis IEC EN 60255 21 3 Class 1 Seismic N A 1g s from 5 35 Hz on each IEC EN 60068 3 3 Class 1 axis FCC Part 15 RF Emissions N A Class A 30 1000 MHz Conducted Emissions Power Port Class A 0 15 30 MHz IEC EN 60255 25 RF Emissions N A Class A 30 2000 MHz Conducted Emissions Power Port Class A 0 15 30 MHz IEC EN 61000 4 2 ESD Direct and Indirect Enclosure Contact 8 kV IEC EN 60255 22 2 IEEE C37 90 3 Enclosure Air 15 kV IEC EN 61000 4 3 IEC EN 60255 22 3 Radiated RFI Modulated Enclosure Ports 10V m 80 1000 MHz IEEE C37 90 2 Radiated RFI Unmodulated Enclosure Ports 35 V m 25 1000 MHz IEC EN 61000 4 3 IEC EN 61000 4 4 Burst Fast Transient Enclosure Ports 4 kV IEC EN 60255 22 4 IEEE C37 90 1 IEC EN 61000 4 5 Surge Communication Ports 1 kV L PE IEC EN 60255 22 5 Signal Ports 2 kV L PE 1 kV L L Power Port 4kV L PE 2 kV L L IEC EN 61000 4 6 IEC EN 60255 22 6 Induced Conducted RFI Enclosure Ports 10 Vrms 0 150 80 MHz IEC EN 60255 22 7 Power Frequency Binary Input Ports Class A Differential 150 Vrms Common 300 Vrms IEC EN 61000 4 8 D02771R02 50 Magnetic Field Enclosure Ports TESLA 4000 User Manual 40 A m continuous 1000 A m for 60 s Appendix A 5
173. 8 gum T CN 44 WONI m d wn DOO AT HI BR om OO 4 T A o c straint estraint 50 Secondary Scale O Too 7 70 3 T0 m m oO OO cm cm M ov je er E hi a e i S occocaso wo 3 E 3 0 BF PPP PP PPP PPP PPP PPP PPO ER tv A ta 4 m Secon ds y E 5 pm 5 1 0 040 0 060 0 080 0 100 0 120 OMO 0 160 4 X Timeline Set scale to secondary depending on the scale factor values For the active view Scale Secondary Figure 11 35 Secondary Set scale to secondary values depending on the scale factor of CT PT ratios on all the graphs in the currently active view The current choice primary or secondary is displayed on the status bar Measure gt Time Alignment Offset X axis trigger time alignment for the currently active trace on the graph see Readouts and Measurements on page 11 65 Measure gt Absolute Time Display absolute time actual recorded time measurements for the active trace of the graph see Readouts and Measurements on page 11 65 Measure gt Fundamental RMS Display fundamental rms measurement for the active trace of the graph see Readouts and Measurements on page 11 65 Measure gt True RMS Display true rms measurement for the active trace of the graph see Readouts and Measurements on page 11 65 Measure gt Harmonics Display harmonics measureme
174. 8 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle 72 Analog Input 15 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 THD D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix E 23 Transmitted Value Scaling x E d Multiplier Parolon i d default ipti t Events Minimum Maximum default range Offset etau Description S 1 2 3 or none maximal Analog Input 15 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 SHL Analog Input 15 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 DC Analog Input 16 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Analog Input 16 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Analog Input 16 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 THD Analog Input 16 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 SHL Analog Input 16 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 DC Analog Input 17 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Analog Input 17 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Analog Input 17 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 THD Analog Input 17 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 SHL Analog Input 17 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0
175. 8 channel model and 2 3 5 6 7 or 8 on a 36 channel model Contacts 1 and 4 are reserved for Recorder Functional and Cross Trigger respectively Contacts assigned for stor age alarms Storage Alarms on page 8 7 will not be available for use here 8 40 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 8 Configuring the Recorder 8 14 Logic Functions Descri ption Logic Functions are boolean logic statements that can be applied to External Input Channels GOOSE Virtual Input Channels and trigger detectors from other channels You can choose up to 5 inputs each of which may be inverted and specify a chain of logic operations to be performed on each Input Up to 5 inputs Each can be an External Input Channel GOOSE Virtual Input Channel or the output of a trigger detector from any channel including other Logic Functions with lower Indexes Calculation Boolean logic is applied to each input in succession Triggers Active state e Inactive state Recording Logic Functions are not recorded Number of 30 Logic Functions are available Channels Types Logic Notes The output of the Logic functions is available to the metering display SCADA and the long term trending function Settings Element Line 1 Logic Input 1 Line 1 Va 1 HiLev v N Input 2 Line 1 Vb 2 HiLev v Show Channel Tree Hide Tree TESLA 4000 Control Panel Current IED CS Tesla 3000 Getting Settings Info
176. 83 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 16 00784 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 17 00785 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 18 00786 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 19 00787 Off inactive On active D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix D 1 Appendix D Modbus Functions Appendix D 2 Logic Detector 20 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 21 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 22 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 23 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 24 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 25 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 26 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 27 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 28 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 29 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 30 Off inactive On active High low speed recording active Off inactive On active High low speed recording space nearly full alarm Off inactive On active Trend Recording Active Off inactive On active Trend Recording Accumula tion Alarm Off inactive Read Input Status Function Code 02 1X References On active
177. 9Z 897 L9Z 9972 S9Z v9c C9Z ZIZ L9Z 097 697 892 ZSZ 9SZ SSZ WSZ tSc ZSZ LSZ OSC Gre Bre Lyc 9y Sy HH VC ZWZ LHe OVE GEZ BEZ LEZ YET SEZ pez cez ZEZ ZHO9 0g ouenbeJ4 wejsAs Ag z F sindu Bojeuy LEZ OEZ 622 877 Lez 9ZZ SZZ ZZ EZZ ZZZ LZZ OZZ GLZ 8LZ ZLZ 9YZ O 0 0 0 0 0 0 00000000068 0000000000000000 O E e a eee C 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 O VoU Va Ng V Ng M 8 9 spejuoD yndjno L L OZL 69L 89L Z9L 991 SOL POL SE ea Saat ie ga Nes Na Ni 9b Z9L LOL 09L GSL BSL ZSL 9SL SSL YSL ESL ZSL LSL OSL 6vL 8rL Ve Ge Ue Ge Ge ae ae LE OOAOST 8y s nduy jeujeyx3 Lvl 9vL Syl PHL Ebl CHL LHL Opl GEL BEL ZEL DEL SEL HEL EEL ZEL VEL OEL GZL 8ZL ZZL 9ZL SZL HZL EZL ZZL Vcl OZL GLE SLL ALL OLE GLL YLL ELL ZLL LLL OLL GOL 80L ZOL 90L SOL YOL OL ZOL LOL OOL Coooooooe O 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 e e e e e e e e eee eee 9 e e e e e e e e eee eee
178. A Communications PNP LAN UDP UDP Response Number of Masters n CORR Based On Master 1 IP Address Port Master 2 IP Address Port v Show Channel Tree Hide Tree Save Close Main Menu Utilities Config Edit Metering Events Continuous Trends Records TFS A 4000 Control Panel Currant IFD TFSI A Demn Init Connected Figure 4 11 SCADA Protocol Settings 4 16 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 4 Communicating with the Recorder Table 4 2 SCADA Protocol Settings Mode Mode Select one of the available SCADA modes Baud Rate Port 404 serial baud rate Default is 19 200 Parity Port 404 serial parity Note When parity is set to None and a Modbus protocol is selected the number of stop bits automatically is set to 2 as per the Modbus standard Stop Bits Automatic setting Always set to 1 stop bit except as noted in Parity setting above Data Bits Automatic setting The number of data bits is controlled by the selected protocol mode Modbus ASCII 7 data bits Modbus RTU 8 data bits DNP 3 8 data bits Slave Address Identifies the unit to the SCADA master Datalink Timeout DNP Specifies the time in which the recorder expects a response from the SCADA master to primary frame messages If a response is not received in this time the recorder will re transmit the message The timeout is usually set to 0 milliseconds per DNP3 Tech
179. A rate faster than the modem s top speed is recom mended to take full advantage of the modem s compression capabilities d Select External Modem e The Modem Initialization String lets you set any special command codes required by your modem The factory default for this field is M1 for external modems These default values are all that are re quired for most modems f Save your changes close the Utilities tab and disconnect D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 4 13 4 Communicating with the Recorder TESLA Control Panel Setup 1 Configure your computer to work with its modem Refer to your computer and modem documentation 2 Choose the target recorder from the Select IED list in TESLA Control Pan el s Main Menu e If there is not already an entry for this recorder create one using the Add New button The method of communication with the recorder is part of each IED s definition Use the Edit button to view or change this information En sure the Modem Link option is selected and the telephone number of the recorder s modem is entered For details on IED definitions see Working with TESLA Control Pan el on page 5 1 3 Initiate the connection by selecting the Connect button A dialog box will appear to show connection progress The connection state and the current IED you are connected to is shown on the Windows status bar Internal Modem Modem Port RJ 11 Analog Analog Telephone
180. AB Y la i Unit 4 Va Unt 4 Va VC B Green z IC a Green z Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 Vb Ay Unit 4 Vc Unit 4 Vc Unit 4la Unit 4 la A Unit 4Ib Urit 4 Ib i Apply to all the views Ay Unit 4Ic Unit 4 Ic Cancel 0 020 X 0 0363 s O 0 0092 s m Unit 4 dy Misc In TRT8CD Y y Misc Vac Bus 4G Vbc y Misc Vac Bus 4F Vbc y Misc Vac Bus 4E Vbc y Misc Vac Bus 4J Vbc Unit 4 Vac Unit 4 Vn 40 0271 s Analog Input36 ia Ov H External X Set desired voltage and current phase colors Scale Primary Z Figure 11 49 Set Phase Colors Use this option to select user defined colors for A B and C phase voltages and currents When the colors are selected the channels are automatically identi fied based on the color The default values for A B and C phase quantities are red blue and green respectively Options gt Set Precision UM RecordGraph E la x File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help alalla lt Default gt Calculate Derived channels Now 3 amp B V x 2 gls Bl td a al NI a aj EI recordemol tlr Show Grid E High Speed Channels Show X AxisTicks E Analog Show Legends u TRACD XVacVak Show Trigger Marker y TRACD XIn Lock Markers A TRACD Xe TRACD X Ib y TRACDLla Set Phase Colors TRACD Y Vac Val Ay TRACD Y In 5 TRACD Y le TRACD Y Ib TRACD Y la TR4AB X Vac Vab A TRAABXIN A TRAABXJE AV TR44B X Ib A TRAABX la y Mise ln TR18CD X In m Unit 4
181. ADR 1 co C1 RADR93 RADR 1 TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix J 11 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation Appendix J 12 Table J 5 Logical Device Triggers RADR94 RADR 1 co NI RADR95 RADR 1 RADR96 RADR 1 RADR97 RADR 1 100 RADR98 RADR 1 101 RADR99 RADR 1 102 RADR100 RADR 1 103 RADR101 RADR 1 104 RADR102 RADR 1 105 RADR103 RADR 1 106 RADR104 RADR 1 107 RADR105 RADR 1 108 RADR106 RADR 1 109 RADR107 RADR 1 110 RADR108 RADR 1 111 RADR109 RADR 1 112 RADR110 RADR 1 113 RADR111 RADR 1 114 RADR112 RADR 1 115 RADR113 RADR 1 116 RADR114 RADR 1 117 RADR115 RADR 1 118 RADR116 RADR 1 119 RADR117 RADR 1 120 RADR118 RADR 1 121 RADR119 RADR 1 122 RADR120 RADR 1 123 RADR121 RADR 1 124 RADR122 RADR 1 125 RADR123 RADR 1 126 RADR124 RADR 1 127 RADR125 RADR 1 128 RADR126 RADR 1 129 RADR127 RADR 1 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation Table J 5 Logical Device Triggers 130 RADR128 RADR 1 131 RADR129 RADR 1 132 RADR130 RADR 1 133 RADR131 RADR 1 134 RADR132 RADR 1 135 RADR133 RADR 1 136 RADR134 RADR 1 137 RBDR1 RBDR 1 Disturbance recorder channel binary 138 RBDR2 RBDR 1 139 RBDR3 RBDR 1 140 RBDR4 RBDR 1 141 RBDR5 RBDR 1 142 RBDR6 RBDR 1 143 RBDR7 RBDR 1 144 RBDR8 RBDR 1 145 RBDR9 RBDR 1 146 RBDR10 RBDR 1 147 RBDR11 RBDR 1 148 RBDR12 RBDR 1 149 RBDR13 RBDR 1 150 RBDR14 RBDR 1 151 RBDR15 RBDR 1 152 RBDR1
182. ADR37 RADR 1 A O RADR38 RADR 1 A RADR39 RADR 1 A NO RADR40 RADR 1 A C2 RADR41 RADR 1 A B RADR42 RADR 1 RADR43 RADR 1 iN O RADR44 RADR 1 A N RADR45 RADR 1 A Co RADR46 RADR 1 A co c O A C2 Co RADR47 RADR 1 C RADR48 RADR 1 C1 ZA RADR49 RADR 1 C1 NO RADR50 RADR 1 Ol OO RADR51 RADR 1 O1 ER RADR52 RADR 1 C C1 RADR53 RADR 1 C O RADR54 RADR 1 RADR55 RADR 1 RADR56 RADR 1 C co RADR57 RADR 1 RADR58 RADR 1 O RADR59 RADR 1 Appendix J 10 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation Table J 5 Logical Device Triggers O N RADR60 RADR 1 O OO RADR61 RADR 1 O ER RADR62 RADR 1 RADR63 RADR 1 RADR64 RADR 1 O N o N O NO co C1 RADR65 RADR 1 RADR66 RADR 1 RADR67 RADR 1 N O RADR68 RADR 1 N RADR69 RADR 1 N N RADR70 RADR_1 N C2 RADR71 RADR 1 N BA RADR72 RADR 1 N O RADR73 RADR 1 N O RADR74 RADR 1 N N RADR75 RADR 1 N Co RADR76 RADR 1 RADR77 RADR 1 RADR78 RADR 1 Co RADR79 RADR 1 Co NO RADR80 RADR 1 Co OO RADR81 RADR 1 Co ER RADR82 RADR 1 Co C1 RADR83 RADR 1 RADR84 RADR 1 Co NI RADR85 RADR 1 Co Co RADR86 RADR 1 RADR87 RADR 1 RADR88 RADR 1 RADR89 RADR 1 RADR90 RADR 1 co OO RADR91 RADR 1 co K RADR92 R
183. AM Gs secede ni Pee dyed cs 2 1 PoWel SUD DIY vn s ed exta olm rx E ee ete ije 2 1 Signal CONNE UODSa oa t dox ue ee A tut 2 2 3 TESLA Control Panel Installation 3 1 Installing TESLA Control Panel 3 1 Installation on Windows XP and Windows 3 2 FISLTIME Statt D ti elite oio Sit iae Ub Popratin E ew die Eva EUST 3 6 4 Communicating with the Recorder 4 1 Communication POFtS cccecceeeceeeteeeteeeseneeeseeaseteetees 4 1 RISB TII e DD tionc Eo coches oret DE ta et odo DE tars 4 2 Communicating with the Recorder IED 4 3 EIBergeb EAT LINK cc evi neds m see Dott d ut Us 4 4 SINE C e aks 4 7 DIFECU SOCAN cirein ja encase a ljali 4 10 Moden CINK PT TERT TET 4 12 Modem LAN Gateway 4 15 Accessing SCADA Services ccccccececeeeeseeesaeeesaees 4 16 Communication Port Details 4 21 IEC 61850 Communication 4 24 5 Working with TESLA Control Panel 5 1 Recorder VVOTKSPACE ae ico web ERE DH REVUE o v Das Urs 5 1 Adding Editing a Recorder Workspace Definition 5 3 TESLA 4000 User Manual Table of Contents Online and Offline Operation 5 5 Navigating in TESLA Control Panel
184. ATIN AEN FER HOR LOX FER FEN AAN HEX B N GIN HEX External Inputs 48 250VDC 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 Output Contacts 5 8 RON FOX 481 HEX HEX HEAD FOR HER AETA FEN FEN HOR HER HEX FER HOR PA A95 GINGER LISTE eS 8 8S G 8 IS IS II I I I IE E 96 000 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O D 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 RU TISIZIIITIZIZISIZISISISISIJ NOE IJPP Z PEPA Er rrr 00 00 0800 9 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 BIN BIN BUN GIA PN 414 EN ON 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 49 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 164 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 BTA RO RN RON 21V 22 ZIRA SA REN GZA RE 429 eV GN 432 BEN BA BEN 436 B 6 6 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
185. Address Value Hold Readings 00001 0 Readings not held 1 Readings held Reserved 00257 Reserved Contact 2 00513 0 Contact open inactive Contact closed active Contact 3 00514 0 Contact open inactive Contact closed active Contact 4 00515 0 Contact open inactive Contact closed active Contact 5 00516 Contact open inactive Contact closed active Contact 6 00517 Contact open inactive Contact closed active Contact 7 00518 Contact open inactive Contact closed active Contact 8 00519 Contact open inactive Contact closed active Logic Detector 1 00769 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 2 00770 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 3 00771 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 4 00772 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 5 00773 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 6 00774 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 7 00775 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 8 00776 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 9 00777 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 10 00778 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 11 00779 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 12 00780 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 13 00781 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 14 00782 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 15 007
186. Amp B 101850 Digital Input Shorting Bar 8 inputs 3i 106791 Users Manual in Binder A 101787 DB9F Serial Personal Computer to DB9M TESLA Cable 5 101629 Modem adapter for use with 101787 Serial Cable i 102404 RS232 to RS485 Converter Optically Isolated DIN Rail Mounting bi 107051 RS232 Serial to Parallel Port Converter i Note One of each component used TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix G 1 Appendix H TESLA Handling and Unpacking Long Term Storage Final Disposition D02771R02 50 Disposition To unpack a TESLA System Unit Open the bottom of the box Place the box on the floor or a secure table Liftthe box off ofthe unit leaving the TESLA and packing material stand ing intact Remove the packing material from the TESLA Dispose of the packing materials and box in a manner consistent with local waste disposal procedures and regulations We recommend recycling the box For long term storage e Store the TESLA system unit in original packing container Protect any of the components not in original packing from dust accumu lation and moisture Store all components indoors and protect from moisture accumulation Regulations governing disposal of electronics are rapidly being adopted and are constantly changing We recommend that local electronics disposal regu lations be reviewed prior to disposal of a TESLA system when it has reached the end of its useful life The TESLA system unit cont
187. Analog Input 30 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 THD Analog Input 30 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 SHL Analog Input 30 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 DC Analog Input 31 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Analog Input 31 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Analog Input 31 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 THD Analog Input 31 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 SHL Analog Input 31 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 DC Analog Input 32 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Analog Input 32 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Analog Input 32 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 THD Analog Input 32 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 SHL Analog Input 32 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 DC Analog Input 33 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Analog Input 33 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Analog Input 33 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 THD Analog Input 33 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 SHL Analog Input 33 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 DC
188. Analog Input 34 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Appendix E 26 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Transmitted Value Scaling Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile Magnitude D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual x E d Multiplier Parolon i d default ipti t Events Minimum Maximum default range Offset etau Description 5 1 2 3 or none maximal Analog Input 34 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Analog Input 34 2 0 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 THD Analog Input 34 2 0 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 SHL Analog Input 34 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 DC Analog Input 35 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Analog Input 35 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Analog Input 35 2 0 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 THD Analog Input 35 2 0 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 SHL Analog Input 35 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 DC Analog Input 36 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Analog Input 36 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 d
189. Appendix D 11 Appendix D Modbus Functions Appendix D 12 SUM20 Angle 40808 180 to 180 10 SUM21 Magnitude 40809 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM21 Angle 40810 180 to 180 10 SUM22 Magnitude 40811 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM22 Angle 40812 180 to 180 10 SUM23 Magnitude 40813 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM23 Angle 40814 180 to 180 10 SUM24 Magnitude 40815 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM24 Angle 40816 180 to 180 10 SUM25 Magnitude 40817 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM25 Angle 40818 180 to 180 10 SUM26 Magnitude 40819 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM26 Angle 40820 180 to 180 10 SUM27 Magnitude 40821 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM27 Angle 40822 180 to 180 10 SUM28 Magnitude 40823 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM28 Angle 40824 180 to 180 10 SUM29 Magnitude 40825 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM29 Angle 40826 180 to 180 10 SUM30 Magnitude 4827 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM30 Angle 40828 180 to 180 10 Sequence Metering Channels SEQ Positive 41025 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ1 Negative 41026 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ1 Zero 41027 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEG2 Positive 41028 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEG2 Negative 41029 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEG2 Zero 41030 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEG3 Positive 41031 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEG3 Negative 41032 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEG3 Zero 41033 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ4 Positive 41034 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ
190. Buffered report control block BRCB S24 1 Data change dchg YES S24 2 qchg change qchg 24 3 Data update dupd Z O Z t Unbuffered report control block URCB 27 2 qchg change qchg YES S27 3 Data update dupd S A U U O p p Z O S28 GetURCBValues TP c6 YES S29 SetURCBValues TP c6 YES c6 shall declare support for at least one BRCB or URCB Logging clause 14 Log Control block Log c7 shall declare support for at least one guery log by time or Query LogAfter Generic Substation event model GSE 14 3 5 3 4 GOOSE CONTROL BLOCK 35 SendGOOSEMessage MC Q Co lt m ep 36 GetGOReference S37 GetGOOSEElementNumber TP co JU O O D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix J 5 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation Table J 3 ACSI Service Conformance Statement 38 GetGoCBValues lt m o 39 SetGoCBValues J t x rri o GSSE CONTROL BLOCK S40 SendGSSEMessage lt O 4 co Z Z O O o O S41 GetGsReference 4 O CO Z O 42 GetGSSEElementNumber 43 GetGsCBValues 4 Z O S44 SetGsCBValues 4 TD Z O c8 shall declare support for at least one Send GOOSE Message or Send GSSE Message c9 shall declare support if TP association is available Transmission of sampled value model SVC Clause 16 Multicast SVC lt O o Z O S45 SendMSV Message S46 GetMSVCBValues S47 SetMSVCBValues U
191. Con figuration Manager screen double click the Configuration line in the left pane of the Main Menu screen The configurations shown in the Configuration Manager screen are specific to the selected Current IED To work with configurations from another recorder you must first select that unit as the Current IED from the Main Menu i TESLA 4000 Control Panel Config Mgr File Help Name Settings Date Comment Configurations for TESLA Demo Unit Present Settings Saved Settings ConfigD emo5 50Hz 2002 Mar 08 17 13 58 Demo configuration file ConfigD emo5 2001 Jun 01 10 10 33 Testing Copy TESLA3000 Demo 2005 Jun 20 17 43 43 None Delete Rename Save As Copy from other IED Mew Refresh 4 gt Close Main Menu Contig Edit Config Mar TESLA 4000 Control Panel Current IED TESLA Demo Unit Checking For Connection Figure 8 1 Configuration Manager If a communication link to the Current IED is available you can work directly with the recorder s configuration by either double click on the Present Settings item in the list or by selecting Present Settings and using the Edit button This TESLA 4000 User Manual 8 1 8 Configuring the Recorder Editing a Recorder s Present Configuration Saved Configuration Files will read the configuration from recorder and displays it in the Configuration Editor File Help Configurations tor TESLA Demo Unit Present Settings ze Saved Setting
192. Configuration Unassigned 26 o 26 10 17 17 o 9 17 O SCADA Summary BI Channel Group O Analog Inputs O Extemal Inputs O Summations O Sequence Functions O Impedance Functions O Watts Vars Functions O BG RI 9 D EJ E Switch between Channel ar E Tree and Element Tree xmscemecow eve z Freguency Channel Configured 7 Second Frequency Channel Configured 7 Show Element Tree Hide Tree Main Menu Utilities TESLA 4000 Control Panel Current IED CS Tesla 3000 Getting Settings Info Figure 8 6 Channel Tree View D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 8 11 8 Configuring the Recorder Element Overview Phase Angle Reference Channel 8 12 MM Channel Group FE CI Line 1 Angle Reference Channel Unestva1 we for this Channel Group ee Frequency Channel Configured 7 Second Frequency Channel Configured 7 Show Channel Tree Hide Tree show Primary Units Current IED CS Tesla 3000 Getting Settings Info TESLA 4000 Control Panel Figure 8 7 Element Overview Screen An overview of the configured elements is available by selecting an element or the channel group heading in the Navigation tree The last row of the display shows the channels and functions that are unassigned and available The Element Overview screen displayed by selecting Channel Group 1 in the Navigation tree is where you select the analog input channel to be
193. DNP3 Device Profile 1 Analog Inputs are scanned with 500 ms resolution 2 Nominal values in calculations for the following table are based on 69V sec ondary voltage PT ratio for voltage channels and either 1 A or 5A secondary current CT ratio for current channels dependent upon the format of CT installed in the TESLA 3 Analog Input data points are user selectable the data points available in the device for any given Analog Input point selection can be obtained through the TESLA Control Panel software see SCADA Setting Summary 4 When a fault location event is available for any of the 10 fault locator functions associated Binary Input Fault Information Available for Fault Locator x default point indices 64 73 is asserted while there are still fault location events in the buffer size 200 When a Pulse or Latch is received for the Binary Output Re trieve Next Fault Information Event for Fault Locator x default point indices 7 NOTES 16 previous state is not important fault event information is put into the Analog Inputs default point indices 388 437 If there is no fault location event available when the Binary Output is pulsed the fault type is set to zero Not all fault loca tion events are reported trough DNP In a burst of fault locations from a fault only the first processed event is available through DNP all other events within the fol lowing 100 ms interval are ignored Outside 100 ms from the processed fault
194. Delete button can be used to delete records on the IED or locally More than one file can be deleted at a time using Windows file selection functions Ctrl Shift left click Select Rename to allow a local record file to be renamed Records on the re corder cannot be renamed Selecting Refresh updates the Recordings screen It checks the local directory and the remote IED if connected for new and stored files updates Control Panel s records database and refreshes the screen The recorder can be manually triggered to generate different types of records Trigger Fault creates a high speed transient recording Trigger Swing creates a low speed swing recording Trigger Both creates a combined record Note the Swing records may take up to 15 minutes to generate depending on the recorder s settings Shows the number of records stored on the recorder and percentage of record ing space used This function is available through the On JED menu If you are online with your TESLA this function selects all of the recording files displayed in the re cord list that have not yet been transferred to your local Recordings directory You may then perform whatever command is appropriate for the selection set such as a Get from IED or a Get and Delete from IED Command TESLA 4000 User Manual 9 3 9 Record and Log Management 9 2 Trend Log Range of Dates Trended Channel Trend Summary Events 9 4 The trend manager services are av
195. E Figure 11 14 Show Record Summary Display the record summary and the event list of the active record in a dialog box File Import lni x nA RecordGraph icale Options Help It Hamaj koeri A m z S ze Ep X pepe 5 recordemol tlr High Speed Channels E Low Speed Channels File View Graph Measure Look in ELPRO Settings oz m ex E3 ibin Files of type COMTRADE Files cfg z Cancel Va Figure 11 15 Import Choose this option to import a COMTRADE file and display a standard open file dialog box to select cfg COMTRADE files Alternately cfg and ERL Phase records may be displayed through a drag and drop operation into the Re cordGraph application 4 File gt Exit Exit the RecordGraph application Save your graphical layout information be fore selecting this option TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 11 Graphing Records View Menus View gt Add Create a new view and add it to the existing layout see Views on page 11 32 View gt Delete TK igi xl File view Graph Measure Scale Options Help S J 7 e glej EU x glelsle xi i a HN miel Le ES Rename Tab sample TPR Titles voltage amp 115B Copy to Clipboard COYOTE SUB Save as Meta File 2000 NovA 5 13 06 47 000000 Beulah ND v Show Channel List Line v Toolbar A IC2 HV 5715 A lA3 LY 5603 I1B3 LV 5503 y IC3 LV 55
196. E DNP3 Device Profile E 1 Appendix F Input Modules F 1 AC Voltage Input Module F 1 AC Current Input Module eeeeseeeeeeeee F 3 ODIIC GH 0 e Oem rete ree er Rie e F 5 DC IpuUModUlO ses aja ae beda vsili F 7 Appendix G Recommended Spare Parts List G 1 Appendix H TESLA Handling and Disposition H 1 Appendix TESLA 4000 Drawings l 1 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation J 1 Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement PICO o A Er TETO EI RE J 1 Model Implementation Conformance Statement ful mol rM Ep PME J 8 Data Mapping Specifications J 39 o MIREN TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Version Compatibility TESLA 4000 Version Compatibility TESLA 4000 Firmware Setting Version TESLA Control Panel ICD File Version ERL 61850 IED Configurator v1 7 405 v2 5 and greater v3 0 Rev 01 v2 0 v1 6 404 v2 4 and greater v2 0 v1 0 v1 5 403 v2 2 and greater v2 0 v1 0 v1 4 402 v1 3 and greater v2 0 v1 0 v1 3 402 v1 3 and greater v2 0 v1 0 v1 2 401 v1 2 and greater n a n a v1 1a 401 v1 1 and greater n a n a
197. E Vbe t r r r r r r Misc Vac Bus 4J Vbc s 0 020 0 040 0 060 0 080 0 100 0 120 0 140 0 160 0 180 A Unit 4 Vac Unit 4 Vn Analog Input36 lt l num i m imeline al gt Scale Primary 4 Figure 11 7 Save Template As 11 6 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 11 Graphing Records Save the current graphical layout information in a different file A dialog box is displayed to choose the template file name The check box save as default template if checked saves the current template as a user defined default tem plate see Templates on page 11 57 File Template Manager naj RecordGraph I zlo x File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help ujele fee aim si slej E xj liebe x sla af n HN slej o ER 5 recordemol tlr El High Speed Channels El Analog Unit 4 va Unit 4 Va TRACD XVac Vab eee xi y TRACD XIn A 999 Jun 25 18 24 i TRACD XIC IC Shop Set template location AV TRACD X Ib CAProgram Files APT RecordGraphiTemplate Browse premal recordemo tir 1999 06 25 18 24 31 484 Digital in El 86U2 Ext Input Tripped 20 0K TR4CDX la TR4CD Y Vac Vab y TRACD Y In A TRACD Y Ic r Template files y TRACD Y Ib AIB Freq test template TRACD Y la Basic V amp 1 Rename TR4AB X Vac Vab BPRO CT Sat TR4AB X In N TRAAB X Ic 27 Duplicate y TRAAB X Ib i TRASBX la y Misc In TR
198. EE C37 118 standard Level 1 PMU Standard Level 1 on page 15 4 As per IEEE C37 118 standard Level 1 PMU Standard Level 1 on page 15 4 As per IEEE C37 118 standard Level 1 PMU Standard Level 1 on page 15 4 lt 0 2 As per IEEE C37 118 standard Level 1 PMU Standard Level 1 on page 15 4 TESLA 4000 User Manual 15 3 15 PMU Functionality Out Of Band As per IEEE C37 118 standard Level 1 PMU Standard Level 1 on Frequency page 15 4 Deviation Table 15 2 PMU Standard Level 1 Influence Quality Reference Range of influence quantity change Conditions with respect to reference and maximum allowable TVE in percent for each compliance Level Level 1 Range Signal Frequency Fruominsl 0 5 Hz Signal magnitude 10096 rated 10 0 to 120 rated Phase angle 0 radians t Tt radians Harmonic distortion 0 296 of THD 10 0 any har monic up to 50th Out of Band interfering sig lt 0 2 of input 10 0 of input nal at frequency fi where signal magnitude signal magnitude If f o gt F 2 Fs phasor reporting rate Fo m S nominal GPS Clock A reliable GPS clock signal IRIG B as per the IEEE C37 118 specification Signa PMU module uses GPS signal IRIG B connected on the rear of the IED as Requ irements global reference for reporting the phasors Control Panel This is available on the CD titled TESLA 4000 Calibration TESLA 4000 Po
199. ERL TESLA 4000 Power System Recorder MP User Manual Version 2 5 Rev 0 Preface Information in this document is subject to change without notice 2014 ERLPhase Power Technologies Ltd All rights reserved Reproduction in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of ERLPhase Power Technologies Ltd is strictly forbidden This manual is part of a complete set of product documentation that includes detailed drawings and operation Users should evaluate the information in the context of the complete set of product documentation and their particular applications ERLPhase assumes no liability for any incidental indirect or consequential damages arising from the use of this documentation While all information presented is believed to be reliable and in accordance with accepted engineering practices ERLPhase makes no warranties as to the completeness of the information All trademarks used in association with B PRO F PRO L PRO ProLogic T PRO S PRO TESLA TESLA Control Panel Relay Control Panel RecordGraph and RecordBase are trademarks of ERLPhase Power Technologies Ltd Windows is a registered trademark of the Microsoft Corporation HyperTerminal is a registered trademark of Hilgraeve Modbus is a registered trademark of Modicon Contact Information D02771R02 50 ERLPhase Power Technologies Ltd Website www erlphase com Email info gerlphase com Technical Support Email support erlphase
200. ESLA Control Panel See Note 2 below Event reporting mode Only most recent All events Not supported TESLA Control Panel See Note 2 below Command Event reporting mode Only most recent All events Not supported Maximum Time between Select and Operate Not Applicable Fixed at 10 seconds Configurable range Configurable selectable from seconds Configurable other describe Variable explain Based on point Index add column to table below seconds 10s Definition of Binary Output Status Control relay output block CROB Point List D02771R02 50 Fixed list shown in table below Configurable Other explain TESLA 4000 User Manual Complete list is shown in the table below points excluded from the default configuration are marked with TESLA Control Panel Appendix E 17 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile NOTES of Point Index Output contact 2 1 Binary Outputs are scanned with 500 ms resolution 2 Events are not supported for Binary Outputs group 10 but most of Binary Output points can be mapped to Binary Inputs group 2 with full Event and Class Data support See TESLA Control Panel DNP Configuration Point Map screen for complete point lists and configuration options 3 Binary Output data points are user selectable the data points available in the device for any given Binary Output point selection can be obtained through the TESLA
201. ESLA unit cur rently connected Unit ID User entered field that identifies the unit It is part of the name given to records produced by the unit to identify their origin By convention this name should be the same as the IED Name assigned to the recorder and recorder s workspace The name must not contain the following P V or any other character not valid for a Windows file name IED Firmware Version Read only field that displays the firmware version of the currently connected TESLA unit Required Settings Version Describes the version of the settings file required by the connected recorder Control Panel is capable of creating older versions of set tings files for use with recorders whose firmware has not been updated see Managing Configuration Files on page 8 1 Communication Version Read only field that displays the version of the communications pro tocol used by the currently connected TESLA unit System Frequency Read only field that displays the assumed power system frequency of the recorder This is a factory setting Station Station Name TESLA 4000 User Manual User defined for your reference only D02771R02 50 7 Recorder Setup Utilities Table 7 1 Unit Identification Settings Station Number User defined for your reference only Location User defined for your reference only 7 2 Communication Port Settings The Communication sett
202. Export Utility 12 2 To launch the export utility 1 Double click Records from the Main Menu 2 Select a local record from the record list 3 Select the Export button to launch the Export window 4 Select the desired export output format and select OK Step 3 Click on the Export button to Step 4 Choose export i l type and OK Step 2 Select a record ram the list launch export window 4 TESLA Control Panel Pacers Record Filer F Gat kamnini Fascord Gunn ex orj bara ubi 7 SSS G5 aT MP Ricord Typa Reqd ses Bion iz Lin I TAFT oe eats Tha Api 17 A i 52 HR 265 Sb iy ne Ta T ih Ba 1T7 ee te ee LO Auc z dh DA TT 69 52 18 EGS Test LUi LPR VIMI LO 140417 05985216259 5 Td en AL Pa m Lied 17 80 52 18 175 Qutput Contact J Cloned 240417408 82 JE 243 T SIE BAI 9 52 16 Tir SE Test LO FRO VIKI Inaction P HUSSE Trst LUIITFRU VIZA B3 Active Test EuIITFRU VIKI Inactive d Et ons NIZA Ki fective i t Contec uh ve Testeliih TEO Biik amp 3 Inactive O feck fu TPAD Hi u 83 ina lime TERA Corirol Paral vil 10 dovi zd Pat Figure 12 1 Select Export File Type TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 12 Record Export Utility 12 1 COMTRADE Format D02771R02 50 COMTRADE Export Settings Export to Je Program Files apt dataNina s FeconerAeconds 2001 01 24 Browse Station Hame Identification Station Node Header Text Version Locationscorner Mame Station Munnbersl Unitlds
203. Full Scale mA dc Shunt Resistance Rs Input Resistance Rin Q Feedback Resistance Rep 9 Full Scale Voltage Drop V 1 mA to 500 mA dc FS ol Input RSH External RsH Current 100 Q 332 Q open 0 1 100 Q 00 422 KQ 0 2 100 Q 00 100 ko 0 5 10 100 Q 00 40 2 KQ 1 0 20 100 Q 00 13 3 kQ 2 0 25 for 4 20 mA 100 Q 00 8 25 kO 2 5 50 10 Q 00 100 ko 0 5 10 Open 0 1 10 422 KQ 0 2 101 2 W 100 ko 0 5 AC Current Input with External Shunt External shunt with value of Rg may be used as shown instead of Rsp on the termi nal block V sce Shunt Input Feedback Input EM f Resistance Resistance Resistance Impedance Rsp Rin S Rfg Q 109 shunt sH 9 IN 9 FB Q Q 10 0 1 V to 1V rms FS 0 1 00 1 00 MO 10 KQ 0 2 00 237 kQ
204. GGIO Attribute Attr Type Explanation mo mem we sn rse amor Health INS 1 Beh Health C X o Logical Node Type MSAI 1 Description LN Class MSQI er mer pue 000 sh Sum eme 0 Dem weise mm Dem uere Dump 0 mA sev Logical Node Type MMXN 1 Description LN Class MMXN Attribute Attr Type Explanation mo mene wm se mm mene Health INS 1 Beh Health NENNEN NamPlt LPL 1 NamPlt Name Plate sy 4 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation Logical Node Type MMXN 2 Description LN Class MMXN wr mue pe TY mens eee A Dem mum mm Dem uenem ura m mm o T Logical Node Type MMXN 3 Description LN Class MMXN Attribute Attr Type Explanation mo ewe ue 0 sn meram ewr 0 0 Health INS 1 PhyHealth Health O NamPIt LPL_1_NamPIt Name Plate O TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix J 29 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation Appendix J 30 Logical Node Type MMXN 4 Description LN Class MMXN Attribute Attr Type Explanation vo mene we n OO eewer Dem RE pore wm Dem ta eni renee m mx fi w mum p E Logical Node Type MMXN 5 Description LN Class MMXN er mum ws 0 m KON TN RN NN Dem wmm wm Dem uere emm m eum 1 Logical Node Type RDRE1 Description LN Class RDRE Attribute Attr Type Explanation Health INS 1 PhyHealth Health
205. Graph Measure Scale Options Help ec EI E lt NA m ss i BIENE Kanagan s zl m mi s dlaj aa x eleele a tla a s HN slej 5n fe Ins Add Digital Graph Ctrl Ins bank 8 r19851 991101 1059477681 tpr 1 00 a 0 90 0 80 0 70 0 60 0 50 P 0 40 Event Input 8 JL Dev 87 Trip 0 30 JL Dev 87 Restraint 020 JL Dev 87 in Trip Zone i Dev 51 Trip 010 JL Dev 51 Alarm Dev 67 Trip 0 00 Dev 67 Alarm 040 Dev 59FT Trip Dev 59FT Alarm 0 20 Dev 59Fl Trip Dev 60 Alarm 0 30 THD Alarm 0 40 Auzillary Alarm Ambient Alarm 0 50 Top Oil Alarm 0 60 E Summation 0 70 0 80 0 90 1 00 Seconds odo odo 020 030 odo o o O80 070 080 O90 100 Eutr xj 4 gt X Timeline Delete a graph from the existing view Scale Secondary A Figure 11 24 Delete Graph Delete an active graph click any graph to make it active from the existing view or use the Delete key TESLA 4000 User Manual 11 15 11 Graphing Records Graph gt Move I zali File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help BIS serere O Tz mi mi ol slej Blue eee si tj 5 5 HM lel el Add Digital Graph Ctrl Ins bank 8 119851 991101 105947781 tpr Del f iC Delete Graph EE Move Up Ctrl Up Arrow Down Ctrl Down Arrow Event Input 8 JL Dev 87 Trip JL Dev 87 Restraint JL Dev 87 in Trip Zone Dev 51 Trip JL Dev 51 Ala
206. Hodel A 1581 Format El asc Low Speed 60sec Exported Channels Element Wata Val 1 Magnitud a 3 Elementi Wa tst wal 1 Phase Elernenti Mats wal 1 Magnitude 4 Elererit1 Va tst val 1 Phase Elernenti vb tst VE 1 Magnitui Element Wb tst bl 1 Magritude Element b tst b1_1 Phase Element We tst Vol 1 Magnitud z Element etat Vol 1 Phase Element1 la tst lal 1 Magnitude Element la tst lal 1 Phase Unused Rec Chan Magnitude Unused Rec Chan Phase z Offset negative start times to begin at zero OF Cancel Figure 12 2 COMTRADE Settings The COMTRADE format IEEE C37 111 defines a common format for stor ing digital data records of transient and dynamic swing events It consists of up to four output files with the same base name and different file extensions con figuration files cfg header files hdr data files dat and optional informa tion files inf The COMTRADE Export Utility produces the configuration header and data files With reference to Figure 12 2 COMTRADE Settings Table 12 1 COMTRADE Export Settings Name Function Export to The base filename and directory of the output files are set using the Export to option By default the base filename is the same as the record you are exporting You can edit this or use the Browse button to set a new directory and or base filename Station Name and The Station Name and Identification fields are
207. I1Mag Avg Line 1 11Mag Damped Line 1 2Mag Sequence Functions i J Avg Line 1 2Mag Impedance Functions Damped Line 1 10Mag Watts Vars Functions Row 16 Avg Line 1 10Mag Hj w PF Functions Line 1 Z1 Damped Line 1 ZMag T Frequency 1 i Avg Line 1 ZMag T Frequency 2 i s Damped Line 1 Watts Avg Line 311 Watts Damped Line 1 Vars Avg Line 1 Vars Damped Line 31 VA Avg Lie amp tVA Damped lt unassigned gt lt unassigned gt Dome mmm imm meli oa Chane Te Hide Tree Main Menu Utilities TESLA 4000 Control Panel Current IED CS Tesla 3000 Getting Settings Info Figure 8 26 Trend Log Configuration The TESLA recorder can log periodic measurements over an extended period of time Up to 60 values can be logged at intervals ranging from 10 seconds to one hour All recorder channels and calculated values are available for trending Event messages can also be stored in the trend log allowing them to be saved from the normal circular overwrite of the Event Log The trend log accumulates data for up to 90 days When it is full it can either be set to automatically overwrite the oldest data or to stop logging A near full alarm function is available The accumulation settings are defined in the recorder s Utilities menu see Recording Control Settings on page 7 5 To configure trend logging select either New Trend from the Con
208. Ic Operating la Restraint Ib Restraint le Restraint External Summation Seconds li X Timeline Undo Zoom displays the previous zoom levels Figure 11 40 Undo Zoom 250 150 100 50 50 100 150 200 250 bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr Fl ala slu x alelejej aj e x HN me o E a lal r T T T T T T 0 180 0 200 0 220 0 240 al __ Display the previous zoom level Scale gt Reset Zoom T 0 260 T 0 280 w scale Secondary V TT Mixi File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help i 3 alal lt Defa Zoom X Axis Zoom X Axis 5 bank 8 119851 9911 Zoom Y Axis Ctrl High Speed Channels Zoom Y Axis Ctrl Analog A PTI Undo Zoom A PTIN2 PTIN3 y CTLJAHE A CT1 1B HS CT1 1C HS y CT21A HS y CT21B HS CT2 1C HS CT3JALS CT31BLS CT3ICLS CTATALS y CT4IBLS CTA41CLS y CT51ATS AV CT5 1B 1S CTS 1CTS la Operating y Ib Operating y le Operating A la Restraint y Ib Restraint p9 47 781441 Change Scale Y axis Ctrl 125 100 75 50 25 bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr y Ic Restraint External Summation Reset zoom levels Seconds LU y Timeline Reset the graphs to initial zoom level Figure 1
209. LED OFF Alarm LED ON Failure Contact CLOSED Diagnostic The recorder has an internal log file to aid in problem diagnosis The log can Tools be viewed from the Maintenance Menu see below As well a full diagnostic 14 6 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 14 Maintenance Menu and Error Handling information package can be generated and uploaded to your PC where it can be e mailed to ERLPhase customer support for analysis The Maintenance menu also has tools to help diagnose SCADA problems and network communication problems D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 14 7 15 PMU Functionality This chapter describes the operation of the TESLA 4000 PMU functionality for Model 4000 Model 4003 can transmit only up to 12 individual Phasors Please see Model Options on page 1 5 for details It supports the first time user and clarifies details of the equipment 15 1 Overview Phasor Synchrophasors phasor measurements with angles referenced to a global Measurement time standard have been used in limited scope by electric power utilities for Unit PM U well over a decade as a means of measuring and predicting dynamic stability Descri p tion of the power grid To transmit the PMU data reliably you must connect to the IRIG B signal from a Global Positioning System GPS clock or receiver to the TESLA 4000 The GPS signal must comply with the specification as mentioned in the IEEE C37 118 standard An SNTP time synchronization sou
210. MU GPS 1PPS Select the PMU choice and the following screen appears allowing you to select the Phasors TESLA 4000 User Manual 15 15 15 PMU Functionality Ni TESLA Control Panel Config Edit File Edit Config View Help cles Element Tree PMU Definition Identification O SCADA Communication O DNP Configuration Sample Rate 60 v frames second O SCADA Summary Header Frame Text Test PMU vein Reporting Format eter Groups IF B PHU Phasor Float Le Analog Float m Freq ROC Freq Integer v Phasor Options IH Selected Channel Full Scale Unit Active Name to Report Val PMU Phasors Vad 552 Iv T4iP7418 Ya 1 vag T4IP7418 Ykb 2 552 kv Iv T4IP7418 Vb 2 Vb 2 T4IP7418 Yc 3 552 kv Iv T4IP7418 Yc 3 vb5 T4iP7418 Ya 4 276 kv Iv T4IP7418 Va 4 Vb10 T4IP7418 Vb 5 276 kv Iv T4IP7418 Vb 5 T4IP7418 Vc 6 275 kv v T4IP7418 Yc 6 T4IP7418 Ya 9 138 kv Iv T4IP7418 Va 9 T4IP7418 Vb 10 138 kv Iv T4IP7418 Vb 10 T4IP7418 Vc 11 138 kv v T4IP7418 Vc 11 T4IP7418 1a 12 10000 A Iv T4IP7418 1a 12 T4IP7418 V1 552 kv Iv T4IP7418 V1 T4IP7418 V2 552 kv Iv T4IP7418 V2 T4IP7418 V0 552 kv Iv T4IP7418 VO Row 14 T4IP7418 V1 1 552 kv Iv T4IP7418 V1 1 Row 19 T4IP7418 V2 1 552 kv Iv T4IP7418 V2 1 B T4IP7418 V0 1 552 kv Iv T4IP7418 V0 1 T4IP7418 Va 1 552 ky v T4IP7418 Va1 Row 18 T4IP7418 1a 12 10000 A Iv T4iP7418 la 12 PMU Analogs T4IP7418 VVat
211. Meter Group A New Meter Group line appears and the New Meter Group text is selected 3 Type the Meter Group name then Enter The text you type replaces the New Meter Group text 4 In the meter group screen you can place any defined channel in any cell The resultant meter group display will show the desired channels in the speci fied place on the screen Phase angle readings displayed in meter groups are based on the configured Phase Angle Reference Channel Phase Angle Refer ence Channel on page 8 12 8 48 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 8 Configuring the Recorder 8 18 Trend Logging D02771R02 50 BEE Select a quantity TESLA Trend Definition deem from the tree below O SCADA Communication md diay to Ns H O DNP Configuration Ea O SCADA Summary the Trend Definition O Channel Group O Line 1 E m Channel Group 1 HO Analog Inputs Line 1 Undamped Line 1 VaMag 1 Damped HO Exemal Inputs Analog Inputs Undamped Line 1 laMag 4 1A Damped Summations E m z Undamped Line 1 lasumMag Ch4 C Damped O Sequence Functions m Avg lt unassigned gt HE Impedance Functions FE Damped Line 1 V1Mag Undamped O zi B Avg Line 4 ViMag Mn FE O Watts Vars Functions FE ine 1 Damped Line 1 V2Mag O Logic Functions Line 1 V2M Avg Line 1 V2Mag FF O Fault Locators Em Ib 10 Line 1 VOM Damped Line 1 VO0Mag FE PF Functions ine amp 1 Avg Line 1 V0Mag Damped Line 1
212. Options Help gj T Ja ATA Ea x elekea dia A n mle e rg E recorddemo2 2000 05 31 16 31 25 366 Line amp 1 Ic C Ph Current High Mag Rename Tab a X 17 219KY O 2 040KV Copy to Clipboard Save to Metafile i A 19259KV v Show Channel List v Toolbar H Zero Sequence E Low Speed Channels Analog Frequency Impedance Positive Sequence Summation m Line 1 la 4 Ph Current Fri Vars Watts X 0 05BKA O 1 454KA A 1 510KA m Line 1 Ib B Ph Current m Line 1 Ic C Ph Current m External Input 1 1 i Low m External Input 10 m External Input 11 T T Low H S re a gt a a a Seconds 0 100 gos 0 050 0 025 0000 0 025 0 050 soje 0100 0425 S al W A 0157 Aj Timeline Ay overtay Copy an active view page to a clipboard such as MSWord Excell etc Scale Primary start ne l KS Inbox micr GJeworkima KAdobe Fram By Adobe 1lust 3 My Computer GyNitprojectsh N RecordGra E Microsoft Po 1 19PM Figure 11 99 Export Views D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 11 73 11 Graphing Records Copy to Clipboard Save View as Metafile Copies view to the clipboard in order to copy into another document for ex ample Microsoft Word 1 To copy to clipboard select View gt Copy to Clipboard or right click on the graph to bring up the context menu and select Copy
213. P 31 Change latch 10287 Off no change On change External I P 32 Change latch 10288 Off no change On change External I P 33 Change latch 10289 Off no change On change External I P 34 Change latch 10290 Off no change On change External I P 35 Change latch 10291 Off no change On change TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 External I P 36 Change latch Off no change On change Appendix D Modbus Functions External I P 37 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 38 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 39 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 40 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 41 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 42 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 43 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 44 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 45 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 46 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 47 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 48 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 49 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 50 Change latch Off no chan
214. RBDR 1 RBDR80 RBDR 1 RBDR81 i RBDR 1 RBDR82 RBDR 1 RBDR83 RBDR 1 RBDR84 RBDR 1 RBDR85 RBDR 1 RBDR86 RBDR 1 RBDR87 RBDR 1 RBDR88 RBDR 1 RBDR89 RBDR 1 RBDR90 RBDR 1 RBDR91 RBDR 1 RBDR92 RBDR 1 RBDR93 RBDR 1 RBDR94 RBDR 1 TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix J 15 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation Appendix J 16 Table J 6 Logical Device Fault Locators Description Logical node zero Physical device information Fault locatorN TESLA 4000 User Manual Physical device information Non phase related Measurement D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation Table J 7 Logical Device Measurements MMXN13 MMXN 4 O MMXN14 MMXN 4 N MMXN15 MMXN_4 MMXN16 MMXN_4 MMXN17 MMXN 4 MMXN18 MMXN_4 MMXN19 MMXN_4 NO N MMXN20 MMXN_4 NO OO MMXN21 MMXN_4 N N MMXN22 MMXN_4 NO C1 MMXN23 MMXN 4 NO O MMXN24 MMXN 4 NO N MMXN25 MMXN_4 NO 00 MMXN26 MMXN_4 N co MMXN27 MMXN 4 OO MMXN28 MMXN_4 C2 MMXN29 MMXN 4 MMXN30 MMXN_4 OO OO MMXN31 MMXN 4 Q ER MMXN32 MMXN 4 OO C1 MMXN33 MMXN_4 OO O MMXN34 MMXN 4 C2 N MMXN35 MMXN_4 OO Co MMXN36 MMXN_4 C2 co GGIO1 GGIO 1 A O GGIO2 GGIO 1 A GGIO3 GGIO_1 GGIO4 GGIO_1 GGIO5 GGIO 1 A A GGIO6 GGIO 1 A O1 GGIO7 GGIO 1 A O GGIO8 GGIO_1 A N IB BOR Q2 NN aj gt o
215. SLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 4 5 USB Link D02771R02 50 4 Communicating with the Recorder Your PC must be appropriately configured for USB communication see TESLA Control Panel Installation on page 3 1 Port 450 USB Laptop PC Figure 4 4 USB Link To create an USB link between the recorder and the computer first the USB driver for the ERLPhase 4000 Series Device needs to be installed as follows Unzip the file can be obtained from ERL web site ERLPhase USB driver zip In this case we assume you unzipped to the Desktop In Windows XP or Windows 7 Connect a USB port ofthe PC to Port 450 USB front ofthe TESLA 4000 The TESLA 4000 was already powered on In the window Welcome to the Found New Hardware Wizard Can Windows connect to Windows Update to search for software Check the option No not this time In the window This wizard helps you install software for ERLPhase 4000 Series Device What do you want the wizard to do Check the option Install from a list or specific location Advanced In the window Please choose your search and installation options Search for the best driver in these locations Uncheck the option Search removable media floppy CD ROM Check the option Include this location in the search Browse for the following folder TESLA 4000 User Manual 4 7 4 Communicating with the Recorder C AWINDOWS tiinst TUSB3410 In the window Hardware Instal
216. SLA recorder fails to establish communication with RecordBase Central Station i e if the phone line is busy or if the network is down Maximum When the TESLA recorder fails to establish contact with RecordBase Attempts central station this is the maximum number of attempts it will make before giving up Delay Between Attempts Specifies the delay in seconds that the TESLA will wait before making another notification attempt Notify on creation of new Recording if Priority is at least Controls which records if any are automatically transferred to the RecordBase Central Station When a record is created with a priority equal to or greater than the specified value the recorder sends a New Record Created notification message to RecordBase The setting can range from 0 all records to 3 highest priority only Selecting Do Not Notify disables automatic record transfers completely Record priority is determined by the highest priority trigger included in the record Trigger priority is set as part of each channel s configuration TESLA 4000 User Manual 7 15 7 Recorder Setup Utilities 7 7 Password Protection Access to various TESLA functions can be protected through the use of pass words View Level No Password Required C Password Change Level f Mo Password Required Password Service Level No Password Required fe Password password Figure 7 9 Passwords Th
217. T8CD X Ir Delete y Mise ln TR17AB X In BPRO 50BF 8701 y MiscIn TRTZAB Y In BPRO 50LS TR4AB Y Vac Vab BPRO 50LS 8701 N TRAAB Y In BPRO 50N zl Saens A TRAAB Y le y TRAAB Y Ib Import and register a template file TRAAB Y la Unit 4 Va Unit 4 Va Register as default y Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 Vb C High Speed Unit 4 Vc Unit 4 Vc Low Speed Unit 4 la Unit 4 la A Unit 4 Ib Unit 4 Ib C Trend Unit 4le Unit 4 Ic A Misc In TR18CD Y y Misc Vac Bus 4G Vbc Misc Vac Bus 4F Vbc y Misc Vac Bus 4E Vbe A Misc Vac Bus 4J be 0 020 0 040 0 060 0 080 0 100 0 120 0 140 0 160 Unit 4 Vac Unit 4 Vn KI y Analog Input36 E man a fal X Timeline Scale Primary Figure 11 8 Template Manager Rename duplicate save as import or delete template files A dialog box is dis played to manage the template files see Templates on page 11 57 File gt Print A RecordGraph E E ioj xl File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help uie Fees SI s dal Bel x allele zi sin s n N mlel Ij FE recordemol tlr E High Speed Channels E Analog Unit 4 va Unit 4 Va TR4CD X Vac Vab Boswell y TRACDXIn 1999 Jun 25 18 24 31 484028 TRACD X Ic IC Shop TRACD X Ib A TRACD Xa y TRACD Y Vac Vab A TRACD Y In A TRACD Y lc eee 2 j TRACD Y Ib TR4AB X Vac Vab j TRAABXIn Styur Bes TR4AB X lc s TE4AB Ib Type Heron Document Cente 420 PS TR4AB X l
218. Telephone Es Line Desktop Computer Figure 4 10 Modem Link Internal You can access the recorder s user interface through a telephone link between the recorder and your computer using an optional internal modem Port 400 if installed Connect the recorder s Port 400 to an analog telephone line or switch using a standard RJ 11 connector Internal modem configuration is done the same way as for external modem Modem initialization string is M1 for internal modem If an internal modem was installed at the factory it will already be appropri ately configured An internal modem option is not available when the ad vanced communications option is selected 4 14 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 4 Communicating with the Recorder 4 8 Modem LAN Gateway D02771R02 50 Recorders on a LAN can be remotely accessed through a modem on a desig nated master recorder The master acts as a gateway to the LAN providing a route for IP communication between Control Panel or RecordBase and other TESLA 4000 recorders to the network Although commonly used as a part of a cooperative group configuration a gateway modem can also be used simply as a means to communicate with networked recorders 1 Connect the recorders to the LAN and set their IP addresses 2 Configure one of the recorders now designated the master recorder with an internal or external modem see External Modem on page 4 12 or In ternal Modem on page 4 14
219. The left side of the Records tab shows lists of records for the current IED or ganized by date Expanding a date entry shows On IED and Local headings Records presently on the recorder are shown under the On JED heading Re cords that have been previously transferred to TESLA Control Panel are shown under the Local heading Records on the IED that have not been transferred to Control Panel are shown in bold face If working offline only local records are shown The list of records displayed is controlled by the Record Filter control The fil ter applies to both On JED and Local record lists The time taken to access the directory can be controlled by selecting an appropriate number of records in the Record Filter Note that 1f additional recordings are created through the Trigger Fault Trig ger Swing or Trigger Both buttons these new records do not displace the ear liest fetch displayed file records in the tree TESLA 4000 User Manual 9 1 9 Record and Log Management Record Summary Get Remote Summaries Get Remote Events Autopoll Autoprint Graph Get from IED Get from IED and Delete 9 2 Record timestamps are received from the recorder are in UTC and are converted to local time using the Time Zone and Daylight Saving settings of the computer running TESLA Control Panel The right side of the Records tab shows summary information on the selected record The summary includes the list of events which occurred du
220. There are various analog in put isolation modules available to interface to signal sources Modules are available to connect to standard signals found in a typical electric power sub station including secondary ac voltage and current and low level de voltage and current signals These modules can generally be installed up to 1220 meters from the recorder unit allowing them to be located near the source of the sig nals being monitored TESLA Control Panel user interface software provides tools to configure the recorder retrieve and manage records and display real time measured values Control Panel also includes RecordGraph a graphical record display and anal ysis software tool An optional central station program RecordBase is available to automati cally collect and store records from multiple recorders RecordBase provides fast network based access to collected records through distributed RecordBase View desktop clients 1 For details see Model Options on page 1 5 TESLA 4000 User Manual 1 1 1 Overview AC Current Input Modules LAN Modem i TESLA Serial or USB Link Panel 2 AC Voltage L N Software a Input Modules TESLA i Recorder O 2 LAN or Modem RecordBase DC Input Central lt Modules Station Software D
221. USED y Current 4 C UNUSED y Bus Voltage A UNUSED 0 y Bus Voltage B UNUSED y Bus Voltage C UNUSED H External H Summation x 3 sa 5 Time Window width gt 4 Time Window and position control me gn erem i 45 50 25 0 25 50 75 Time Window s Le Width s 0 000 ajr 0 167s 0 068s Position s 0 167 X Marker amp 6 X a nd O ma rke rs Dhms 673 645 T 0 167 O Marker A Ohms 673 645 T 0 167 4 Pysumary A Symcom ln Harmonics PRX Scale Secondary Figure 11 65 Opening Impedance Screen TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 11 Graphing Records Components and Controls A text component displays the title at the top of the Impedance View shown in Figure 11 65 Opening Impedance Screen The title is compiled from items in the Title Options dialog box Default title is the file name and trig ger event The basic channel names are displayed below the title The graph zoom is controlled using the sliding control on the right side of the window The R X plot aspect ratio is maintained under all zooming tools The graph zoom control offers a 10x zoom factor between minimum and maximum amplitude of the data R and X coordinates The Time Window control provides a means to select the range of data for better presentation of R X values For example if the voltage and current channels are recorded from 0 0 to 0 2 seconds with 1000 data points using this control
222. Val Output contact 2 ST ind3 stVal Output contact 3 ST ind4 stVal Output contact 4 ST Ind5 stVal Output contact 5 ST Ind6 stVal Output contact 6 ST ind7 stVal Output contact 7 ST Ind8 stVal Output contact 8 Logical Device RFLO1 RFLO10 FaultLocators This section defines logical node data for the logical nodes RFLOI to RFLOIOof the TESLA 4000 logical device FaultLocators RFLO1 Fault locator 1 MX FItZ cVal mag Fault impedance magnitude MXS FItZ cVal ang Fault impedance angle MX FItDiskm Fault location RFLO10 Fault locator 10 Logical Device SUBSCRGGIO SUBSCRGGIO8 Virtuallnputs SUBSCRGGIO1 Multi purpose external GOOSE Virtual Inputs for ST Ind1 stVal Subscription SUBSCR Ind1 vi high low speed recording triggers Logic inputs ST ind2 stVal Subscription SUBSCR Ind2 and Digital recording channels SUBSCRGGIO8 ST Ind32 stVal Subscription SUBSCR Ind32 Appendix J 48 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Index D02771R02 50 A absolute time 11 21 11 65 11 67 AC 8 20 ac current input module 2 3 F 3 AC scaling 8 20 ac scaling 8 20 ac voltage input module 2 3 F 1 Accessing TESLA Event Information D 17 active trace information 11 19 alarm contacts 2 4 analog graph 11 14 11 31 11 34 11 39 11 40 11 41 11 42 11 56 analog input 7 12 analog input channels 2 2 8 17 8 18 automatic record transfer 7 14 autopoll 9 2 autoprint 9 2 C calibration analog input 7 12 dc channel 7 13 CDR
223. Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MW 0 1 0 00001 tion 11 P Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MVAR 0 1 0 00001 tion 11 Q Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MW 0 1 0 00001 tion 11 S Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MW 0 1 0 00001 tion 12 P Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MVAR 0 1 0 00001 tion 12 Q Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MW 0 1 0 00001 tion 12 S Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MW 0 1 0 00001 tion 13 P Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MVAR 0 1 0 00001 tion 13 Q Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MW 0 1 0 00001 tion 13 S Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MW 0 1 0 00001 tion 14 P Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MVAR 0 1 0 00001 tion 14 Q Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MW 0 1 0 00001 tion 14 S Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MW 0 1 0 00001 tion 15 P Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MVAR 0 1 0 00001 tion 15 Q Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MW 0 1 0 00001 tion 15 S Appendix E 31 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile
224. X 101 3482 V O 105 0820 Y A 206 4302 V i X 40 0262 V i O 40 0759 V A 30 0497 V 4 d X 0 5703 V 1 O 0 5703 V T A 0 0000 V Turn grid on or off on all graphs Options gt Show X Axis Ticks File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help Biz alal Defaut Calculate Derived Channels Not Phase 0 4th tir B E High Speed Channels i Show Trigger Marker Z Lock Markers K o Extend Print Range Set Phase Colors Set Precision TTPPATE 2002 Mavy 29 10 21 41 000 Winniped Analog Input3 NxtPhase 2002 Mav 29 10 21 41 000 Winnipeg Line 1 la NxtPhase 1 00 1 00 i t X 0 0115 A O 00115 A J p A 0 0000 A H H 1 00 J 4 0 z i X 40 0074 A J i 3 O 40 0074 A Hs A 40 0000 A i 402 se X 4001384 i t O NN49 A hd 010 gos 010 0 20 0 30 0 40 oso X 00100s O 0 0500 s 4 0 0500 s Scale Secondary lA LE Z 3 amp E s x eleele z sij a sj hl mlaj pe E 150 5 100 4 AMAN AAA LAU o 1080820 v 50 1 00 Phase 0 dth tir 2002 05 29 10 21 41 000 Manual trigger X 101 3482 V 0 DI RATER TET TUTTA see 150 ME i X 40 0262 V O 400758 V P i A 0 0497 V NE z 2004 sij X 0 5703 V 0 5703 V ZANE i i A 0 0000 V nk Prts pho adhue iai nsn p 1 004 0 0115 4 X 0 0115 4 2002May 29 10 21 41 000 A 0 0000 4 Winnipeg 1
225. XX 25 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED DIMENSI ARE IN INCHES XX 4 J XXX 005 APPLICATION o E E E IK i 3 co N id s ie E T E i o a IN co CN a Model 401006 S N TESLA Input Module AC 3 Channel Isolated Voltage Input Module Nominal 69 Vrms Ratio 1KW load 138 Vrms 1 675 Vrms Max 138 Vrms continuous 207 Vrms for 10 seconds 113 0 mm 4 45 THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DRAWING REPRODUCTION IN PART OR WHOLE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF ERLPHASE IS PROHIBITED IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF ERLPHASE ANY E S 9 o 0 Li E 9 UO ood o Figure F 1 AC Voltage Input Module Appendix F 2 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Appendix F Input Modules F 2 AC Current Input Module D02771R02 50 The AC Current Input Module provides 4 channels of isolation and scaling for standard secondary current signals Inputs are ac coupled through transform ers The module is available in 1A nominal Part No 101955 and Part No 110748 and 5A nominal Part No 101754 and Part No 110739 versions and has a dynamic range of 20x nominal The module can withstand 20 A contin uously and 100 A for 1 second Output from the module is scaled to connect directly to the TESLA s analog input terminals Due to impedance
226. a Whe VWrwaped Misc In TRT8CD X Ir A i Misc In TRT7AB In Vossii Warok uning Pogtecriot Prirttodje A Misc In TRT7AB Y In A TR4ABY Vac Vab Pret barge A TRAAB Y In A TRAAB Y Ic a Nunes rd copa fi 2l TRAAB Y Ib e TR4AB la C Pages bem LIE NC Unit 4 Va Unit 4 Va S REKI Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 vb Unit 4 Vc Unit 4 Vc Unit 4la Unit 4 la v Unit 4 1b Unit 4 Ib m Cancel Ay Unit 4Ic Unit 4 le Misc In TRI8CD Y y Misc Vac Bus 4G Vbc y Misc Vac Bus 4F Vbc 20 0K y Misc Vac Bus 4E Vbc recordemot tir 1999 06 25 18 24 31 484 Digital in El 86U2 Ext Input Tripped 20 0K A Misc Vac Bus 4 Vbe Seconds 0 020 0040 0060 0080 04100 0120 0140 0480 Unit 4 Vac Unit 4 Vn al y Analog Input36 lt il m moet Timeline n Scale Primary Z Figure 11 9 Print TESLA 4000 User Manual 11 7 11 Graphing Records Print the active visible view Use this option to select the type of the printer and other configurations associated with it through the standard print dialog box options File gt Print Direct I ITINERE lx File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help fed oetsur 7 e alal alal x eelle a td aj AN wie e E 5 recordemol tlr al recordemo tlr 1999 06 25 18 24 31 484 Digital in El 86U2 Ext Input Tripped El High Speed Channels E Analog Unit 4 va Unit 4 va
227. able 15 1 PMU Reporting Rate System Frequency Reporting rate frames per second 1 For details see Model Options on page 1 5 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 PMU Reporting Times PMU Response Time PMU Accuracy Signal Frequency Variation Signal Magnitude Phase Angle Total Harmonic Distortion lt 0 2 D02771R02 50 15 PMU Functionality For a reporting rate N frames per second the reporting times are evenly spaced through each second with frame number 0 numbered 0 through N 1 coincident with UTC second rollover usually the 1 second PPS provided by GPS These reporting times time tags are to be used for determining the instantaneous values of the synchrophasor This is illustrated below in Figure 1 where the reporting times are a 0 To 2T9 370 47 etc as per IEEE C37 118 standard 0 To 2 To 37 4T 57a do D gt o i 6 J de L r I I i TUA Figure 15 1 A sinusoid with a period of 7 observed at instants that are multiples of the To apart To is not an integer multiple of T The response time is the interval of time between the instant the step change is applied and the time tag of the first phasor measurement for which the TVE total vector error enters and stays in the specified accuracy zone correspond ing to the compliance level 196 as per IEEE C37 118 standard Total Vector Error TVE 1 as per IEEE C37 118 standard As per IE
228. afe shutdown Suspends TESLA application and stops FLASH Drive opera mode tions This should be executed prior to cycling power to the unit to prevent accidental FLASH Drive corruption 13 Modify point to point IP Modify point to point addresses used for TCP IP communi addresses cation over serial or modem connection 14 Monitor PMU Displays outgoing PMU data frames in real time 15 Calibrate DSP clock Performs DSP clock calibration 16 Exit Logs off as Maintenance user Table 14 3 Network Utilities Menu Commands View protocol statistics View IP TCP and UDP statistics View active socket states View current states of active sockets View routing tables View routing tables View MAC address View MAC address Flush gateway entries Flush the routing tables of all gateway entries Ping Check network connection to given point Enable disable packet Enable or disable TCP packets forwarding forwarding Enable or disable Port 2000 Toggle Port 2000 Port 7631 configuration Network redundancy configuration Configure network redundancy options Exit network utilities Exit network utilities menu and return to maintenance menu commands 14 4 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 14 Maintenance Menu and Error Handling Table 14 4 Storage Memory Utilities Repair record storage Attempts to repair a corrupted Flash Drive partition used to store transient and swing records
229. again When you get the display of maintenance menu choice choose 5 for PMU di agnostics as shown below IP Z HyperTerminal poz z 1 EM x de ht Sem Ls Derim Hiap Diez e ols ex 4 Restore ALL default settings including calibration 5 Restore only default recorder configuration settings channel definitions 6 Restore only default system setup ports time settings l Force hardware reset B Network utilities 9 Monitor SCADA 18 Enable Dizable Internal Modem if one exists ll Save Recent rend Data 12 Repair storage memory 13 Initialize storage memory li Modify Point To Point IP Addresses 15 Monitor PHU 16 Exit port 1 access only Please enter a command 1 16 H 15 PHU Diagnostics Monitoring incoming and outgoing data Press Ctrl c to stop monitor Press Enter to continue gt J TESLA 4000 User Manual 15 19 15 PMU Functionality Figure 15 13 Terminal User Interface depicting options under Maintenance When you select enter data frame stream is displayed as shown below in hexa decimal format Peter z tiyper termina eee zx De Edt Yew Cel Pate tiap Bie eJ oie s LI Data Frame Mm a Bl 80 22 00 7c 45 be 1 ma na a 80 GO O0 OB OO c orevated 14 17 VT LINI Teese Figure 15 14 Display of PMU Data Stream in hexadecimal format 15 20 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 15 PMU Functionality If the data transmission is disabl
230. ailable from the Trend item accessible from the Main Menu i TESLA Control Panel Trends Bl x File Edit View Help Range of Dates for r Trend Summary Trends and Events Local Fies O bytes From EINE Remote Files 2204 bytes Transfer 2204 bytes To 2 14 2003 Trend Status ACTIVE Trend Days 22 Events 2003 02 11 11 25 01 000 Trending Lc 2003 02 11 11 38 13 000 Manual trig 2003 02 11 11 56 39 000 Manual trig 2003 02 11 11 59 36 000 Manual trig 2003 02 11 13 53 45 000 Manual trig 2003 02 11 13 54 20 000 Manual trig 2003 02 11 13 55 37 000 Manual trig 2003 02 13 12 25 38 000 Manual trig 2003 02 13 12 26 26 000 Manual trig 2003 02 13 12 27 12 000 Manual trig 2003 02 13 12 28 22 000 Manual trig Trended Channels Frequency2 Undamped Element 1 Get Today s A Get Get Delete Graph Delete I Events Trends Print Events Close Main Menu Records Trends TESLA Control Panel Current IED DY 36 channel Connected Figure 9 2 Trend Listing Set the time range using the two date control boxes From and To The initial setting is for the previous three days When you change these settings the re mainder of the display updates to show data pertinent to your chosen period If you are connected to a TESLA both local and remote data are combined in the tree otherwise the display shows only data
231. ailable with Hyper Terminal v1 2 or greater 4 Initiate the connection The TESLA will respond with a login prompt n HyperTerminal use the Call button or menu command to initiate the connection 5 At the login prompt log in as maintenance Lower case No password is required If you are asked for one there is a mistake in the login name Press Enter to get another Login prompt and try again 14 2 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Maintenance Menu Commands D02771R02 50 14 Maintenance Menu and Error Handling TESLA 4000 System Utilities v1 0 Modify IP Address subnet mask and default gateway if applicable Restore ALL default settings including calibration Restore only default recorder configuration settings channel definitions Restore only default system setup ports time settings 1 2 View system diagnostics Retrieve system diagnostics 9 6 4 Force hardware reset 8 Network utilities 9 Monitor SCADA 10 Save Recent Trend Data 11 Storage memory utilities 12 Enter Safe Shutdown Mode 13 Modify Point To Point IP Addresses 14 Monitor PHU 15 Calibrate DSP clock 16 Exit x port 450 access only Please enter a command 1 16 _ Figure 14 1 Maintenance Menu Table 14 2 Menu Commands 1 Modify IP Addresses sub net mask and default gate way Modify the LAN IP addresses default subnet mask and default gateway 2 View system diagnost
232. ains a battery that should be disposed of separately and may contain other electronic components that are potentially subject to specific disposal instructions Use a local electronics re cycler who is familiar with local regulations TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix H 1 Appendix TESLA 4000 Drawings This appendix contains mechanical and connection drawings for the TESLA 4000 TESLA 4000 Mechanical Overview TESLA 4000 Rear Panel View TESLA 4000 AC Input Module Connection TESLA 4000 DC Input Module Connection Electronic versions of the drawings in both PDF and DWG formats are avail able on the TESLA 4000 CD in the Manuals directory The PDF documents are scaled for 11 x 17 printing for improved readability D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix I 1 Appendix TESLA 4000 Drawings Appendix l 2 17 420 i m ninm o O G G 6 G G 12 725 amp 12 025 G G G e e A A rj i 209 GD GD GD V FN ber O O O N com ce J O CL O NM M II OO CC I II E EJ p OS ZA J ij a Y 18 970 18 547 212 17 953 215 q i i 1 250 US t TESLA 4 000 pow
233. al Panel fid poat 2 4 POSI Current Wie PAMP O Figure 7 6 Recorder Setup Utilities Time Control The TESLA 4000 Power Systems Recorder uses time as the basis of data re cording and requires the presence of a source time signal on the IED The re corder supports the use of modulated or unmodulated IRIG B time signals external primary secondary SNTP network based time synchronization ex ternal and manually configurable system time based on a free running inter nal oscillator The internal free running oscillator is always present on the IED and in the absence of any external time source will become the default mode of time synchronization An IRIG B time source will have the highest order of precedence and the high est available time accuracy IRIG B time sources are recommended for use in PMU applications with an accuracy exceeding 1 us after calibration The on going presence of a valid IRIG B time source is indicated by an LED on the front panel of the IED and is evident in data records An SNTP time source has a lower order of precedence from a valid IRIG B source SNTP operation primary and secondary requires network access and the selection and configuration of suitable SNTP network sources The SNTP time may be configured for re synchronization cycles ranging from 15 minutes to 36 hours adjusting the IED system time to an accuracy within 1 second Use of an SNTP time source for PMU applications is not recommended
234. alInputs TESLA 4000 Logical Nodes The following table Table J 12 TESLA 4000 Logical Nodes defines the list of logical nodes LN of the TESLA 4000 logical devices Notes Logical node names are shown without preceding logical device name for bet ter readability Table J 12 TESLA 4000 Logical Nodes Triggers LOGICRBDR1 Disturbance Recorder Channel Trigger Status of Logic Channels 1 Binary to 30 LOGICRBDR30 Triggers DIGRBDR31 Disturbance Recorder Channel Trigger Status of Digital Channels 1 3 Binary to 64 DIGRBDR94 Triggers ANALOGRADR1 Disturbance Recorder Channel Trigger Status of Analog Channels Analog 1 to 361 ANALOGRADR36 Triggers SUMRADR37 Disturbance Recorder Channel Trigger Status of Summation Chan Analog nels 1 to 30 SUMRADR66 Triggers SEQRADR67 Disturbance Recorder Channel Trigger Status of Sequence Chan Analog nels 1 to 12 SEQRADR78 D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix J 39 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation Table J 12 TESLA 4000 Logical Nodes Appendix J 40 WVARRADR79 WVARRADR96 IMPRADR97 IMPRADR114 FREQRADR115 FREQRADR116 PFRADR117 PFRADR134 ANLMAGMMXN1 ANLMAGMMXN36 SUMMAGMMXN37 SUMMAGMMXN66 WVARMMXN67 WVARMMXN84 IMPMMXN85 IMPMMXN102 FREQMMXN103 FREQMMXN104 PFMMXN105 PFMMXN122 Disturbance Recorder Channel Analog Disturbance Recorder Channel Analog Disturbance Recorder Channel Analog Disturbance Recorder Channel Analog
235. ally If you wish to have the long term event log without trending any data define a trend without any channels init A daily limit of 1000 events can be stored in the trend log 8 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 8 19 Printing Printing a Configuration Printing a SCADA Address List D02771R02 50 8 Configuring the Recorder NE TESLA Control Panel Config Edit imi x i sd Next Page Tey Hage Wo Hage Gita Zoom Out Close Configuration Listing for TESLA Unit 1 fle c Program Filestaptidata TESLA Unit 1 Configs ConfigDemo tls Identification IED Name TESLA Unit 1 ConfigDemo 99 Feb 11 10 07 10 Number of Banks System Frequency 2 60 Settings File Settings Date Settings version 1 Device Serial Number TESL4 2000 991110 05 Comments Demo configuration file Recording Lirnits Extemal Inputs Chatter window EI Chatter Recovery Time Detector Chatter Window Det Chatter Recovery Time 0 025 0 025 D 0 1 Channel Group 1 Elernents Element Analogs Digitals Summations Sequence Impedance WWatts ars Logics Fault Locators B2R 6 s 2 2 1 2 O O B2R Va Element Type Desc Channel Module B2R 1 AC BOY 2x Unit Scale Scale Factor Angle Offset Rate of Change Interval Harmonic Number 2 0 M 1 v 69 V Pri 58 v Sec O 2 Limit Delay Enable Fault Swing Log Notify Cross Trigger Priority Alarm Contact High Maqnitude 80 O 1 O O O O 1 Low Magnitude 10 O O O O O O O 1 Neqative Rate of Change 0 4 2
236. annels 1 Elementl Va tst Val 1 Magnitude Elementl Va tst Val 1 Phase Elementl Vb tst Vb1 1 Maanitude Cancel Figure 12 3 PTI Settings The PTI file format is used to import records into the Power Technologies In corporated system modelling software Output File PTI export produces a single output file with an asc extension Table 12 2 PTI Settings Name Title Export to The base filename and directory of the output files are set using the Export to option By default the base filename is the same as the record you are exporting You can edit this or use the Browse button to set a new direc tory and or base filename Station Name and Identifi cation The Station Name field is set by default using the unit s Station Name setting It is written as the third line in the output file If desired you can edit this text The Identification field is not written to the PTI output file Header Text The Header Text field contains the text that is written as a sin gle line in the fourth line in the output file By default the field contains the Location Name Number and Unit ID of the recorder that produced the record This text can be modified deleted or extended as desired Version The Version field lets you select between PTI version 1 and version 2 Please refer to PTI documentation for details on the differences of these versions Format Only ASCII format output files
237. ansmission disabled waiting for a PDC command 4 Connected 0 11 30 vrico TCP IP Figure 15 16 Diagnostic response to Configuration frame request from the PDC The IEEE C37 118 standard protocol itself has number of diagnostics and or health check messages which can be read and analyzed The description of these diagnostic fields is found in IEEE C37 118 standard TESLA 4000 User Manual 15 21 Appendix A Specifications TESLA 4000 Power System Recorder Item Quantity Specs Notes General Weight TESLA 4000 18 channel 16 7 lbs 7 6 kg TESLA 4000 36 channel 17 8 lbs 8 1 kg Dimensions 3U high 5 25 19 wide 12 9 deep Rack mount Nominal Frequency 50 or 60 Hz Power Supply 38 300 Vdc 90 265 Vac Burden is less than 15 W Sample Rate 32 64 96 128 256 and 384 samples cycle s c Frequency response of 8th 32 s c to the 100th 384 s c harmonic of fundamental frequency Measurement Accuracy Amplitude Measurement Accuracy 0 5 of reading above 1 of full scale Phase Measurement Accuracy 0 5 degrees at system frequency Frequency Measurement Accuracy 0 001 Hz at system frequency 0 5 of reading above 1 of full scale Noise Signal to Noise ratio 70dB at full scale Common mode rejection 70dB at full scale Crosstalk 07dB A D Resolution 16 bits 65536 counts full scale Recording and Logging Transient Fault Record Length 0 2 to 15
238. aph title 11 64 harmonic view 11 42 harmonics 11 70 impedance view 11 43 11 44 11 45 11 46 keyboard functions 11 37 11 38 Index menus 11 14 move 11 16 overlay view 11 40 pan 11 37 print 11 79 record summary 11 76 records 11 1 reouts and measurements 11 65 superimpose L PRO characteristics 11 48 11 49 11 50 11 51 11 52 11 53 symcom view 11 41 symmetrical components 11 71 templates 11 57 11 58 11 59 11 60 11 61 11 62 TESLA swing record 11 53 11 54 timeline view 11 39 trace 11 16 11 17 11 18 trend view 11 56 true RMS 11 69 view and graph titles 11 63 view menus 11 11 view title 11 63 window time control 11 47 zoom 11 35 H harmonics 11 21 identification 8 5 impedance channel 8 33 impedance channels 8 32 install on Windows XP 3 2 installation 1 2 installing TESLA 3 1 IRIG B time input 4 2 IRIG B time signal 2 4 L logging 1 3 logic functions 8 41 8 42 M maintenance menu 14 1 maintenance menu commands 14 3 maintenance menu error handling 14 5 measure menus 11 20 11 21 meter groups 8 48 metering 6 1 MODBUS 8 51 modem external 4 12 internal 4 14 LAN gateway 4 15 modem link 4 12 mount TESLA recorder 2 1 TESLA 4000 User Manual N navigating TESLA 5 6 notify 7 14 notify settings 7 15 O offline operation 5 5 online operation 5 5 options menus 11 26 11 27 11 28 11 29 out of range 7 13 output contacts 1 4 p password protection 7 16 settin
239. are available Format ASCII is the only format option for PTI TESLA 4000 User Manual 12 5 12 Record Export Utility Table 12 2 PTI Settings Channel Selection Use Channel Selection to select channels to export You must select the channels from the record that you want to include in the output file For convenience the digital data recorded is classified into High Speed Analog and external digital input channels sam pled at the high speed transient data rate High Speed 480 sec Analog and internal logic channels produced 8 times per cycle Low Speed 60 sec Analog input channels sampled at the low speed swing data rate Select the desired channel from the list with a left click Multiple channels can be selected using standard Windows selection actions click Ctrl or Shift keys gt Place selected channels in the Exported Channels list box gt gt Place all channels into the Exported Channels list box lt Delete a channel from the Exported Channel list box lt lt Delete all channels from the Exported Channel list box Offset negative start times When checked this option shifts the negative time to start from to begin at zero zero 12 6 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 12 Record Export Utility 12 3 Excel CSV Format CS Export Settings Fa Export to Browse data Nina s Recorder Records2001 01 24 16 14 45 00021 csv Station Name Identification
240. are connected through an Ethernet LAN and are accessed as one single Cooperative Group from Control Panel Each individual record continues to function as a stand alone unit independent of it s involvement in a cooperative group With a cooperative recorder group you can e Automatically trigger synchronous recordings on all group members when ever any member recorder is triggered Transfer the resulting records from all group members to Control Panel and combine them into a single record The TESLA 4000 Recorder v1 4 or higher has been factory configured to communicate to peripheral software tools and devices using the ERLPhase registered IANA Port 7631 Cooperative group functionality with some central station monitoring tools is only fully operation on IANA Port 2000 configured systems Port 2000 operation may be enabled through the TESLA 4000 Main tenance Menu see Maintenance Menu and Error Handling on page 14 1 All TESLA 4000 IEDs connected within a cooperative group are required to operate at the same firmware level for proper functionality The functions nec essary to create a Modem LAN Gateway particularly TCP Packet Forwarding are required for cooperative mode even though a modem may not be used see Modem LAN Gateway on page 4 15 Cooperative members should never be physically removed from a cooperative group without the appropriate mod ifications made to remove the unit from the overall cooperative config
241. are generic low level 2 5 V pp non iso lated signal inputs They take their input from external interface modules that provide scaling isolation and surge protection The external input modules accept conventional substation voltage and current signals and convert them into low level voltages that are fed into the recorder s analog inputs The modules are mounted on DIN rails to make wiring easier and minimize rack space requirements Modules can be located up to 1220 meters 4000 feet from the recorder The wire used for the connection between the modules and the recorder can range in size from 12 to 28 AWG 12 to 20 AWG is recommended if the modules are more than 200m from the TESLA It 1s highly recommended that twisted shielded wire be used for cables that are run outside of the panel in which the TESLA is located noting that the shield should be grounded only at the record er Belden 9388 or its equivalent is an example of an acceptable cable that can be used Any of the recorder s analog input channels can be connected to any of the available input modules The software configuration identifies the type of input module associated with each channel Input module channels can be connected to only one recorder input Source and load impedance matching are used to minimize noise susceptibility connecting to two channels will produce incorrect read ings All input modules must be grounded via the ground stud on the mod ul
242. ared Settable from 0 to 5 000 ms in eighth cycle incre ments The delay setting is in addition to the pickup delay imposed by the input glitch filtering which is approximately 700 microseconds Text to designate the active and inactive states Default is on and off Maximum 8 characters Trigger Actions Enable Enables or disables the associated trigger A trigger can be disabled without altering the rest of its settings Fault Initiates a fault high speed recording when triggered owing Initiates a swing low speed recording when triggered If both Fault and Swing are enabled the recorder will attempt to cre ate a combined record Logs a message in the Event Log when triggered Contacts the RecordBase Central Station when triggered Can be used to initiate wide area swing recordings and or automated record transfer Notify on page 7 14 Cross Trigger Activates the cross trigger contact 4 to trigger another device Priority opecifies the priority to be assigned to records created by this trigger The priority is used to determine Central Station notification 1 3 3 is the highest priority Notify on page 7 14 Alarm Contact Specifies a rear panel contact to be closed when triggered Contacts are closed momentarily for one second Contact assignment is not exclusive allowing multiple triggers to activate the same contact Available contacts 2 or 3
243. asks are stopped ensuring all accumulated data are written out to the flash drive all open files are closed and the file system status is updated The front panel Test Mode and Alarm LEDs start blinking indicating that it is safe to turn off the unit The unit stays in the safe shutdown mode for 15 minutes and then is rebooted automatically The Event Log will maintain a record of all received Safe Shutdown commands TESLA 4000 User Manual 10 5 10 Continuous Disturbance Recording Handling Configuration Changes In TESLA 4000 Firmware v1 0 the Test Mode and Alarm LEDs will not blink It is however safe to close Control Panel and turn off the unit 15 seconds after safe shutdown command All accumulated continuous disturbance recording data is discarded every time new settings with modified continuous recording configuration are loaded on TESLA 4000 Continuous recording configuration includes sample rate ana log input configuration continuous recording channel selection and order If changes to existing settings are made and user attempts to load them into the TESLA the following dialog will appear Warning on CDR data i X Existing Continuous Disturbance Recording CDR data may be ERASED J iF any of the Following changes are made to the configuration 1 CDR sample rate 2 CDR channels 3 Analog Input channel configuration Do vou wish bo continue i Cancel Figure 10 5 Utilities Screen showing Safe Shutdown bu
244. ate when Description Index 1 2 3 or none value is 0 value is 1 0 External Input 1 1 Inactive Active 1 External Input 2 1 Inactive Active 2 External Input 3 1 Inactive Active 3 External Input 4 1 Inactive Active Appendix E 12 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Point Index Default Class Assigned to Events 1 2 3 or none Name for State when value is 0 Name for State when value is 1 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile Description External Input 5 1 Inactive Active External Input 6 1 Inactive Active External Input 7 1 Inactive Active External Input 8 1 Inactive Active External Input 9 1 Inactive Active External Input 10 1 Inactive Active External Input 11 1 Inactive Active External Input 12 1 Inactive Active External Input 13 1 Inactive Active External Input 14 1 Inactive Active External Input 15 1 Inactive Active External Input 16 1 Inactive Active External Input17 1 Inactive Active External Input 18 1 Inactive Active External Input19 1 Inactive Active External Input 20 1 Inactive Active External Input 21 1 Inactive Active External Input 22 1 Inactive Active External Input 23 1 Inactive Active External Input 24 1 Inactive Active External Input 25 1 Inactive Active External Input 26 1 Inactive Active External Input 27 1 Inactive Active External Input 28 1 Inactive Active External Input 29 1 I
245. ating with the Recorder 4 7 Modem Link External Modem Your PC must be appropriately configured for modem communica tion see TESLA Control Panel Installation on page 3 1 and Port 405 must be available on the IED to enable an external modem link Analog Telephone Line Telephone System Analog Telephone Port 405 Direct Modem External Modem Desktop Computer Figure 4 8 Modem Link External Using an external modem you can also access the recorders s user interface through a telephone link between the recorder and your computer Recorder Setup 1 Connect a PC compatible external serial modem to Port 405 on the rear of the recorder The cable between the recorder and the modem requires a crossover and a gender change as both devices are configured as RS 232 DCE ports You can use the ERLPhase Modem Port Adapter part 101629 to make the recorder s Port 405 appear as a DTE like a PC serial port A standard modem cable can then be used to connect to the recorder For port pin out and cabling information see Communication Port De tails on page 4 21 e If the unit has an internal modem an external modem will not work 2 Connect the modem to an analog telephone line or switch and turn it on A standard telephone cable with an RJ 11 connector is used 3 Configure the recorder s Port 405 to work with the modem Port 405 settings are accessed through the recorde
246. ation level for the channel If you are using an ac module to measure the ac quantity Control Panel sets the Full Scale quantity appropriately if you are using the dc input module enter the Full Scale value associated with the values of the scaling resistors Rsh Rin and Rfb as listed in Input Modules in Appendix F TESLA AC Analog Scaling X Module Name 401002 5Aac Full Scale Secondary 100 A Units Equivalent Primary Value H O00 A Nominal Secondary Value 5 MA oma Figure 8 13 AC Scaling When you select the View Set Scale button on the Analog Input form for a de channel Control Panel displays the dc scaling dialog box You must set the Full Scale value which can be determined from the scaling resistors attached to the module For de channels TESLA uses two point scaling whereby the conversion process performs a linear transformation between two points The secondary values are the default calibration points for the channel The terms Primary and Secondary are used in the case where a measurement transducer 1s applied and the output of the transducer is routed to the input of the dc module In this case Secondary refers to the output of the transducer Primary refers to the scale and units of the signal measured by the transducer The Scaling Resistors attached to the module are the Rsh Rin and Rfb values referred to in DC Input Module in Appendix F Enter the associated Full Scale value
247. att Description CDC Class MV V pee m e TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix J 33 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation Appendix J 34 Common Data Class SPC 1 RcdTrg Description CDC Class SPC LN LIC NCC stva O BOOLEAN OO mN S C S D a Prem E Common Data Class SPS 1 Ind1 Description CDC Class SPS Canon ome re mmm em x sa pom 9 eo pe 8 p Rome fer fT Common Data Class SPS 1 Chtrg1 Description CDC Class SPS NC DIC EL GN sab BOOLEAN Ko 3 OI 1 m Im 1L TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation Common Data Class CMV 1 FItZ Description CDC Class CMV ee na E leva O Vector 2 00 2 INL NEN O Common Data Class MV 1 FltDiskm Description CDC Class MV Ro mm p o Ro be Common Data Class INS 1 Intin Description CDC Class INS EI Remi sab BOOLEAN m 1L 1 TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix J 35 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation Common Data Attribute Type definitions Appendix J 36 Common Data Class SEQ 1 SeqA Description CDC Class SEQ e I o eee je mm oem e for Common data attribute types known herein as components are defined for use in the Common Data Classes defined in the sections above Component Vector 1 Comment Complex Vector w r t Floating Point Magnitude and Angle val ues Parent
248. att Var channel 1 Mx Watt mag Magnitude in W i MX VolAmpr mag Magnitude in VAR MX VolAmp mag Magnitude in VA WVARMMXN84 Watt Var channel 18 D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix J 45 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation IMPMMXNSS IMPMMXN102 This section defines logical node data for the logical nodes IMPMM XNS 5 to IMPMMXN102 of the TESLA 4000 logical device Measurements Note in this case the logical node can have more than one data attribute IMPMMXN85 Impedance channel 1 MX Imp cVal mag Impedance in polar form MX Imp cVal ang IMPMMXN102 Impedance channel 18 FREQMMXN103 FREQMMXN104 This section defines logical node data for the logical nodes FREQMMXN103 and FREQMMXN104 of the TESLA 4000 logical device Measurements FREQMMXN103 Frequency channel 1 MX Hz mag In Hz FREQMMXN104 Frequency channel 2 PFMMXN105 PFMMXNI22 This section defines logical node data for the logical nodes PFMMXN105 to PFMMXNI22 of the TESLA 4000 logical device Measurements PFMMXN105 Power factor channel 1 MX PwrFact mag O lt PF lt 1 PFMMXN122 Power factor channel 18 Appendix J 46 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation ANLANGGGIOI ANLANGGGIO36 This section defines logical node data for the logical nodes ANLANGGGIOI to ANLANGGGIO36 of the TESLA 4000 logical device Measurements ANLANGGGIO1 Angle of analog channel 1 MX Anin1 mag In degree ANLANGGGIO36 Angle of analog c
249. attempt to cre ate a combined record Logs a message in the Event Log when triggered Contacts the RecordBase Central Station when triggered Can be used to initiate wide area swing recordings and or automated record transfer Notify on page 7 14 Cross Trigger Activates the cross trigger contact 4 to trigger another device Priority Specifies the priority to be assigned to records created by this trigger The priority is used to determine Central Station notification 1 3 3 is the highest priority Notify on page 7 14 Alarm Contact Specifies a rear panel contact to be closed when triggered Contacts are closed momentarily for one second Contact assignment is not exclusive allowing multiple triggers to activate the same contact Available contacts 2 or 3 on a 18 channel model and 2 3 5 6 7 or8 on a 36 channel model Contacts 1 and 4 are reserved for Recorder Functional and Cross Trigger respectively Contacts assigned for stor age alarms Storage Alarms on page 8 7 will not be available for use here 8 34 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 8 Configuring the Recorder 8 12 Watts and Vars Channels Description Input Calculation Triggers Recording Number of Channels Types Notes D02771R02 50 The Watts Vars Channels calculate apparent power volt amps real power watts and reactive power vars from voltage input and current inputs The channel can produce either s
250. atts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MW 0 1 0 00001 tion 1 S Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MW 0 1 0 00001 tion 2 P Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MVAR 0 1 0 00001 tion 2 Q Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MW 0 1 0 00001 tion 2 S Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MW 0 1 0 00001 tion 3 P Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MVAR 0 1 0 00001 tion 3 Q Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MW 0 1 0 00001 tion 3 S Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MW 0 1 0 00001 tion 4 P Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MVAR 0 1 0 00001 tion 4 Q Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MW 0 1 0 00001 tion 4 S Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MW 0 1 0 00001 tion 5 P Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MVAR 0 1 0 00001 tion 5Q Appendix E 30 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual Transmitted Value Scaling o Default CI E Resignedio Multiplier oa oh ste d default ipti t Events Minimum Maximum default ra
251. ay to enter channel settings that helps maintain consistency between channels The column width can be adjusted on the overview tables to optimize the lay out for the particular configuration TESLA 4000 User Manual 8 13 8 Configuring the Recorder Individual Channel Screens Adding an Element 8 14 Detailed channel configuration is displayed on an individual channel basis The settings for each channel can be displayed in individual screens by select ing the specific channel in the Navigation Each channel type has its own con figuration screen with parameters appropriate for its type ji TESLA 4000 Control Panel Config Edit Se File Edit Config View Help TESLA Analog Input Configuration Type Description Channel Module Type va v 1 1 v 401006 69Vac Isolated Neutral v 1kV V Angle Offset Rate of Change Interval Single Harmonic Number Nominal Level View Set Scale 0 364 6 0 x Cycte s j2 x SFTTTTTTI AAAI AS75557 V I v d jx Vv ki Vv Iv v d IZ BEE EH HEH L1 L1 C1 DJ C1 DJ CI DJ sev Channel Tree Hide Tree Show Primary Units TESLA 4000 Control Panel Current IED CS Tesla 3000 Getting Settings Info Figure 8 9 Individual Channel Configuration Screen To create a new element you must be in the Element Tree view Element and Channel Tree Views on page 8 10 1 Right click and select Add E
252. below Configuration Select TESLA 3000 4000 18 Channels or select TESLA 3000 4000 36 Channels or select TESLA 3000 Cooperative Mode or select TESLA 4000 Cooperative Mode as appropriate to the hardware model IP Address Must be the same IP address configured in the recorder in Step 1 Communication Must reflect the method of remote access to the cooperative recording group e Select Modem Link if a modem is used Specify the appropriate telephone number e Select Network Link if the group will be accessed through a network Get Information from IED optional If a communications link is available to the recorder this button can be used to retrieve the recorder s name location and serial number information Any information in the corre sponding fields of the IED Definition will be overwritten and saved if you exit with OK These values are configured on the recorder as part of its Unit Identification 2 Create IED Definitions for each of the other group recorders Once an IED definition for the Master Recorder has been created you can create IED definitions for the remaining group members The group can have up to four recorders The following table provides a setting guide for the IED definitions of group members Table 13 3 IED Definitions for the Other Group Recorders IED Name e Should identify both the recorder and its cooperative group e Should have the same name as the recorder s Unit ID The Unit ID is
253. ber of DC clients that can connect to the recorder simultaneously This option is con figurable only if the Mode is Network TCP TESLA 4000 recorder sup ports up to two de clients Table 15 3 Network Mode UDP Network TCP Others Number of PDC 1 fixed 41 21 Clients IP Address of Data Enabled Enabled Enabled Disabled Concentrator 1 IP Address of Data Disabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Concentrator 2 1 For details see Model Options on page 1 5 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 15 PMU Functionality 15 5 PMU Configuration Config uri ng To configure PMU phasors offline the following check must be performed in PMU Phasors the Main Menu s Select IED view Open TESLA Control Panel software and with Existin g click on the Edit option to open the following screen Settings IED Definition IED Name TESLA Demo Unit Comments for Demonstration Location IED Serial Number TESLA 2000 990301 11 Model TESLA Configuration TESLA 3000 4000 18 Channels PMU Module V Communication Direct Serial Link Serial Link Baud Rate Modem Link Modem Phone Number Network Link First IP Address 192 168 1 100 Use SOCKS5 Proxy Connect Through IED i Add New Modem Serial Link Get Information From TESLA Folder placement Recordings Folder C Program FilesiNxtPhasevdataiTESLA Demo Unit Browse Contigs Fo
254. bit Analog Inputs with and without flag variations 1 2 3 and 4 e Analog Input events with time variations 3 and 4 Fault Location information as analog readings Event Log messages as Object groups 110 and 111 1 1 10 Methods to set Configurable Parameters XML Loaded via DNP3 File Transfer XML Loaded via other transport mechanism Terminal ASCII Terminal Command Line Software Vendor software named TESLA Control Panel Proprietary file loaded via DNP3 file transfer Proprietary file loaded via other transport mech anism Direct Keypad on device front panel Factory Specified when device is ordered Protocol Set via DNP3 e g assign class Other explain 1 1 11 DNP3 XML files available On Line RdWrFilenameDescription of Contents dnpDP xml Complete Device Profile dnpDPcap xml Device Profile Capabilities dnpDPcfg xml Device Profile config val ues xml The Complete Device Profile Document contains the capabilities Current Value and configurable methods columns The Device Profile Capabilities contains only the capabilities and configurable methods columns The Device Profile Config Values contains only the Current Value column Not supported 1 1 12 External DNP3 XML files available Off line Rd WrFilenameDescription of Contents dnpDP xml Complete Device Profile dnpDPcap xml Device Profile Capabilities dnpDPcfg xml Device Profile config val ues xml The Complete
255. ble 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Ohm 0 1 0 00001 tion 2 Mag 335 Impedance Func 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 tion 2 Angle 336 Impedance Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Ohm 0 1 0 00001 tion 3 Mag 337 Impedance Func 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 tion 3 Angle 338 Impedance Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Ohm 0 1 0 00001 tion 4 Mag 339 Impedance Func 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 tion 4 Angle 340 Impedance Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Ohm 0 1 0 00001 tion 5 Mag 341 Impedance Func 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 tion 5 Angle 342 Impedance Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Ohm 0 1 0 00001 tion 6 Mag 343 Impedance Func 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 tion 6 Angle 344 Impedance Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Ohm 0 1 0 00001 tion 7 Mag 345 Impedance Func 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 tion 7 Angle 346 Impedance Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Ohm 0 1 0 00001 tion 82 Mag 347 Impedance Func 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 tion 8 Angle 348 Impedance Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Ohm 0 1 0 00001 tion 9 Mag 349 Impedance Func 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 deg
256. ble Fault Swing Log Priority Contact B D VIO O VELPRO Vi02 O VESEL421RB03 ACTIVE State JHI Iv Z Iv ra 1 2 O Vi SEL421RB01 INACTIVE StatejLO v Vv A a 1 3 O VESEL421RBO02 O VESEL421RB04 CI VELPRO ViO3 O VELPRO VI04 O VELPRO YI05 CI VELPRO YIO6 O VETPRO VIO L ViTPRO Vi02 O VETPRO Vi23_02 O VETPRO vi24 03 Meter Groups Show Channel Tree Hide Tree Main Menu Config E dit TESLA Control Panel v0 10 post 2 4 P0241 Current IED T4000IP120 Connected Figure 8 16 GOOSE Virtual Input Channel Configuration Screen 8 24 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 8 Configuring the Recorder Table 8 6 GOOSE Virtual Input Channel Settings Element Identifies the group to which this channel belongs The Element forms the first part of the channel name The Element is selected when the channel is created and is fixed once assigned when you are working in the Element Tree view Description Optional field 12 characters Provides an additional description of the channel that forms part of the channel name Should always be used with GOOSE Virtual Input channels to uniquely name the chan nel Channel Identifies the Virtual Input assigned to this channel The list will only show inputs which have not already been assigned to other channels To get an overview of channel assignments switch to the Channel Tree view and look at the GOOSE Virtual Inputs list Record as Digital Channel Checkbox enable
257. ble from Configurable other describe 1 4 8 Maximum number of I Fixed at 292 292 octets Transmitted in a Configurable range to Data Link Frame Configurable selectable from i Configurable other describe 1 4 9 Maximum number of I Fixed at 292 292 octets that can be Configurable range to Received in a Data Link Frame D02771R02 50 Configurable selectable from Configurable other describe TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix E 7 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile 1 5 Application Layer Capabilities Current Value If configurable list methods 1 5 1 Maximum number of x Fixed at 2048 2048 octets Transmitted in an Configurable range to Application Layer Configurable selectablefrom Fragment other than Configurable other describe File Transfer 1 5 2 Maximum number of Fixed at NA octets Transmitted in an Configurable range to Application Layer Configurable selectable from Fragment containing Configurable other describe File Transfer 1 5 3 Maximum number of Fixed at 2048 2048 octets that can be Configurable range to Received in an Configurable selectable from Application Layer Configurable other describe Fragment 1 5 4 Timeout waiting for None 2 000 ms Complete Application x Fixed at 2 000 ms Layer Fragment Configurable range to ms Configurable selectable from ms Configurable other describe Variable explain 1 5 5 Maximum number
258. by TESLA Control Panel Edit IED gt Commu nication gt Direct Serial Link 2 Choose the target recorder from the Select JED list in TESLA Control Pan el s Main Menu If there is not already an entry for this recorder create one using the Add New button The method of communication with the recorder is specified as part of its IED definition Use the Edit button to view or change this informa tion Ensure the Direct Serial Link option is selected For details on IED definitions see Working with TESLA Control Pan el on page 5 1 3 Initiate the connection by selecting the Connect button A dialog box will appear to show connection progress TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 4 Communicating with the Recorder The connection state and the current IED you are connected to is shown on the Windows status bar at the bottom of the screen Status Bar shows TESLA Control Panel software is connected to the recorder and the name of the Current IED Main Menu TESLA Control Panel Current IED TESLA Demo Unit Connected Figure 4 7 Status Bar Some newer laptop computers do not have serial ports A USB serial converter adapter can provide a surrogate serial port for a direct connection to the TESLA recorder The Edgeport USB Serial Adapter model Edgeport 1 from B amp B Electronics www bbelec com is an example of such a device TESLA 4000 User Manual 4 11 4 Communic
259. c Vac Bus 4F Vbc Misc Vac Bus 4E Vbc Misc Vac Bus 4J Vbc Unit 4 Yac Unit 4 Vn y Analog Input36 External POP PPP CPP CPP PPP PPP CPP PPP CPP CPP COS Show Hide legends on all the graphs Set Precision D Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 Vb A Unit 4 vc Unit 4 vc Seconds E Ay Overlay alej zial x glelejej z t aj nj HN mlt s n recordemot tir 1999 06 25 18 24 31 484 Digital in El 86U2 Ext Input Tripped 20 0K 10 0K 5 0K 10 0K 15 0K 20 0K Figure 11 45 Show Legends Show or hide legends on all the graphs Options gt Show Trigger Marker File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help Bg Ee gi recordemol tlr El High Speed Channels Default Galculate Derived Ghannels Now 0 0150 00175 0 0200 0 0225 0 0250 00275 0 0300 0 0325 0 0350 0 0375 al mj gt Scale Primary Z inl xl Analog TRACD X In Show Grid Show X AxisTicks Show Legends A TRACD X Vac Vat Md Show Trigger Marker Lock Markers zx aa TRACD X Ic TR4CD X Ib Extend Print Range TR4CD X la Set Phase Colors TRACD Y Vac VaE TR4CD Y In TR4CD Y lc TR4CD Y Ib TRACD Y la TR4AB X Vac Vab TR4AB X In TR4AB X Ic TR4AB X Ib TR4AB X la Misc In TRT8CD X In Misc In TR17AB X In Misc In TRT7AB Y In TR4AB Y Vac Vab TR4AB Y In TR4AB Y Ic TR4AB Y Ib TR4AB Y la Unit 4 V a U nit 4 Va Unit 4Vb Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 Vc Un
260. cating with the Recorder 4 10 Communication Port Details The serial port 405 is configured as ETA RS 232 DCE devices with female DB9 connectors This allows them to be connected directly to a PC serial port with a standard straight through male to female serial cable A modem adapter part 101629 is available to convert a port into a DTE de vice equivalent to the serial port on a PC The adapter allows you connect an external modem to the recorder s Port 405 using a standard modem cable The TESLA 4000 Power System Monitoring Recorder v1 4 or higher has been factory configured to communicate to peripheral software tools and de vices using the ERLPhase registered IANA Port 7631 Previous firmware ver sions configured for Port 2000 operation will be altered during the TESLA 4000 firmware update process to use Port 7631 To support legacy installa tions Port 2000 operation may be enabled through the TESLA 4000 Mainte nance Menu see 14 Maintenance Menu and Error Handling on page 14 1 Table 4 3 TESLA Recorder Serial Ports Location Function Rear Panel Serial port for connection to an external modem or for direct con nection to a computer configurable Default baud rate set at 38 400 baud Feature not available on all IED configurations Rear Panel Connection to SCADA DNP3 or Modbus interface Default baud rate set at 19 200 baud Table 4 4 Signal connections to pins on Recorder Port Signal Name Dire
261. character gap Maximum bit times Maximum ms TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 1 3 IP Networking Capabilities Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile Current Value If configurable list methods 1 3 1 Port Name Port 411 or Port 412 1 3 2 Type of End Point TCP Initiating Master Only Not configured TESLA Control I TCP Listening Outstation Only for DNP Panel TCP Dual required for Masters UDP Datagram required 1 3 3 IP Address of this 192 168 100 10 TESLA Mainte Device 1 nance utilities 1 3 4 Subnet Mask Not set TESLA Mainte nance utilities 1 3 5 Gateway IP Address Not set TESLA Mainte nance utilities 1 3 6 Accepts TCP Allows all show as in 1 3 7 Limits based on TESLA Control Connections or UDP I Limits based on an IP address an IP address Panel Datagrams from Limits based on list of IP addresses Limits based on a wildcard IP address Limits based on list of wildcard IP addresses Other validation explain 1 3 7 IP Address es from 192 168 1 1 TESLA Control which TCP Connections Panel or UDP Datagrams are accepted 1 3 8 TCP Listen Port Not Applicable Master w o dual end point 20 000 TESLA Control Number Fixed at 20 000 PanelTESLA I Configurable range 1025 to 32737 Control Panel Configurable selectable from Configurable other describe 1 3 9 TCP Listen Port I Not Applicable Outstation w o dual end point NA Number of remote Fixed at 20 000 device
262. chosen using the Control Shift left click It is possible to calibrate multiple channels simultaneously by using the mouse to select a set of channels from the list Multiple channels can be selected using standard Windows selection methods All channels in the selected set must have the same type of input module 2 Enter the voltage or current magnitude that is applied to the isolation module associated with the channel Applied Signal field The signal magnitude level should be measured with a precision calibrated instrument 3 Press the Calibrate Offset and Gain button If a channel has not yet been con figured only Calibrate Offset will be displayed 4 Under the Offset and Gain columns the line of the channel being calibrated OK or No will be displayed see Analog Input Calibration on page 7 12 5 Repeat for all other channels being used 6 Use the Save button to load the new calibration to the recorder The de calibration procedure is a two step procedure When one or more com patible dc channels are selected two calibration areas appear on the screen You may calibrate the points in either order as is convenient DC calibration is not complete until both points have been calibrated and the associated offset and gain values accepted An error message 1s displayed if the applied signal as seen by the recorder dif fers from the value entered in the Applied Signal field by more than 10 This helps to prevent err
263. ciated trigger A trigger can be disabled without altering the rest of its settings Fault Initiates a fault high speed recording when triggered Swing Initiates a swing low speed recording when triggered If both Fault and Swing are enabled the recorder will attempt to cre ate a combined record Logs a message in the Event Log when triggered Contacts the RecordBase Central Station when triggered Can be used to initiate wide area swing recordings and or automated record transfer Notify on page 7 14 Cross Trigger Activates the cross trigger contact 4 to trigger another device Priority Specifies the priority to be assigned to records created by this trigger The priority is used to determine Central Station notification 1 3 3 is the highest priority Notify on page 7 14 Alarm Contact TESLA 4000 User Manual Specifies a rear panel contact to be closed when triggered Contacts are closed momentarily for one second Contact assignment is not exclusive allowing multiple triggers to activate the same contact Available contacts 2 or 3 on a 18 channel model and 2 3 5 6 7 or 8 on a 36 channel model Contacts 1 and 4 are reserved for Recorder Functional and Cross Trigger respectively Contacts assigned for stor age alarms Storage Alarms on page 8 7 will not be available for use here D02771R02 50 8 Configuring the Recorder 8 10 Sequence Component Channe
264. cond time Spin control to quickly vary the offset value Mu ordur ooh ini xi Die Yew Graph Mesure zde Opa Heb ujele pee A sl ol missi xj zlate s inj i iml sli E v aro di R nn 06 25 18 24 484 xat POBEGI Et net T D Vab Offset Value 0 000 Offset Scale 5 000 ce Edit box to change the offset value Note Double click here to change the offset value and the offset scale increment Figure 11 92 Time Alignment TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 11 Graphing Records Absolute Time This option displays the absolute time the actual time of the recorded chan nels 1 A trace channel must first exist on the graph Click the graph that you want to show absolute time measurement 2 Select the Measure gt Markers menu option or the Markers button on the tool bar to place the markers on the graph Markers are automatically placed if not selected 3 Select Measure gt Absolute Time menu option 4 Readout corresponding to the markers is displayed on the right hand side of the graph including Year Month Day of the recording yyyy mm dd Absolute Time corresponding to marker X Absolute Time corresponding to marker O Difference in the Absolute Time between marker X and marker O De Yew Gah Mene Kala tam eaaa Absolute Time ut ef Aano Ardi One b time Ay niestas Scale Primary Figure 11 93 Absolute Time D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 11 67 11 68
265. cording data retention period depends on the number of selected channels and on the selected sample rate Estimated con tinuous disturbance recording data retention periods in days for various com binations of channel numbers and the sampling rates are shown in Configuring Continuous Disturbance Recording on page 10 2 The general configuration screen is reached from the Configuration branch in the main screen the main Continuous Recording screen is reached from the Continuous Recording branch Figure 10 1 Main Screen showing the Contin uous Recording Branch 1 1 For details see Model Options on page 1 5 TESLA 4000 User Manual 10 1 10 Continuous Disturbance Recording Configuration 10 2 File View Help TESLA Control Panel Select IED Records Continuous Recording Events Metering Utilities LL peee Configuration Main Menu TESLA Control Panel v0 36 Current IED TESLA4000IP105 Connected Figure 10 1 Main Screen showing the Continuous Recording Branch Selecting Configuration from the main menu of the TESLA Control Panel shows a configuration view If the Continuous Disturbance Recording is not configured right click and select New CDR to display the continuous distur bance recording channel configuration view Continuous Disturbance Recording CDR Records second channel RMS samples second channel Sample Rate 60 v Channel Group 1 E m Line 1
266. ction PC lt gt IED Pin on the IED Port DCD RxD TxD DTR Common DSR RTS CTS No connection Notes IED is DCE PC is DTE Pins 1 and 6 are tied together internal to the IED D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 4 21 4 Communicating with the Recorder Table 4 5 Cable Pin Connections Male DB 9 Cable End for IED Port Female DB 9 Cable End for Computer Port Pin on Cable Pin on Cable 1 1 2 2 Table 4 6 Signal name connections to pins on Modem Adapter Signal Name Direction Modem lt gt IED Pin on the Modem Adapter DCD gt 1 RxD gt 2 TxD lt 3 DTR 4 Common 5 DSR gt 6 RTS 7 CTS gt 8 No connection 9 Notes IED with modem adapter is DTE modem is DCE Pins 1 and 6 are tied together internal to the IED 4 22 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 4 Communicating with the Recorder Table 4 7 Port Assignments Listening port on System Manager Modules connect to this port TCP Ports Listening port on System Manager TESLA connecis to this port 7631 or 2000 Factory default Listening ports on TESLA RecordBase Central Station and TESLA Control Panel connection ports Configurable through Maintenance Menu FTP 23 Telnet 4712 TCP or UDP Default PMU port can be modified by the user TESLA 3000 and TESLA 4000
267. ctive On active External I P 24 10024 Off inactive On active External I P 25 10025 Off inactive On active External I P 26 10026 Off inactive On active External I P 27 10027 Off inactive On active External I P 28 10028 Off inactive On active External I P 29 10029 Off inactive On active External I P 30 10030 Off inactive On active External I P 31 10031 Off inactive On active External I P 32 10032 Off inactive On active External l P33 10033 Off inactive On active External I P 34 10034 Off inactive On active External I P 35 10035 Off inactive On active External I P 36 10036 Off inactive On active External I P 37 10037 Off inactive On active External I P 38 10038 Off inactive On active External I P 39 10039 Off inactive On active External I P 40 10040 Off inactive On active External I P 41 10041 Off inactive On active External I P 42 10042 Off inactive On active External I P 43 10043 Off inactive On active External I P 44 10044 Off inactive On active External I P 45 10045 Off inactive On active External I P 46 10046 Off inactive On active External I P 47 10047 Off inactive On active External I P 48 10048 Off inactive On active External I P 49 10049 Off inactive On active External I P 50 10050 Off inactive On active External I P 51 10051
268. d the LED is turned off The LED state corresponds directly with the Failure Contact IRIG B Green LED that is active when a valid external time synchronizing sig Functional nal is detected on the IRIG B port Recorder Green LED that is active while the recorder is in the process of creat Triggered ing a record Records Stored Green LED that turns on when there are records stored in the recorder s memory The LED will flash to indicate the Storage Alarm limit has been reached if so configured Test Mode Normally inactive red LED that turns on immediately on power up and goes of after the self test has been completed approximately 15 20 seconds Normally inactive red LED that indicates a failure has been detected by the software The presence of the Alarm LED means much of the system is functioning and can be accessed for diagnosis D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 2 5 3 TESLA Control Panel Installation Installation of TESLA Control Panel software may require changes to your Windows system configuration for proper operation Please re view the instructions in this chapter to ensure proper setup The TESLA 4000 CD ROM contains the following TESLA Control Panel interface software Firmware update with installation instructions User Manual in PDF format Mechanical drawings in electronic format 3 1 Installing TESLA Control Panel Overview D02771R02 50 You must be logged on to the target co
269. d the Use IEEE 1344 If Present setting is enabled SNTP Time Source Enable Activates the IED to attempt SNTP time synchronization based on the user configuration parameters primary and secondary for IED synchronization in the absence of an IRIG B time source Default configuration for the TESLA 4000 product is for SNTP capabilities to be disa bled upon start up SNTP Poll Interval User configurable parameter for defining SNTP server synchronization time cycle primary and secondary SNTP Timeout Interval User configurable time duration to wait for a server response following an attempted SNTP network syn chronization before considering the target server lost D02771R02 50 SNTP Server TESLA 4000 User Manual IP address for network based primary and secondary SNTP servers to be used as IED time sources if ena bled in the absence of a valid IRIG B signal 7 11 7 Recorder Setup Utilities Changing time manually or IRIG B re synchronizing to the recorder compromises the trend and continuous disturbance recording data You should download all trend and continuous disturbance records before you change the time in the Utilities Time tab 7 5 Analog Input Calibration The Calibration Utility provides a means of calibrating the recorder s analog input channels It is accessed through the TESLA Control Panel s Utilities tab as Analog Input Calibration ill TESLA Control Panel Utilities
270. d to check for new events that have occurred since the last Refresh Event List Fault Location Event Preset When Set to 0x464C Function Code 3 address 42053 Identifies fault location events These events are identified by FL 0x464C in this register Non fault location events contain in this location Read Event Message Function Code 3 addresses 42054 42137 Contains the current event message Two ASCII characters are packed into each 16 bit register All unused registers in the set are set to 0 Fault Location Fault Locator ID Function Code 3 address 42138 If the current event is a fault location event this register contains the ID of the fault locator The numbers from 1 to 4 are used for 18 channel record ers the numbers from 1 to 10 are used for 18 36 channel recorders Fault Information Type Function Code 3 address 42139 If the current event is a fault location event this register contains the type of the fault The following type bitmap 0x0001 Phase A 0x0002 Phase B 0x0004 Phase C 0x0008 Ground Any number of the flags may be set for a given fault If recorder could not determine the fault type then the register will not have any flags set and will read 0x0000 Fault Information Fault Distance Function Code 3 address 42140 If the current event is a fault location event this register contains the distance to the fault It is scaled up by a facto
271. d use of accurate time standards for power systems relaying and recording Annex F describes an IRIG B extension using previously unused control bits in the signal which provides extensive information beyond that of standard IRIG B IEEE C37 232 An IEEE standard related to the procedure for the naming of Time Sequence Data TSD files produced by digital fault recorders in power systems applications IRIG B Inter Range Instrumentation Group time code format type B see Range Commanders Council Telecommunications and Timing Group IRIG standard 200 95 IRIG Serial Time Code Formats Describes an implementation for distribution of precise timing informa tion especially to power systems relays and recorders IRIG B is typically provided by a satellite clock e g GPS or GOES Master Recorder A member of a Cooperative Recording Group selected to be the primary interface between the recorder group and TESLA Control Panel or RecordBase Central Station Modbus Modbus is a network using a master slave protocol often used in power system substa tions Its function was developed and is defined by Modicon Inc North Andover MA USA Refer to Modbus Protocol Reference Guide Modicon document PI MBUS 300 Parallel Redundancy Protocol A data communications network which allows the system to overcome any single network failure without impacting data transmission through the use of parallel and similar network topologies connected to each node a
272. d various options see View and Graph Titles on page 11 63 View gt Copy to Clipboard Copy an active view to the clipboard for import to another program such as MS Word or Excel Record Export Utility on page 12 1 View gt Save As Metafile Save an active view page as a Windows metafile Record Export Utility on page 12 1 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 11 Graphing Records View Show Channel List I rcrc qw v io File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help Ho ue z ij 7 e alal Sha x elel zj tij aj HAN Le 218 ERI sample TPR Copy to Clipboard Save as Meta File Show or hide tree view channel list scale Secondary Z Figure 11 19 Show Channel List Hide or show the channel list displayed in the tree view View gt Line ZEEE e loxi Elle view Graph Measure Scale Options Help f tovi gt z aj 0 e ape Ep x epebepe z ti 5 A mle 8 88 Delete Rename Tab sample TPR Titles Copy to Clipboard m a Restraint m la Operating Save as Me
273. deleted and released storage space is re used to store newly accumulated data There is no indication about recycling of the continuous disturbance recording data storage space provided TESLA 4000 User Manual 10 3 10 Continuous Disturbance Recording Continuous Disturbance Recording Status Continuous Recording Screen 10 4 The status of continuous disturbance recording and the time interval for each unit that has continuous recording data accumulated is displayed in TESLA Control Panel s Continuous Recording and Utlities gt Recording screens The following Status types are possible Not Supported TESLA does not have enough storage to support CDR Not Connected not connected to TESLA Active CDR active normal operation Disabled CDR is not configured Alarm CDR storage corruption In the case of the Alarm status of continuous recording an appropriate message is logged to the Event Log Selecting the Continuous Recording branch in the left hand side tree brings up the Continuous Recording Screen below i TESLA Control Panel Continuous Disturbance Recording Recording Trigger View Help Record Summary Data Summary Record Name 2011 11 22 22 13 L001 tlc Status ACTIVE Record Type Continuous Disturbance Record Record Version 51 Record Priority 0 Records from TESL440001P105 2011 11 22 Start Date Length Local Year 2011 NONI Minutes 1 1 2 Fee 2011 11 22 22 13 L001 Graph as pe
274. dem provisions may be available on the TESLA s rear panel When in use for synchrophasor transmission it is possible to transmit synchrophasors via one modem and have another modem provide normal user interface access E1 ther modem is usable for either role PMU communication is initiated by the receiver 15 4 Setting up PMU Communication Mode PMU data can be transmitted via serial port modem or Ethernet Serial com munications are available on the TESLA s rear panel Port 405 or the internal modem port When in use for synchrophasor transmission it is possible to transmit synchrophasors via one modem and have another modem provide nor mal user interface access Either modem is usable for either role Connect to a TESLA unit and click on the Communication tab Usually PMU data is transmitted through the Ethernet copper or fiber VU TESLA Control Panel Utilities E E nl xl File Help Communication Service Port PMU Direct Serial Port 450 Baud Rate fi 15200 ID 21 Port 405 Direct Serial Baud Rate 8400 Port 4712 External Modem Number of PDC Clients 1 Modem Initialization String M1 IP Address of Data Concertrator 1 1927 159 1 z 102 Internal Modem IP Address of Data Concentrator 2 Baud Rate S40 z Modem Initialization String M1 Analog Input Calibration A Notify Safe Shutdown Cancel Save Close Main Menu Utiliti
275. dentifies the channels to be used to create the impedance If you rent Input select analog or summation channels as inputs the impedance chan nel calculates single phase impedance if you select sequence chan nels it calculates three phase impedance The list is limited to channels of the correct type voltage or current and includes analog input or summation channels which have already been defined The list grows automatically as you define new channels Trigger Settings Rate of Change Specifies the period of time over which both positive and negative rate Interval of change is measured 0 5 to 8 0 cycles Circle Radius Specifies the radius of the impedance circle in secondary ohms Minimum Change Specifies the minimum impedance change to be detected D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 8 33 8 Configuring the Recorder Table 8 9 Impedance Channel Settings Maximum Change Specifies the maximum impedance change to be detected Definite Delay Requires the element to be energized before an active state is deter mined Settable from 0 to 1 200 seconds in half cycle increments Trigger Actions Enable Enables or disables the associated trigger A trigger can be disabled without altering the rest of its settings Fault Initiates a fault high speed recording when triggered Swing Initiates a swing low speed recording when triggered If both Fault and Swing are enabled the recorder will
276. der Group Step 2 Set Up the Individual Recorders 13 6 Table 13 1 0 127 224 255 Reserved If network access to the recorder from a different network or subnet is in tended it may be necessary to change the recorder s default gateway and or its network mask By default the recorder has no default gateway and a net work mask of 255 255 255 0 These settings can be changed through the re corder s Maintenance Menu A note on PPP addresses TESLA 4000 uses 3 pairs of IP addresses for its PPP point to point protocol communication one for the front USB port one for the rear serial modem port and one for communication with Re cordBase Central Station These IP addresses can be viewed and changed through the recorder s Maintenance Menu To assist in verifying and troubleshooting network connections an IP Ping function is available through the recorder s Maintenance Menu In addition a communications status indicator 1s available in Control Panel see the Check button on the Cooperative Mode Setup screen Figure 13 8 on page 13 10 3 Configure the Master Recorder s modem and connect to the telephone switch This step is only required if remote access to the recorders will take place through modem rather than a wide area network The set up of both internal and external modems is described in Commu nicating with the Recorder on page 4 1 To make use of a modem link connection to multiple recorders the Contr
277. diP Address 205 2 183 104 Use SOCKSS Proy rr D Connect Theough IEU Judd ener Moker Serial Link et information From TESLA Folder placement Recordings Folder C Program Flee tid hata deta or tay Recifea Brega Configs Folder Progam Files Nt Phase lat Dore Rec Conti Fr rr a _torcet_ See Figure 3 6 Cooperative Mode Setup dd See Figure 3 7 Records Display On Site Access Figure 13 7 Cooperative Recording Group with Remote Access via Modem 13 4 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Step 1 Set up the Network D02771R02 50 13 Cooperative Recorder Group There are three main steps to setting up a cooperative recording group 1 Set up the network in the substation 2 Configure the individual recorders 3 Configure the Cooperative Recording Group These steps are covered in detail in the following sections You will need to create IED definitions for each of the group recorders and a special one for the cooperative group itself Example IED definitions are shown in Figure 13 7 on page 13 4 general instructions on how to create IED definitions are available in Adding Editing a Recorder Workspace Defini tion on page 5 3 1 Connect the LAN ports on each recorder to the Ethernet switch An industrial quality 100BASE T Ethernet Switch is recommended for best performance although a standard IEEE 802 3 10BASE T Ethernet hub can be used The rear Ethern
278. e Re calibration is required whenever an input module is replaced or moved to a different channel see Analog Input Calibration on page 7 12 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Input Module Types External Input Channels D02771R02 50 2 Connection and Power Up For further information on the input modules see Input Modules in Appendix F AC Voltage Input Module This 3 channel ac voltage input module Part No 101756 Model 401006 pro vides isolation and scaling for standard voltage signals The nominal signal level is 69 V rms 120V3 The module has a dynamic range that can measure 2X nominal voltages AC Current Input Module This 4 channel ac current input module provides isolation and scaling for stan dard current signals The module s channels are connected in series with the current signal source All models have a dynamic range that can pass 20x nom inal currents The module can withstand 20x nominal for 1 second and has a maximum thermal rating of 400A for 1 second Part No 101754 Model 401014 has a nominal signal level of 5 A rms Part No 101955 Model 401020 has a nominal signal level of 1 A rms Part No 110739 has a nominal signal level of 5 A rms Part No 110748 has a nominal signal level of 1 A rms Split Core CT The Split Core CT is designed to clamp around the secondary circuit wires of a primary current transformer It is intended for situations where an outage 1s not possible to connect an
279. e zoomed using free form zoom to get a better resolution ATO s mf x File View Graph Measure Scale Options Hel aele Bl th amp AN Seles ae FE R20364 2000 11 08_03 12 31 843 Ipr Pelay dharat erii ilaa ord repodanne a Telci lap chapini date Bom FT Cunent iecore X1 2C Zab Phase Phase High Speed m JA Line Current A D12C Zab Phase Phase High Speed 12C Zhbc Phase Phase High Speed m B Line Current B D12C Zbc Phase Phase High Speed ne 12C Zca Phase Phase High Speed mic Line Current C D12C Zca Phase Phase High Speed X Ohms leeds oprorii orba waw Torey ba rapis iSi TT Prane xund m 5 j p E mp Phares Phase F ze P5 Ze FF zeel umu eha imoedance Fr Dore ure s Zim Zio F Tewa uta pi D o Beu D Eze ure mo ote Ge Flecced name BENA NAKIT D 23 57 313 p R Ohms 10 i i i i i 20 10 0 10 20 30 Time Window s 4 Width s 0 0109 1 0 1667s 0 0510s Position s 0 0619 Pax scale Secondary Figure 11 72 Example Superimposing the Zone Characteristics In the above example phase phase impedances Zab Zbc and Zca are selected indicated by a check mark but only Zca is in the zoom range All the four zones mho characteristics are superimposed You can see that the Zca impedance has entered the Zone 2 and Zone 3 You can use a combination of zoom and time window control to analyze the precise time at which the im p
280. e Active Logic 9 1 Inactive Active Logic 10 1 Inactive Active Logic 11 1 Inactive Active Logic 12 1 Inactive Active Logic 13 1 Inactive Active Logic 14 1 Inactive Active Logic 15 1 Inactive Active Logic 16 1 Inactive Active Logic 17 1 Inactive Active Logic 18 1 Inactive Active Logic 19 1 Inactive Active Logic 20 1 Inactive Active Logic 21 1 Inactive Active Logic 22 1 Inactive Active Logic 23 1 Inactive Active Logic 24 1 Inactive Active D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix E 15 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile Name for State when value is 1 Name for State when value is 0 Default Class Assigned to Events 1 2 3 or none Description Logic 25 Inactive Active Logic 26 Inactive Active Logic 27 Inactive Active Logic 28 Inactive Active Logic 29 Inactive Active Logic 30 Inactive Active High low speed recording active Inactive Active High low speed recording space nearly full alarm Inactive Active Trend Recording Active Inactive Active Trend Recording Accumu lation Alarm Inactive Active Output Contact 2 Inactive Active Output Contact 3 Inactive Active Output Contact 4 Inactive Active Output Contact 5 Inactive Active Output Contact 6 Inactive Active Output Contact 7 Inactive Active Output Contact 8 Appendix E 16 TESLA
281. e Sequence E Summation Watts Zero Sequence E Low Speed Channels Analog Hl Frequency Impedance HE Positive Sequence 2000 May 31 16 31 25 366667 1 0K j po HEHHIHH n SANE oo LoCo DLA A TEO i 1 I s T an Line 1 b B Ph Current X 2118KA O 0 248KA A 1 867KA Line X1 ZeroSed v T X 13320kv H O 15903kv A 2582KV 2000 Mav 31 16 31 25 366667 Seconds 0 200 0 150 0 100 QJ 55 0 000 oso X 0 067 O 0 044 A011 H Timeline Display stored template list Scale Primary Figure 11 86 Template Tool Tip Information Displays e ED name User defined default template associated with that IED e Serial number of the IED which is used as the unique feature to match the templates 1 Open a record from the desired IED B PRO F PRO L PRO T PRO or TESLA 2 Create or modify the existing layout information 3 Use Save Template as option to save the new layout information with a de sired template name TESLA 4000 User Manual 11 61 11 Graphing Records Template Multiple IED 11 62 A single IED Template is saved matched based on its serial number Any record from the IED with the same serial number can use or share the template layout information A single IED template is saved matched based on the product not on the serial number and hence once the template file is crea
282. e The TESLA IED model number is 4000 Version and issue will each be positive integers say X and Y The TESLA is defined as Model 4000 Version X Issue Y Accessing TESLA Event Information All TESLA detector event messages displayed in the Event Log are available via Modbus This includes fault location information The following controls are available Refresh Event List Function Code 6 address 42049 Fetches the latest events from the TESLA s event log and makes them available for Modbus access The most recent event becomes the current event available for reading Acknowledge Current Event Function Code 6 address 42050 Clears the current event from the read registers and and Get Next Event places the next event into them An acknowledged event is no longer available for reading Get Next Event Function Code 6 address 42051 Places the next event in the read registers without acknowledging the current event The current event will reappear in the list when Refresh Event List is used D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix D 17 Appendix D Modbus Functions Size of Current Event Message Function Code 3 address 42052 Indicates the number of 16 bit registers used to contain the current event Event data is stored with two characters per register A reading of zero indi cates that there are no unacknowledged events available in the current set NB The Refresh Event List function can be use
283. e chart below illustrates the difference in the 18 channel and 36 channel op tions in both models Table 1 1 Model Options Model 4003 Model 4000 Feature Hardware 18 Channel 36 Channel 18 Channel 36 Channel Analog Inputs 18 36 18 36 Digital Inputs 32 64 32 64 Output Contacts 4 functional cross trigger and 2 alarm 8 functional cross trigger and 6 alarm 4 functional cross trigger and 2 alarm 8 functional cross trigger and 6 alarm Ethernet MACs 1 shared front and rear 401 ports 1 shared front and rear 401 ports 2 1 shared front and rear 401 401A 401B 411A 411B ports 1 shared on 402 410 rear ports 2 1 shared front and rear 401 401A 401B 411A 411B ports 1 shared on 402 410 rear ports Firmware Swing Channels 18 phasors 2 frequencies 36 phasors 2 frequencies 18 phasors 2 frequencies 36 phasors 2 frequencies IEC61850 no future no future yes yes PMU Optional 12 phasors 12 analogs 32 digitals in four 16 bit words 1 frequency 1 frequency ROC single PDC client Optional 12 phasors 12 analogs 64 digitals in four 16 bit words 1 frequency 1 frequency ROC single PDC client 18 phasors 12 analogs 32 digitals in four 16 bit words 1 frequency 1 frequency ROC dual PDC clients 36 phasors 12 analogs 64 digitals in four 16 bit words 1 fre
284. e modem and have another modem provide normal user inter face access PMU group is available to set the PMU identification and communication ID control of the PMU group allows setting PMU identification number 16 bit integer Mode control of the PMU group allows selecting communication mode for the real time transfer of the PMU data The following commutation options are available for the selection via the Mode control Do Not Transmit With this choice no PMU data 1s reported to the DC Da ta Concentrator Useful for maintenance purposes nternal Modem PMU data reporting 1s done using Internal Modem Baud rate and the modem configuration are obtained from the Internal Modem group settings Port 405 PMU data reporting is done using Port 405 parameter setting in formation The settings information is obtained from the Port 405 group settings Note Be cautious that if this port is selected for PMU streaming purpose then the front USB 450 port will be blocked for the communication Due to the se rial port data throughput limit the communication may not be established de pending on the baud rate selection the number of channels configuration and the streaming frame rate Our test results show that 1 For the maximum number of channels configuration At baud rate setting 57600 bit s 20 f s is the maximum setting without failing 2 For the maximum stream rate 60 frames second at baud rate 57600 bit s the
285. e to you when you are finished viewing or making changes to the Settings If you made changes the text on the Close button changes to Save Close as a reminder that Control Panel gives you an opportu nity to save your changes to a file or send them to the IED before closing the Configuration Editor To close without saving changes use the Save Close button and then select Exit Without Saving and Discard on the subsequent screens 8 4 Identification Device Configuration Settings Version D02771R02 50 The Device Configuration screen is displayed when you select the Identifica tion item in the Navigation Tree TESLA Configuration Editor on page 8 4 It provides information about the selected IED and the particular configuration file being edited Most of the information 1s drawn from the IED Definition and identifies the target recorder Adding Editing a Recorder Workspace Defini tion on page 5 3 The Device Configuration screen has three configuration variables that are de tailed below Recorders with older firmware may require older versions of configuration files Compatibility between a configuration file and firmware versions is de fined by the Settings Version The Settings Version required by a TESLA recorder is shown on the Unit Iden tification screen of the Utilities menu Unit Identification on page 7 2 You must be connected to the recorder to view this information Settings Version requirements are als
286. ecifies how long the trigger condition must be present before a trig ger is declared 0 to 1 200 seconds in half cycle increments Trigger Actions Enable Enables or disables the associated trigger A trigger can be disabled without altering the rest of its settings Fault Initiates a fault high speed recording when triggered owing Initiates a swing low speed recording when triggered If both Fault and Swing are enabled the recorder will attempt to cre ate a combined record Logs a message in the Event Log when triggered Contacts the RecordBase Central Station when triggered Can be used to initiate wide area swing recordings and or automated record transfer Notify on page 7 14 Cross Trigger Activates the cross trigger contact 4 to trigger another device Priority opecifies the priority to be assigned to records created by this trigger The priority is used to determine Central Station notification 1 3 3 is the highest priority Notify on page 7 14 Alarm Contact opecifies a rear panel contact to be closed when triggered Contacts are closed momentarily for one second Contact assignment is not exclusive allowing multiple triggers to activate the same contact Available contacts 2 or 3 on a 18 channel model and 2 3 5 6 7 or 8 on a 36 channel model Contacts 1 and 4 are reserved for Recorder Functional and Cross Trigger respectively Contacts assigned for s
287. ected Figure 4 5 Status Bar If the connection fails check the following e The communication parameters are the same on both ends see Step 1 above The correct serial port has been selected on your computer TESLA 4000 User Manual 4 9 4 Communicating with the Recorder 4 6 Direct Serial Link 4 10 Your PC must be appropriately configured for serial communication see TESLA Control Panel Installation on page 3 1 and Port 405 must be available on the IED to enable a direct serial link Port 405 direct modem Laptop PC Figure 4 6 Direct Serial Link To create a serial link between the recorder and your computer connect your computer s serial port and Port 405 on the recorder s rear panel The serial ports are configured as EIR RS 232 Data Communications Equip ment DCE devices with female DB9 connectors This allows them to be con nected directly to a PC serial port with standard straight through male to female serial cable for pin out for details see Communication Port Details on page 4 14 Rear Port 404 is for SCADA and Port 405 can be used for direct serial access and external modem 1 Ensure the recorder port and your PC s port have the same baud rate and communication parameters Port 405 is fixed at 8 data bits no parity and 1 stop bit and has a default baud rates of 38 400 bauds The baud rate and communication parameters of your computer s USB port is set automatically
288. ected record to a user defined format for details see 12 Record Export Utility on page 1 File Delete Delete the currently selected record from the tree view This option does not clear the view associated with the record TESLA 4000 User Manual 11 Graphing Records 11 10 File gt Show Record Summary A me duh mede qon Gee pb xps xp spese Z e Z n s mpm n fmm igure c6 nigra pesscdareinwing Ir 2000 08 71 26 Dir 20 HIT Ledeen seg v sna Lew Mag loo zi x Record Summary and Event List Record Name figure262highspeedands wing tlr Trigger Time 2002 Aug 31 22 08 20 417 Start Time 2002 Aug 31 22 08 00 417 Stop Time 2002 Aug 31 22 09 00 417 Record Type fault and swing Unit ID DRAYTON 230 Station Name DRAYTON Serial Number TESLA 2000 990318 10 Product TESLA Trigger Event 2002 Aug 31 22 08 20 417 Letellier Vseq seq Low Mag Event List Events 17 01 2002 Aug 31 22 08 20 417 Letellier seq seq Low Mag 02 2002 Aug 31 22 08 20 417 Prairie V sedq seq Low Mag 03 2002 Aug 31 22 08 20 450 Letellier Y c kY L G Low Mag 04 2002 Aug 31 22 08 20 450 Letellier Y a kY L G Low Mag 05 2002 Aug 31 22 08 20 747 Letellier E OOS RXZF APT ON 06 2002 Aug 31 22 08 20 753 Letellier El DC REDUCTION ON 07 2002 Aug 31 22 08 20 817 XFMR 1 lac Polarizing High Mag na nf 12 41n1 31 22 n8 20 834 Letellier Nc kv 1 G Hinh Man zl Copy Close j JE ux nad DE uni DR umi uu Y I
289. ed Redundancy protocols supported through Port 401A 401B 411A 411B provisions SFPs should only be installed or removed when the unit is powered off 401B RJ 45 receptacle permanent factory installed 100BASE T Ethernet Inter face Same subnet as front panel port 401 and rear panel ports 411A 411B Mutually exclusive operation with optional port 401A SFP optical Ethernet Interface Port 401B will become disabled when port 401A SFP is inserted Redundancy protocols supported through Port 401A 401B 411A 411B provi sions D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 4 1 4 Communicating with the Recorder Table 4 1 Communication Ports Rear Panel RJ 45 receptacle or ST type optical receptacle factory configured 100BASE T or 100BASE FX 1300nm multi mode Ethernet interface Default IP 192 168 101 80 Used for user interface access or DNP SCADA access through Ethernet LAN LC type optical receptacle SFP small form factor pluggable 100BASE FX Ethernet Interface Same subnet as rear panel port 410 Default IP 192 168 101 80 SFPs should only be installed or removed when the unit is powered off Rear Panel BNC receptacle IRIG B Interface Modulated or unmodulated 330 ohm impedance 2 Position Pluggable Terminal Block IRIG B Interface Modulated or un modu lated 330 ohm impedance Rear Panel RS 232 DCE female DB9 Used for SCADA communication Default Setting 19 200 baud 071 odd par
290. ed from a PDC program the following re sponse is displayed Cie Exit Yew Cal Dese timo Ola 1S oie el Force hardware reset Network utilities Monitor SCADA Enable Disable Internal Modem if one exists Save Recent Trend Data Repair storage memory Initialize storage mem Modify Point To Point IP a Monitor PMU Exit port 1 access only 7 8 9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 P I m GADSONMO ease enter a command 5 PMU Diagnostics Monitoring incoming and outgoing data Press Ctrl c to stop monitor Press lt Enter gt to continue gt Data transmission disabled waiting for a PDC command 4 Cormected 0 11 30 VTIGO TCP IP Figure 15 15 Response of terminal user interface when PDC requests to disable data transmission With data transmission disabled the PDC program can request for the config uration frame which will be displayed as shown nini x Ele gd vew Cal p mule timo Dies 5 5 olf ci Force hardware reset Network utilities Monitor SCADA Enable Disable Internal Modem if one exists Save Recent Trend Data Repair storage memory Initialize storage mem Modify Point To Point IP Sc Moni tor U Exit port 1 access only m GOODSONMO ease enter a command H 15 s TD eA ji fm mi ji RUD CO I PMU Diagnostics Monitoring incoming and outgoing data Press Ctrl c to stop monitor Press lt Enter gt to continue gt Data tr
291. edance enters the zones AT recordor ph m lElx jew Graph Measure pt File r leasure Scale Options Help Relay characteristics data and Impedance Options 5 xi J T EA IRR x 921 pl psc ee zl AL pi 4 AJ HNI ej Ae r Select relay characteristics data from R20364 2000 11 08 03 12 31 843 Ipr L PRO settinas file e 2 Lid ating ai 2 Cunent record D12C Zab Phase Phase High Speed m JA Line Current A D12C Zab Phase Phase High Speed Fil D12C Zbc Phase Phase High Speed m Line Current B D12C Zbc Phase Phase High Speed ile em f rrent C D12C Zca Phase Phase High Speed D12C Zca Phd Line Impedance Impedance options r Configuration r Zones to display JE Zo C Phase Ground zs Foz FT za Phase Phase M Zab V Zbe M Zca 7 Zonel Mo x Other impedance MV Zone2 Mho v ZLine Z Load v Zone3 Mho x v Blindes I Direction v Zone4 Mho v Blinder Impedance Launch Close Record name R20364 2000 11 08 03 12 31 843 Ipr R Ohms 40 px Ohma i i 20 10 0 10 20 30 Time Window s a Width s 0 0108 ar 0 1557s 0 0510s Position s 0 0619 T T ERK Scale Secondary Figure 11 73 Example Showing the Line and Blinder Impedances Check the Z Line and Blinder boxes then select the Apply button to superim pose the line and blinder impedances TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 11 Graphing Rec
292. egrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Analog Input 36 2 0 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 THD Analog Input 36 2 0 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 SHL Analog Input 36 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 DC Summation 1 Mag 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 nitude Summation 1 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Summation 2 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Summation 2 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Summation 3 Mag 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 nitude Summation 3 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Summation 4 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Summation 4 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Summation 5 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Summation 5 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Summation 6 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Summation 6 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Summation 7 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Summation 7 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 An
293. eir present values When inactive coil input and holding register values will read their most recently avail able state Channel Type Address Value Hold Readings Read Write TESLA 4000 User Manual 01 0000 Readings update normally inactive FFOO Hold readings active D02771R02 50 Appendix D Modbus Functions Preset Single Register Function Code 06 Channel Address Scaled Up By Event Information See Accessing TESLA Event Infor 42099 42051 mation below Refresh event list No data reguired Acknowledge the current event and get the next event No data required Get the next event without acknowledge No data required Diagnostic Subfunctions Function Code 08 Return Query Data Subfunction 00 This provides an echo of the submitted message Restart Comm Option Subfunction 01 This restarts the Modbus communications process Force Listen Only Mode Subfunction 04 No response is returned IED enters Listen Only mode This mode can only be exited by the Restart Comm Option com mand Report Slave ID Function Code 17 0x11 A fixed response is returned by the IED including system model version and issue numbers Channel Type Bytes Value Model Number Read Only 0 and 1 0x07D00 2000 decimal Version Number Read Only 2 and 3 Version number Issue Number Read Only 4 and 5 Issue number
294. el Current IED 5 2 Selecting a recorder sets TESLA Control Panel s focus to that recorder s work space known as the Current IED The records and configuration files belong to the selected recorder If you initiate a connection using TESLA Control Panel it connects to the cur rent IED using the communication parameters specified for this IED The name of the Current IED is always displayed in the Status Bar at the bottom of the TESLA Control Panel window for details see Fig ure 5 1 Selecting a Recorder Workspace on page 5 1 TESLA Control Panel assumes that the recorder it is communicating with is the one identified as the Current IED Forcing a connection with a different re corder i e moving the serial cable without telling Control Panel to discon nect can cause the records and configuration files of that recorder to be mixed with those of the Current IED TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 5 Working with TESLA Control Panel 5 2 Adding Editing a Recorder Workspace Definition Recorder workspaces are added modified or deleted from the TESLA Control Panel Main Menu using controls in the Se ect JED dialog box for details see Figure 5 1 Selecting a Recorder Workspace on page 5 1 The Edit button dis plays the selected recorder s definition screen The Add New button is used to create a new recorder definition The ED definition is shown in Figure 5 2 Recorder Workspace Definition and the settings are desc
295. ell thresholds are expressed as a percentage of the Nominal Level The Sag upper limit is configurable between 50 and 90 of Nominal The Sag lower limit is fixed at 10 of Nominal The Swell lower limit 1s configu rable between 110 and 150 of Nominal The Swell level upper limit is fixed at 180 of Nominal Sag or Swell is triggered when the input voltage is be tween the lower and upper limits The duration of a Sag or Swell is fixed at any value between 0 5 cycle and 1 minute The duration of a Sag or Swell is fixed at any value between 0 5 cycle and 1 minute TESLA 4000 User Manual 8 21 8 Configuring the Recorder 8 External Input Channels Description Input Calculation Triggers Recording Number of Channels Types Settings 8 22 Recording channels for the recorder s external digital input signals The recorder s physical external input channels The binary state of each external input is read at the selected high speed sample rate A filter is applied to the samples to prevent triggering on spurious state changes requiring that a state change be present continuously for a minimum of approximately 700 microseconds to be considered valid for triggering pur poses Active state Inactive state Records the state of all external input channels at the selected high speed sam ple rate The input filter is not applied to the recorded data all state changes are included in the records Up to 64
296. ence of nuisance operations you may specify a minimum volt amps setting Inductive power factor Low magnitude Capacitive power factor Low magnitude To prevent multiple triggers on threshold conditions the power factor triggers have a fixed hysteresis of 0 05 Power Factor Functions are not recorded 18 Power Factor Functions are available PF Power factor readings are available to the metering display SCADA and the long term trending function TESLA 4000 User Manual 8 45 8 Configuring the Recorder Settings TESLA Power Factor Detector Configuration Element Description PF Detector index Line 1 PF 1 1 Watts Vars function to monitor Line 31 WN m Disable detector if VA less than 10 VA Cross SEON Alarm wow fngger Prone Eomae TO IZ 1 1 E E rz Iz Iv Iv Show Channel Tree Hide Iree Show Primary Units TESLA 4000 Control Panel Current IED CS Tesla 3000 Getting Settings Info Figure 8 24 Power Factor Function Configuration Table 8 14 Power Factor Function Settings Element Identifies the group to which this channel belongs The Element forms the first part of the channel name The Element is selected when the channel is created and is fixed once assigned when you are working in the Element Tree view Description Optional field 12 characters Provides an additional description of the channel that forms part of the channel name Use if Elem
297. ent Name and channel Type do not sufficiently identify the channel Channel Grouping and Naming on page 8 8 PF Detector Index Identifies the Power Factor function You can select any available function If the only option is undefined you have already used all available channels Watts Vars function to monitor Specifies which Watts Vars channel to use as input Must be previ ously defined Trigger Settings Disable detector if VA less than Allows the trigger to be supervised by a minimum VA level Can be set in primary or secondary units Limit Power factor trigger level O to 1 in 0 001 increments Delay Requires the element to be energized before an active state is deter mined Settable from 1 to 10 000 seconds in 1 second increments Trigger Action Enable Enables or disables the associated trigger A trigger can be disabled without altering the rest of its settings Fault TESLA 4000 User Manual Initiates a fault high speed recording when triggered D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 8 Configuring the Recorder Table 8 14 Power Factor Function Settings Initiates a swing low speed recording when triggered If both Fault and Swing are enabled the recorder will attempt to cre ate a combined record Logs a message in the Event Log when triggered Contacts the RecordBase Central Station when triggered Can be used to initiate wide area s
298. equent trigger occurs while a record is being created it will be combined with the first trigger using a log ical OR operation as long as it is not near to the maximum record length limit Ifthe trigger is processed near the end of the record a new overlapping record will be created instead of combining the triggers Records with combined High Speed and Low Speed data can only be combined during the High Speed data capture portion of the record Duration Recording mode captures all the data during the fault trigger but tends to create larger records that may contain unimportant data 1 6 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 7 Recorder Setup Utilities Table 7 3 Recording Settings High Speed Recording Trigger Mode Select Edge or Duration mode See above for descriptions Sample Rate Displays the configured high speed sample rate The sample rate is set in the configuration file downloaded to the recorder See Sam ple Rate on page 8 6 Pre trigger Time The length of data that is recorded prior to the trigger time At least 0 1 seconds of pre trigger time is recommended to ensure the trig gering event is included in the records Normal Record Normal Record Length Edge Mode is the total length of the record Length including pre trigger data without any record extension Post Trigger Time Post Trigger Time Duration Mode is the length of data that is cap tured after the falling edge of trigger event
299. er SYSTEM RECORDER typ C RECORDER FUNCTIONAL RECORDS 9 STORED IRIG B FUNCTIONAL RECORDER TRIGGERED 2 250 5 1 80 TEST MODE t nan typ 401 450 100BASE T USB 4 750 FERL GA typ O C 2 G3 Figure 1 Mechanical Drawings TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Appendix TESLA 4000 Drawings EO gov Lov 90v O QIDID O pUNOJE aseo 9eAOrvc 91 00L IPAOSZ 0 87 OLF Jeutuow Ajddns Jamog LZE OLE 69 89 LIE 99 SIE HIE 9 Z9 LIE O9 GSE BGE LGE OSE GGE HSE EGE CSE LGE OSE GHE BE sov vov tor XH cop XL epeuey ul apen 9S OO Em Vavos XIXL AJSVd000L XI1XL 3SVv8000L INS33ON a 9nl X4 l JSVG0O0L X4 L 3Sv800L LVE OVE SVE HHE EVE ZHE LYE OVE GEE BEE LEE YEE GEE VEE ELE ZEE LEE OEE GZE BZE ZZE 97 SZE HZE ECE ZZE LZE OZE GLE BLE ZLE OLE SLE ple ELE ZLE LLE OLE 60 BOE LOE 90 SOE HOE EOE ZOE LOE ODE d KOCE Voc Y Nose V Vy Nee V NzeY Nje Noe Y NezY NazY Vuzy NozY czY Vy NezY NzzY NuzY NozY Ne Y Ne y Na Y LZZ 04 6
300. er function Table J 9 Logical Device System LN Instance Description LLNO Logical node zero Appendix J 22 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation Table J 9 Logical Device System LPHD1 LPHD1 Physical device information GGIO1 GGIO 8 Generic process I O Table J 10 Logical Device Virtuallnputs Description Logical node zero Generic process l O D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix J 23 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation Logical Node Definitions Appendix J 24 The definition tables for each of the Logical Nodes in the top level data model are presented in the following sub sections The following table presents a summary of the Logical Node templates used across the Logical Devices within the overall IEC 61850 product data model Table J 11 Logical Node Templates Logical Node Type LPHD1 Description Physical Device Information LN Class LPHD Attribute Attr Type Explanation un PhyNam DPL 1 PhyNam Device Physical Name Plate Device Physical Name Plate Name Plate PhyHealth INS 1 Beh Physical Device Health mE SPS 1 Proxy Indicates if this device is proxy DL TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation Logical Node Type LLNO Description Logical Node 0 LN Class LLNO Attribute Attr Type Explanation wa mono we n KN EN Health INS 1 Beh Health EMEN NamPlt LPL 1 NamPlt Name Plate u
301. ere are three user access levels VIEW CHANGE and SERVICE The fac tory default passwords for the three access levels are VIEW view CHANGE change SERVICE service Setting Passwords can be viewed and set through the Passwords tab of TESLA Con Passwords trol Panel s Utilities screen You have the option of explicitly disabling the password protection for each access level Leaving the VIEW access level password disabled for example will allow free use of the TESLA for read only operation The Password tab can only be accessed when connected via direct serial link through the recorder s service port Port 450 This pro vides protection from unauthorized remote access while ensuring that onsite staff can freely use the recorder 7 16 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 Table 7 6 Setting Passwords Function 7 Recorder Setup Utilities Reguired Access Level Records Display Record List from IED VIEW Delete Record from IED CHANGE Create Fault or Swing Record VIEW Rename Local Record None Display Local Record List None Delete Local Record None Delete Trends local None Delete Trends on IED CHANGE Download Trends VIEW Display Trends None Event Log VIEW Events Display Event Log VIEW Erase Event Log CHANGE Metering Metering Display VIEW Utilities Display Unit Identification
302. erface and SCADA External or internal modem link user interface only The TESLA recorder offers communications interfaces on both the front and rear panel of the IED The recorder front panel provides one USB Standard B receptacle Port 450 and one 100BASE T Ethernet connection ports Port 401 available for unit communications The recorder rear panel provides ad ditional Ethernet connections ports Ports 401 402 410 411 and DB 9 serial ports that provide direct access to the unit s interface and SCADA services Port availability will vary based on selected model configuration parameters TESLA 4000 User Manual 4 3 4 Communicating with the Recorder 4 4 Ethernet LAN Link PC with TCP IP Port 401 or Port 402 TCP IP Network Port 401 RJ 45 Network Port Figure 4 1 Ethernet LAN Link You can access the recorders user interface DNP3 SCADA and IEC 61850 services simultaneously with the Ethernet TCP IP LAN link through the net work ports The rear Port 401 402 410 and 411 are either 1OOBASE T copper interface with an RJ 45 connector or 100BASE FX optical interface with an ST communication options 0 1 2 and 3 or LC communication option 4 style connector Each port 1s factory configurable as a copper or optical inter face The front Port 401 is 100BASE T copper interface with an RJ 45 connec tor Connect to the Ethernet LAN using a cross over cable with an RJ 45 connector or IO0BASE FX 1300 nm multim
303. ernal Input 59 1 Inactive Active 59 External Input 60 1 Inactive Active 60 External Input 61 1 Inactive Active 61 External Input 62 1 Inactive Active 62 External Input 63 1 Inactive Active 63 External Input 64 1 Inactive Active 64 Fault Information Available 1 Inactive Active for Fault Locator 1 65 Fault Information Available 1 Inactive Active for Fault Locator 2 66 Fault Information Available 1 Inactive Active for Fault Locator 3 67 Fault Information Available 1 Inactive Active for Fault Locator 4 Appendix E 14 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Point Index Default Class Assigned to Events 1 2 3 or none Name for State when value is 0 Name for State when value is 1 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile Description Fault Information Available 1 Inactive Active for Fault Locator 5 Fault Information Available 1 Inactive Active for Fault Locator 6 Fault Information Available 1 Inactive Active for Fault Locator 7 Fault Information Available 1 Inactive Active for Fault Locator 8 Fault Information Available 1 Inactive Active for Fault Locator 9 Fault Information Available 1 Inactive Active for Fault Locator 10 Logic 1 1 Inactive Active Logic 2 1 Inactive Active Logic 3 1 Inactive Active Logic 4 1 Inactive Active Logic 5 1 Inactive Active Logic 6 1 Inactive Active Logic 7 1 Inactive Active Logic 8 1 Inactiv
304. erved for Recorder Functional and Cross Trigger respectively Contacts assigned for stor age alarms Storage Alarms on page 8 7 will not be available for use here D02771R02 50 8 Configuring the Recorder 8 15 Fault Locator Functions Description Input Calculation Triggers Recording Number of Channels Types Notes D02771R02 50 Fault Locator Functions produce distance to fault informations based on the impedance measured on the specified voltage and current channels The infor mation is logged and available through SCADA Initiating Event any External Input Channel GOOSE Virtual Input Channel or trigger detector from any other channel or function Voltage Channels must be Analog Input Channels monitoring voltage Current Channels can be Analog Input Channels or Summation Channels monitoring current The correct phases must be selected to achieve the desired results In most cases the Initiating Event input should be delayed by 1 5 cy cles to obtain accurate fault location information The delay can be set in the source detector or a Logic Function can be used as an in termediary to insert the delay When a user configurable event occurs the fault locator assesses the distance to fault using the user supplied line parameters If one or more of the imped ances 1s consistent with a fault on the line fault identification e g B G and location information is generated in the form of an event
305. es Unit Identification TESLA Control Panel v0 33 Current IED TESLA4000 Tuan Connected Figure 15 3 PMU communication setup screen 15 6 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 PMU Group D02771R02 50 15 PMU Functionality Following are other options of communications e Service Port Port 450 settings do not change with the PMU functionality as Port 450 is not available for PMU reporting Setting of this parameter is similar to the existing TESLA unit Please note that Configuring Port 405 for PMU streaming makes Port 405 and Port 450 unavailable for commu nication e Port 405 which is available for Direct Serial or External Modem commu nication can be selected for PMU reporting Port 405 Baud rates available are 1200 2400 9600 19200 38400 and 57600 The initial value will be set based on the information available from the TESLA unit current setting information nternal Modem group is available for modem communication using a TES LA unit in which the internal modem is installed The Baud rate and the modem initialization string can be set for this group The Baud rates avail able are 1200 2400 9600 19200 38400 57600 and 115200 The initial value will be set based on the information available from the TESLA unit current setting information If the internal modem is not available then this group will be disabled When in use for synchrophasor transmission it is possible to transmit synchro phasors via on
306. es the associated trigger A trigger can be disabled without altering the rest of its settings Fault Initiates a fault high speed recording when triggered owing Initiates a swing low speed recording when triggered If both Fault and Swing are enabled the recorder will attempt to cre ate a combined record Logs a message in the Event Log when triggered Contacts the RecordBase Central Station when triggered Can be used to initiate wide area swing recordings and or automated record transfer Notify on page 7 14 Cross Trigger Activates the cross trigger contact 4 to trigger another device Priority opecifies the priority to be assigned to records created by this trigger The priority is used to determine Central Station notification 1 3 3 is the highest priority Notify on page 7 14 Alarm Contact opecifies a rear panel contact to be closed when triggered Contacts are closed momentarily for one second Contact assignment is not exclusive allowing multiple triggers to activate the same contact Available contacts 2 or 3 on a 18 channel model and 2 3 5 6 7 or 8 on a 36 channel model Contacts 1 and 4 are reserved for Recorder Functional and Cross Trigger respectively Contacts assigned for stor age alarms Storage Alarms on page 8 7 will not be available for use here TESLA 4000 User Manual 8 31 8 Configuring the Recorder 8 11 Impedance Channels Description
307. ese channels on the left hand side in the tree view Depending on the product the following basic quantities are used the respective impedance chan nels In an impedance calculation a threshold limit is used based on the fundamental rms value of the current to include or exclude the R and X values for plotting This limit depends on the CT module used for the relay or recorder application For 1A CT module 0 02 A is the limit whereas for a 5A CT module 0 1 A is used as the limit When the data 1s copied to the clipboard the discarded values of R and X values are not exported Table 11 5 SI No Channel Types Quantities Supported Products 1 High Speed HS Voltage and Current L PRO TESLA COMTRADE 2 High Speed HS Positive Sequence Voltage TESLA and Current 3 Low Speed LS Voltage and Current TESLA 4 Low Speed LS Watts Vars and Voltage L PRO TESLA Phase and Sequence 5 Low Speed LS Positive Sequence Voltage L PRO TESLA and Current 6 Low Speed LS Impedance Phase and L PRO TESLA Sequence To add an Impedance view select View Add or the Add a View tool bar but ton From the dialog box select Impedance View TESLA 4000 User Manual 11 43 11 Graphing Records 11 44 inl x s Help File View Gra Scale Options b ii e ESL untitled LPRO me Fa S 2e EX lE LPRO 2100 0203 1 02 2002 08 19 15 1 High Speed Channels Graph Measure IUITEEEN x Timel
308. et ports are either 100BASE T copper interface or a IOO0BASE FX optical interface Connect the recorders using either a CATS cable with an RJ 45 connector or 100BASE FX 1300 nm multimode optical fiber with an ST style connector Where a group consists of only two recorders a cross over Ethernet network cable can be used instead of an Ethernet switch When connected to a larger network consideration should be given to over all network load The recorders are designed to tolerate considerable delay in the delivery of inter recorder trigger messages The network load result ing from the transfer of possibly large records may impact other devices on the network 2 Assign IP addresses Each recorder must be assigned two unique IP addresses The IP address is viewed and modified through the recorder s Maintenance Menu for details see 14 Maintenance Menu and Error Handling on page 1 The factory de fault IP addresses for ports 401 and 402 are 192 168 100 80 and 192 168 101 80 respectively All recorders in the group must be assigned IP addresses that belong to the same local network The permissible address range of a local network de pends on the value of the first term of the IP address as shown in the follow ing table Table 13 1 IP address range IP addresses on the same local first term network 1 126 XXX XXX XXX 128 191 XXX XXX 192 223 XXX TESLA 4000 User Manual 13 5 13 Cooperative Recor
309. evel triggering on all input and calculated channels with individual controls for delay logging record initiation and alarm contact activation Configurable logic can be applied to digital inputs and internal trigger states User assigned trigger priorities help identify critical events and records Centralized cross triggering of dynamic swing recordings through Record Base Central Station Transient fault records from 0 2 to 15 0 seconds with automatic record exten sion up to 30 0 seconds under multiple trigger conditions Dynamic swing record from 10 seconds to 15 minutes with automatic record extension up to 30 minutes under multiple trigger conditions Combined transient and swing records can capture a fault and the resultant system dynamic response Record compression to reduce record size maximize storage capacity and minimize transmission time Up to 4 recorders can be operated as a cooperative group Automatic cross triggering over a LAN with time source synchronized time stamps Automatic record retrieval with consolidation into a single group record e 500 entries event log circular 90 day analog measurement trend log circular or alarm when full 90 day long term event log circular or alarm when full Voltage sag and swell logging e Automatic fault location on up to 10 lines Fault location data available in the event log in recordings through SCADA and IEC 61850 ntuitive power syste
310. f 0 to 25000 or floating point values of 0 to 500 000 The sensor and outstation are used in an application where the maximum possible pressure is 380 kPa For this input the minimum transmitted value would be stated as 0 0 0 and the maximum transmitted value would be stated as 19000 380 000 b The scaling information for each point specifies how data transmitted in integer variations 16 bit and 32 bit 1s converted to engineering units when received by the Master 1 e scaled accord ing to the equation scaled value multiplier raw offset Scaling is not applied to Floating point variations since they are already transmitted in engineering units c Resolution is the smallest change that may be detected in the value due to quantization errors and is given in the units shown in the previous column This parameter does not represent the accuracy of the measurement d Maximal values are calculated as 2 Configured Nominal Multiplier for voltage channels and as 20 Configured Nominal Multiplier for current channels see Note 2 above for the nominal definitions TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile 2 4 Octet String Points mae Static Steady State Group Number 110 Capabilities Current Value Event Group Number 111 If configurable list methods 2 4 1 Event reporting mode Only most recent I All events 2 4 2 Octet Strings Included Always in Class 0 response Never Only if
311. f days between 10 and 90 The storage alarm condition is indicated by flashing the front panel Record Storage LED and acti vating a selected alarm contact Note the alarm contact assigned to this is displayed as a read only value It s set as part of the recorder s configuration see Storage Alarms on page 8 7 CDR Accumulation This is a read only indicator set to Recycle when Continuous Distu bance Recording is enabled 1 8 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 7 Recorder Setup Utilities 7 4 Time Display and Settings Time Sources D02771R02 50 The Time Control tab displays the recorder s current time and provides con trols to select and configure the source time signal for the IED or manually configure the initial time parameters of the system When the time 1s changed manually or by the application of an alternate source any existing trend and continuous disturbance recording data will be compromised This data should be removed from the system data after performing the time change Farita HE Tires tape Prope Turn Ups EFE 1344 E Present Du wi det EEE 1244 poo Daraa iz UTC Locs Tis delete arco Sei B Tirra Genie erher IMO i rob pee Recorder Time Zone Sehr 4 eat of Orere oos rasnibised Mia RA vimi Lo B8 Adi tor DET Earl of upenmkih i numbered Tw Brande SATE Tie Goura Pod irtereni 15 2100 mater fenecut derat 1300 seconds N ENTE Sever TESLA Cor r
312. fig menu or New Trend from the right click context menu in either the Channel Tree or El ement Tree The Scan Interval determines the frequency of data logging It can be set from 10 seconds to 3 600 seconds one hour Choose channels to be trended by clicking on one of the larger spaces in the trend grid Clicking on the arrow that appears lists all the available channels in the list box that appears adjacent to the space you originally clicked Alter natively use the selection tree that appears to the immediate left of the trend grid Use the tree s expansion buttons to locate the desired channel then drag and drop your selection on the grid TESLA 4000 User Manual 8 49 8 Configuring the Recorder You can control how the data is accumulated between logged values for each trended value The Process Options are as follows Table 8 15 Trend Accumulation Modes Damped default Logs a value representative of the measurements dur ing the interval Undamped Logs the last value measured during the interval Avg Logs the average measured value over the interval Min Logs the minimum measured value over the interval Max Logs the maximum measured value over the interval You can record the same channel with more than one Process Option but you can not record the same channel with the same Process Option more than once When you have defined a trending process a long term event log is started au tomatic
313. for SFP optical transceiv ers with LC connectors The Power Supply conditions and converts the input power for use by the in ternal electronics The wide input voltage provides the TESLA with the ability to operate from 48 to 250 Vdc or 100 240 Vac 10 Standard capacity data storage for the TESLA recorder is a 4 GB solid state Compact Flash Extended capacity options are available and may vary accord ing to specifications The Front Panel Board provides visual indication of the status of the TESLA recorder and USB and network ports 1 For details see Model Options on page 1 5 TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix B 1 Appendix C Glossary AC Analog Input An ac current or voltage that is obtained from a current transformer or a voltage trans former connected to an element on the power system AC Analog Summation Configuration of TESLA allows two AC analog quantities to be summed For example currents from two parallel lines can be summed to produce a set of combined currents AC Input Module This device takes in the voltage or current quantities 4 currents or 3 voltages dependent on model modifies these input quantities into low level signals that are suitable for input into the TESLA recorder back panel The conversion ratio is stated on the module Out puts from these modules can be connected to any of the Analog Input terminals on TESLA COMTRADE Common Format for Transient Data Exchange IEEE standard C37 111
314. from the table as the Full Scale Secondary value If you are mea suring a dc voltage or current directly enter the same values as Primary and Secondary for each of Points 1 and 2 The specific values for Point 1 and 2 pro TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Sag and Swell Detectors D02771R02 50 8 Configuring the Recorder vided they are reasonably separated are not significant except that they are used as default values for the calibration activity For instance if you are di rectly measuring a 48 Vdc input you may wish to enter 0 V for Point 1 and 48 V for Point 2 If you are monitoring an ac signal through a dc module you must define the signal as an ac signal see above TESLA DC Analog Scaling Module lame 401016 DC Full Scale Secondary Units ES mA Er The full scale value for the DO Module iz determined by scaling rezistors attached to the module r Secondary to Primary Scaling TESLA will perform a linear transtormation based on the followring points These points wil also be used as default calibration points Units Equivalent Primary value so ec Point 2 zo mA Equivalent Primary value Jeo Ji cea Figure 8 14 DC Scaling sag and Swell detectors are available on voltage channels There are three re lated fields in the Configuration screen controlling Sag and Swell detectors The definition of a Sag or Swell depends on a Nominal Level of voltage The Sag and Sw
315. ft milliseconds per nized by DNP minute 1 8 2 When does outstation Never NA set IIN1 4 Asserted at startup until first Time Synchroniza tion reguest received Periodically range to seconds Periodically selectable from seconds Range to seconds after last time sync Selectable from seconds after last time sync When time error may have drifted by range to ms When time error may have drifted by selectable from 1 8 3 Maximum Internal Time NA Reference Error when set via DNP ms 1 8 4 Maximum Delay NA Measurement error ms 1 8 5 Maximum Response 100 ms for the TESLA Control time ms case all sup Panel ported points mapped to the DNP point lists 1 8 6 Maximum time from NA start up to IIN 1 4 assertion ms 1 8 7 Maximum Event Time 0 1736 ms for tag error for local Binary 60Hz sys and Double bit I O ms tems e 0 2083 ms for 50 Hz sys tems 1 8 8 Maximum Event Time e 0 1736 ms for tag error for local I O other than Binary and Double bit data types ms D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 60Hz sys tems e 0 2083 ms for 50 Hz sys tems Appendix E 11 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile Capabilities and Current Settings for Device Database 2 1 Single Bit Binary Inputs Static Steady State Group Number 1 Event Group Number 2 The following tables identify the capabilities and current settings for each DNP3 data type Each data type also provides a
316. g 7 16 phase angle reference channel 8 12 PMU module communication 15 6 PMU module configuration 15 8 PMU module error handling 15 19 PMU module features 15 2 PMU module maintenance 15 19 PMU module metering 15 18 PMU module overview 15 1 power factor functions 8 45 8 46 settings 8 46 power supply 2 1 print configuration 8 51 SCADA address list 8 51 printing 8 51 R rear connections 1 6 record filter 9 1 lists 9 1 summary 9 2 recorder workspace 5 1 RecordGraph components 11 4 graphs 11 34 help menus 11 30 import file 11 10 launch 11 3 menus 11 5 11 6 print 11 7 11 8 11 9 tool bar 11 30 view add 11 32 view delete 11 32 view rename 11 33 views 11 32 RecordGraph launch 11 1 recordings stored 9 3 D02771R02 50 records 1 3 9 1 refresh 9 3 rename 9 3 S sag and swell 8 21 SCADA services 4 16 scale menus 11 22 11 23 11 24 11 25 seguenc component channel 8 30 seguence component channels 8 29 show record summary 11 10 signal connections 2 2 specifications A 1 split core CT F 5 split core CT 2 3 start up 3 6 startup seguence 2 5 status bar 5 7 storage alarms 8 7 summation channel 8 26 8 27 symmetrical components 11 22 system reguirements 3 1 T template manager 11 7 time coordination 1 4 trend log 9 4 trend logging 8 49 8 50 trigger fault 9 3 trigger swing 9 3 triggers 1 3 true RMS 11 21 U user interface 1 3 V view channel list 11 13 W watts and VARS channels
317. g Input 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Analog Input 2 0 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 THD Analog Input 2 SHL 0 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 Analog Input 2 DC 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 01 0 01 Analog Input 3 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Analog Input 3 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Analog Input 3 0 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 THD Analog Input 3 SHL 0 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 Analog Input 3 DC 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Analog Input 4 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Analog Input 4 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Analog Input 4 0 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 THD Analog Input 4 SHL 0 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 Analog Input 4 DC 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Analog Input 5 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Analog Input 5 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Analog Input 5 0 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 THD Analog Input 5 SHL 0 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 Analog Input 5 DC 0 Co
318. g a new list from remote IED and updates the Event List screen Erase Removes all events from remote IED Print bottom button only Prints all the events up to 500 events to a local printer D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 9 7 10 Continuous Disturbance Recording D02771R02 50 Continuous Disturbance Recording CDR implemented in the TESLA 4000 recording system allows you to gather power system disturbance data to review and analyze transmission and generation protection systems The TESLA 4000 recording system incorporated CDR for NERC standards requirements in cluding user selectable recording channels and user selectable recording sam ple rate NERC Standards 1 Standard PRC 018 1 Disturbance Monitoring Equipment Installation and Data Reporting 2 Standard PRC 002 1 Define Regional Disturbance Monitoring and Re porting Requirements The CDR feature incorporated in the TESLA 4000 Recording System meets and exceeds the requirements of NERC Standards as represented in the follow ing table Table 10 1 NERC Standards Continuous Recording Requirements NERC TESLA 4000 Sample rate samples per second At least 960 1920 23040 Recorded rms values records per second At least 6 6 60 per channel Data retention period days 10 10 140 Number of channels per monitored element 9 361 with possibility to calculate derived channels The continuous disturbance re
319. ge On change External I P 51 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 52 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 53 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 54 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 55 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 56 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 57 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 58 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 59 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 60 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 61 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 62 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 63 Change latch Off no change On change External I P 64 Change latch Off no change Read Holding Register Function Code 03 4X References On change Channel Address Value Scaled up by Tesla Clock Time UTC Read all in same query to ensure consistent time reading data Milliseconds Now Millisecond information not supported 40001 0 Seconds Now Minutes Now Hours Now TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix D 5 Appendix D Modbus Functions Day of Yea
320. ge Dips Interrup tions Variations IEC 6100 4 11 IEC 60255 11 200 ms Interrupt Conducted RF Immunity IEC 61000 4 6 Level 3 IEC 60255 22 6 Level 3 Radiated RF Susceptibility IEC 61000 4 6 Level 3 IEC 60255 22 3 Level 3 Electrical Fast Transient Burst IEC 61000 4 4 Level 4 4 kV IEC 60255 22 4 Class IV 4 kV Oscillatory Transient ANSI IEEE C37 90 1 1989 IEC 61000 4 12 Level 3 IEC 60255 22 1 Level 3 Oscillatory Vibration IEC 60068 2 6 IEC 60255 21 1 Class 1 Seismic IEC 60068 3 3 IEC 60255 21 3 Class 1 Shock and Bump IEC 60255 21 2 Class 1 RF Emissions IEC EN 60255 25 Class A Conducted Emissions Appendix A 4 EC EN 60255 25 Class A lFor details see Model Options on page 1 5 Inputs using DC modules meet level 2 Inputs using DC modules meet level 3 DC modules if used do not meet class A TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 Power System Recorder Appendix A Specifications Detailed Environmental Tests Description Test Test Level Type Test Test Points IEC EN 60068 2 1 Cold Temperature N A 40 C for 16 hours IEC EN 60068 2 2 Hot Temperature N A 85 C for 16 hours IEC EN 60068 2 30 Humidity Cycle N A 55 C 93 RH and 25 C 95 RH 12 hours at each level IEC EN 60255 21 1 Sinusoidal Vibration Class 1 N A 1g 10 to 150 Hz 20 sweeps IEC EN 60068 2 6 per axis IEC EN
321. gger time is recommended to ensure the triggering event is included in the records Duration Mode 5 TESLA 4000 Control Panel Utilities High Speed Recordings Low Speed Recordings Sample Rate 7680 Sample Rate 60 samples second Pre trigger Time 0 2 Pre trigger Time 2 0 60 seconds Post trigger Time 2 Normal Record Length 60 10 900 seconds Maximum Record Length 30 sle Maximum Record Length 120 60 1800 seconds m Trend Recordings Sample Rate 10 seconds sample Continuous Disturbance Recording CDR Records second channel Sample Rate 60 RMS samples second channel Storage Storage Alarms Accumulation Mode Status Alarm Limits Enabled Contact High Low Speed Recycle when ful ACTIVE so full Iv 3 Trends stop when full ACTIVE 80 days accumulated Iv 5 Not applicable for CDR data Safe Shutdown Save To Base Memory Main Menu TESLA 4000 Control Panel Current IED CS Tesla 3000 Figure 7 5 Recorder Setup Utilities Duration Recording In Duration Recording the duration of the trigger determines the record length The record stores the configured amount of pre trigger data continues to re cord while the trigger is active and then records a configured amount of post trigger data If a trigger remains active the TESLA stops recording once the Maximum Record Length limit is reached If a subs
322. gle Summation 8 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Summation 8 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Summation 9 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Appendix E 27 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile Transmitted Value Scaling x E d Multiplier Parolon ini i d default ipti t Events Minimum Maximum default range Offset etau Description S 1 2 3 or none maximal Summation 9 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Summation10 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Summation 10 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Summation 11 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Summation 11 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Summation 12 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Summation 12 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Summation 13 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Summation 13 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Summation 14 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Summation 14 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01
323. h amp f HAN male ale e EE pm Add Digital Graph Ctrl Ins bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr Delete Graph Del 5 Move Me Copy Trace Ctrl C Paste Trace Ctrl V 100 A Delete All Traces AHA N Copy Trace Data to Clipboard Ctrl D 75 Change Trace Color Alt R Active Trace Information ako 50 A CT31ALS A CT31B1S A CT31CLS A CTAJALS A CT41BIS CTA1CLS CT51ATS m PTI V3 01 CT5 1B TS A CT5ACTS B Delete Trace removes lc Operat 1 cede this trace from the graph y Ib Restraint y le Restraint K H External 75 H Summation m PT V2 V 100 125 vi Seconds 0 080 0 100 0 110 0 120 0 130 0 140 0 150 0 160 a w 4 Ay Overlay Delete a trace from the active graph Scale Secondary A Figure 11 28 Delete Trace Select a graph and the trace to be deleted and use Delete Trace to delete from the active graph In the case of Overlay View a graph can have multiple traces You can select a trace by clicking on the channel name and use delete trace op tion to delete the selected trace TESLA 4000 User Manual 11 17 11 Graphing Records Graph gt Delete All Traces UMRecordGraph EE ei xj Fille View Graph Measure Scale Options Help Ez E Set Graphs Per Page is a ES Ej 5 3 a BEE E Add Analog Graph Ins S d 4 z x amp amp P al wh 2 kil T 2 8 e Add Digital Graph Ctrl Ins bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr Delete Graph Del Move m md O
324. hannel 36 SUMANGGGIO37 SUMANGGGIO66 This section defines logical node data for the logical nodes SUMANGGGIO37 to SUMANGGGIO66 of the TESLA 4000 logical device Measurements SUMANGGGIO37 Angle of summation channel 1 MX Anin1 mag In degree SUMANGGGIO66 Angle of summation channel 30 SEOMSO SEQMSQ12 This section defines logical node data for the logical nodes SEOMSOL to SEQMSQI2 of the TESLA 4000 logical device Measurements SEQMSQ1 Sequence channel 1 MX SegA c1 cVal mag Current positive seguence magnitude MX SegA c1 cVal ang Current positive seguence angle MX SegA c2 cVal mag Current negative seguence magnitude MX SegA c2 cVal ang Current negative seguence angle SEQMSQ12 Sequence channel 12 MX SegA c3 cVal mag Current zero seguence magnitude MX SegA c3 cVal ang Current zero seguence angle MX SeqV c19 cVal mag Voltage positive sequence magnitude MX SeqV c19 cVal ang Voltage positive sequence angle MX SeqV c2 cVal mag Voltage negative sequence magnitude MX SeqV c2 cVal ang Voltage negative sequence angle MX SeqV c3 cVal mag Voltage zero sequence magnitude MX SeqV c3 cVal ang Voltage zero sequence angle D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix J 47 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation Logical Device GGio System This section defines logical node data for the logical node GGIOI of the TES LA 4000 logical device System Data Name Data Attribute Comments Output Contacts ST ind1 stVal Output contact 1 ST ind2 st
325. harmonics with phase angle The harmonics order displayed is as selected on the input channel This can be up to the 100 harmonic if desired and selected Channel instantaneous values are displayed on the RHS of the analog graph Markers are permanently set on the graph one cycle apart Grab the marker and move on the time line axis to display a new set of harmonics All harmonic phase angles are referenced with respect to A phase voltage in a configured channel in TESLA recorder For COMTRADE records the first A phase voltage is considered as the reference phase 11 42 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Impedance View D02771R02 50 11 Graphing Records Impedance View is an R X plot The R X quantities are calculated over the en tire data range from the recorded analog voltage and current channels R X plot is useful in analyzing the performance of L PRO relays and swing disturbances from the TESLA recorders Since the information to be displayed involves time as a third dimension this view provides meticulous cursor and zoom con trol over the data points being viewed Optionally it supports superposition of the relay characteristics Zone 1 Zone 2 Line Blinders etc from L PRO re cords or files generated from any L PRO Offliner settings program The following table summarizes the types of channels from which impedance R and X values is derived along with the supported product RecordGraph displays th
326. hate Hoh Speed OB O ttd Arper Mase ae 4p Speed eve E er OB 1940 Ange Ice Pragedtate tp Speed Arbitrary line for the reference purpose V CB 1140 fb Ange o CB 110 Ame i SOMA BD Lac Ne Ch 1156 1a Ange CB 1150 b Aww CB 1150 c Ano FMR 23 Lac Polanco CB 11601 Aet v Ch 1100 Ange CB 11 amp ic Ange E CDI ig Ape v CB 1170 b Amer a CB 110k Amot Extend Figure 11 75 Example of the Line Feature Set a reference line to measure the data using the Line feature This line is a reference line and not associated with the data values TESLA 4000 User Manual 11 51 11 Graphing Records When the line option is enabled the free form box zooming is disabled Dis able the CrossHair measurement to resize and move the reference line then en able the CrossHair option to measure the values Select the line option again to remove the line from the graph Legend feature button 0 agy xj zlejejej 2 a 2 s a Se 211 Be Yew Gah Measure Scde Opos Heb u 7 8 lt Defadt gt E j Ble FI EI kaj kd ES n Avia 2s j tore 2 Orari peedandisema Ir Letetier V sea ten Low y aake Legend box with all the t trelay characteristics se limpedance names sm Secondary Figure 11 76 Example of the Legends Feature Use the legend feature to distinguish relay characteristics from the calculated impedances You can move the legend box and resize to the desired level You
327. he deletion 2 Click OK to confirm Click Cancel to stop deletion TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 11 Graphing Records Rename a View Use this option to rename the active tab which is displayed at the bottom of the view 1 Select the View gt Rename Tab from top menu bar or right click on the graph to bring up the context menu and select Rename Tab 2 A dialog box appears with the old name Modify and click OK to rename the view Figure 11 53 Rename Dialog Box Show Channel Displays or hides the channel list on the left hand side of the screen to allow List more space for the graphs Toolbar Displays or hides the toolbar on the left hand side of the screen to allow more space for the graphs D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 11 33 11 Graphing Records 11 4 Graphs Adding Graphs Adding Channels Channel Tool tip 11 34 The graph is an area or space in a view where each channel of analog or digital information is shown The information is shown as X Y data with X time and Y magnitude 1 Select Graph gt Set Graphs Per Page or right click on the graph to bring up the context menu and select Set Graphs Per Page to add selected number of graphs to the Timeline View 2 Select Graph gt Add Analog Graph or right click on the graph to bring up the context menu and select Add Analog Graph to add an analog graph to the Timeline View 3 Select Graph gt Add Digital Graph or right click on the graph to br
328. he recorders setting file for details see Continuous Disturbance Recording on page 10 1 D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 1 1 7 Recorder Setup Utilities Table 7 3 Recording Settings Storage High Low Speed Selects whether to overwrite the oldest transient or swing records Accumulation Mode when the storage space is full or the 1000 record limit has been reached or to stop storing new records The Storage Alarm can be used in conjunction with the Stop setting to provide notification in advance of the full condition High Low Speed When enabled you can enter a limit giving the percentage of record Storage Alarm Limits ing space that causes an alarm Enter a number between 60 and 90 The storage alarm condition is indicated by flashing the front panel Record Storage LED and activating a selected alarm contact Note the alarm contact assigned to this is displayed as a read only value It s set as part of the recorder s configuration see Storage Alarms on page 8 7 Trend Accumulation Selects whether to overwrite the oldest trend data when the 90 day Mode storage limit has been reached or to stop trend The Storage Alarm can be used in conjunction with the Stop setting to provide notifica tion in advance of the full condition Trend Storage Alarm When enabled you can enter a limit giving the number of days of Limits accumulated trend information that causes an alarm condition Enter a number o
329. he same record e The view displays analog channels positive negative zero sequence phasors and corresponding table which contains numerical values of these components and phase angle All the components are calculated in rms values Channel instantaneous values are displayed on the RHS of the analog graph Markers are permanently set on the graph one cycle apart Grab the marker and move on the time line axis to display new set of com ponents and phasor values TESLA 4000 User Manual 11 41 11 Graphing Records Harmonic View Record Title Channel Names File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help E SA IG eee Tele esa sree z m mi aaa gs x sells u 5 Al N opie als fe Ej hit i ed Channels pi High dem ordemof thr 1999 06 25 18 24 31 484 Digital inEL88U2 Ext Input Tripped Analog i aa a ee z lea a Yond c OPE Instantaneous Channel A R4CD X Vac Vab 8 bail 0 8515kV Amplitude V TRACDX i p A TRACDXJE 10 0K n x AH 738KV TRACD X Ib A li A A TRACD Xia 5 0K ii i TRACD Y VacVab d i Hi Hi Wi Analog Graph y TRACD Y In TRACD Y Ic 50k TH i m E ul il Ar am ii ARARAAN v y TR4AB X Vac Vab 15 0K Ay R4AB X In TR4ABXJe 20 vd TEM 05 5 5 X 0 054 s V TRAAB IIb 0 025 osd 075 0 100 0125 0 150 0475 0 200 0 225 z s TRAABXIa d s 0071 s Time Display A Miscln TRT8CDX In sal Ima NT RN B aons A Mis in TRIZABX In
330. how ever is considered suitable for data recording CDR and trending purposes No TESLA 4000 User Manual 7 9 7 Recorder Setup Utilities Displayed Time Event Timestamps Record Timestamps 7 10 visual indication is provided on the IED front panel regarding the status of the SNTP synchronization however this information is available in data records The IED comes equipped with an internal free running oscillator used to gen erate a PPS time signal in the absence of any alternate available time source Use of this oscillator as the primary IED time source requires manual time con figuration with the general accuracy subject to user input parameters and is recommended primarily for stand alone unsynchronized applications The in ternal oscillator carry a lifetime accuracy including temperature effects and aging of 25 ppm Time is maintained in UTC format on the recorder i e without a time zone off set or daylight savings time applied If the clock feeding the time signal to the recorder is sending local time the recorder converts it to UTC internally The time displayed in the Time Control screen above is determined by the ad jacent time display settings The recorder will automatically convert from its internal UTC time as required The Recorder Time Zone Setting determines the offset between Local time and UTC DST will automatically add 1 hour to the offset if appropriate Event timestamps in the recorder
331. hows the device capabilities and the current value of each pa rameter for the default unit configuration as defined in the default configura tion file 1 1 Device Identification 1 1 1 Device Function Capabilities O Master Outstation Current Value O Master Outstation If configurable list methods Vendor Name ERLPhase Power Technolo gies Ltd Device Name TESLA 4000 Device manufacturer s hardware version string NA Device manufacturer s software version string NA Device Profile Document Version Number V01 1 Septem ber 06 2013 DNP Levels Supported for Masters Only RequestsResponses None Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Outstations Only Requests and Responses None Level 1 xJLevel 2 Level 3 1 1 8 Supported Function Blocks D02771R02 50 Self Address Reservation Object 0 attribute objects Data Sets File Transfer Virtual Terminal Mapping to IEC 61850 Object Models defined in a DNP3 XML file TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix E 1 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile 1 1 Device Identification Capabilities Current Value If configurable list methods 1 1 9 Notable Additions e Start stop qualifier codes 0x00 and 0x01 limited quantity qualifier codes 0x07 and 0x08 and indi ces qualifier codes 0x17 and 0x28 for Binary In puts Binary Outputs and Analog Inputs object groups 1 10 and 30 e 32 bit and 16
332. ht B Cli Left Array Move Marker O Left Y Cli Left Mouse Drag Zoom X axis only 8 Shitt Lett Mouse Drag Zoom Y axis anl zZoomina 25 Zoomaoutx 2595 Cli Zoomin 25 Ct foomauty 25 35 Ctl Up Arrow hove active graph up Ct Down Arrow Move active graph down Shift Right4rravy Pan right by 10 Shitt Let Arrow Pan lett by 10 Figure 11 58 Hot Keys D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 11 37 11 Graphing Records Right click Context Menu 11 38 wv Markers Unde Zoom Reset Zoom zoom Delete View Titles Rename Tab Set Graphs Per Page 4dd Analog Graph Add Digital Graph Delete Graph Move Graph Change Scale Y Axis Copy Trace Paste Trace Delete Trace Delete All Traces Copy Trace Data to Clipboard Change Trace Color Active Trace Information Copy to Clipboard Save as Meta File Print Graphs Show Hotkeys M Ctrl 2 CErH R Alk Del Ctrl T P2 Ins Ctrl Ins Del Ctrl izbr Chri v Chril Del Alb Cri D amp lt R Ctri B EM Ctrl P Figure 11 59 Right Click Context Menu TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 11 Graphing Records Timeline View Channel Information Record Information MeecordGraph alld hy Yew Gah Mese Seals C gie coma S vj o 2T miii s zj slaj aj nj 15 mie oj es Em oc E miti m m il MU Rd Read out Markers v revans Basaran anon same i iil viv m MA NM e prin ine Curr A y Ti
333. i xl Ble Yew Giph Measure Seals dprera teb ajaj z ot z s ss slej ps RS eunt NE Pe ip ka vire reg IR ZEN ZIM ZU AT Labor s ae Lear bling Pas Seq Ven ribe X Me i nm Por ur Spes v Fro Vani E Fop pag yw Leder E Vp LP oer Speed From s van Wives Sessa eteiier luere uc Five L irar yum opns Pat Tin iria KI BIER X hiari i Biber pr ype JDumeen Aube cun Ae Figure 11 80 Example of TESLA Swing Record Choosing Watt Var and Positive Se quence Voltage Channels select an TESLA swing record and expand the channels as shown Click the watt var and positive sequence voltage RecordGraph automatically evaluates and displays the positive sequence impedance Re ccordir at all x file Yew Gath Vemre izde Qoo Heb Wma ne s mela mp x ae m zli s n N pm aa epedance Z Leteler I 20 Lew Positive sequence impedance trajectory poni from moedence 20 000 aw si AN Arii eeh dex Figure 11 81 Example of TESLA Swing Record Choosing Impedance Channel Select an TESLA swing record and expand the channels as shown Click the impedance channel RecordGraph automatically displays the positive se quence impedance trajectory As you select the desired channels the impedance R X characteristics are su perimposed on the existing relay characteristics To select new set of voltage and current channels use the Delete trace s option from the righ
334. ic Displays the TESLAs internal status log 3 Retrieve system diagnos tics Automatically packages up the internal status log plus setting and setup information and downloads it in compressed form to your computer This file can then be sent to ERLPhase customer support to help diagnose a problem 4 Restore ALL default set tings Restores ALL factory defaults including settings calibration and setup parameters 5 Restore only default recorder configuration set tings Restores the default settings that define channels sample rates and triggers 6 Restore only default system setup Restores the default values for the setup parameters includ ing communication settings record controls time controls and passwords 7 Force hardware reset Manually initiates a hardware reset Note that the communi cation link is immediately lost and cannot be re established until the unit completes its start up 8 Network utilities Enter network utilities sub menu 9 Monitor SCADA Shows real time display of Modbus or DNP 3 data 10 Save recent trend data Saves any accumulated Trend Data that hasn t yet been saved to disk This should be executed prior to 7 Force Hardware Reset if trend logging is enabled 11 Storage memory utilities TESLA 4000 User Manual Enter storage memory utilities sub menu 14 3 14 Maintenance Menu and Error Handling Table 14 2 Menu Commands 12 Enter s
335. ick on the timeline graph to bring back the markers to the desired location Marker positions are saved into the template Readout corresponding to the option chosen is displayed on the right side of the graph Selecting trigger marker T displays the trigger time of the record D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 11 65 11 Graphing Records Primary Secondary Time Alignment 11 66 Selecting Measure gt Primary multiplies the channel data by the primary scal ing factor and redraws the y axis for all graphs Selecting Measure gt Secondary multiplies the channel data by the secondary scaling factor and redraws the y axis of all graphs Use this option to offset or align the trigger time of channels normally from different locations or shift the x axis time This feature offsets the x axis time data by a precise value as desired 1 A trace channel must first exist on the graph Click the graph that you want to show time alignment 2 Select the Measure gt Time Alignment menu option or the Time Alignment button on the tool bar 3 Use the spin control up and down arrows to increase or decrease the off set 4 Double click the value to bring up a dialog box to enter the new offset value and offset scale Offset scale 1s the percent by which the increment is re quired 5 Clear this option by a second click on the Time Alignment button on the tool bar or by selecting the Graph gt Time Alignment menu option a se
336. icon to select Delay Module Assert delays the output for the specified time Deassert locks in the output state for the specified time 0 to 1 200 seconds in half cycle increments Trigger Action Enable Enables or disables the associated trigger A trigger can be disabled without altering the rest of its settings Fault Initiates a fault high speed recording when triggered owing Initiates a swing low speed recording when triggered If both Fault and Swing are enabled the recorder will attempt to cre ate a combined record Logs a message in the Event Log when triggered Contacts the RecordBase Central Station when triggered Can be used to initiate wide area swing recordings and or automated record transfer Notify on page 7 14 Cross Trigger Activates the cross trigger contact 4 to trigger another device Priority opecifies the priority to be assigned to records created by this trigger The priority is used to determine Central Station notification 1 3 3 is the highest priority Notify on page 7 14 Alarm Contact TESLA 4000 User Manual Specifies a rear panel contact to be closed when triggered Contacts are closed momentarily for one second Contact assignment is not exclusive allowing multiple triggers to activate the same contact Available contacts 2 or 3 on a 18 channel model and 2 3 5 6 7 or 8 on a 36 channel model Contacts 1 and 4 are res
337. ied copied re named deleted or loaded into the recorder Click the desired configuration from the Saved Settings list then select the appropriate action button on the right ofthe screen Double clicking on a configuration is equivalent to clicking the Edit button It is recommended that you maintain a copy of each recorder s cur rent configuration as a Saved Setting for a backup It can be loaded into a replacement recorder if the unit ever needs to be serviced Note A configuration file must be compatible with the firmware on the recorder in order to be loaded Compatibility is defined by the Set tings Version a number which identifies the version of configuration file a given version of firmware requires Control Panel will either prevent incompatible configuration files from being loaded or will offer to make the configuration compatible before it loads it To load a configuration file from the Saved Settings list into the Current IED you must be communicating with the recorder Initiate the load by selecting the desired configuration file and clicking the Load to IED button The recorder will immediately load and run the new configuration Complex configurations can take a few minutes to transfer and load depending in part on communica tions rate The recorder will acknowledge the new settings back to Control Panel Note The recorder will automatically go through a reset when loaded with a configuration that changes its
338. ified 2 Select the cooperative recording group members A setup screen associated with the Cooperative Group IED lets you specify which recorders are part of the cooperative group and provides group con trol and status information To access the Cooperative Mode Setup screen a Connect to the Cooperative Group IED by selecting the it from the IED list on the Main Menu tab and pressing Connect b Select the Utilities screens by double clicking on Utilities 1n the Main Menu tree c You are now in the Utilities Cooperative Mode Setup screen as shown in Figure 13 8 TESLA 4000 User Manual 13 9 13 Cooperative Recorder Group Ti TESLA Control Panel Utilities File Help Cooperative Mode Setup Status connected not connected not connected not connected Cooperative Mode Setup Main Menu EN CC UI TESLA Control Panel v2 4 Figure 13 8 Cooperative Mode Setup Screen d Check the Enable Cooperative Mode box Note To exit Coopera tive Mode this box must be unchecked and the chosen recorders in part e must also be unselected User must choose Save to complete disabling Cooperative Mode Select the recorders you want to be part of the cooperative group us ing the pick lists The Master recorder is automatically assigned as Member 1 Note If an expected recorder does not appear in the Member pick list check the recorder s IED Definition for errors
339. igital Status LAN Split Core CTs Inputs Outputs RecordBase RecordBase RecordBase View View View Software Software Software Figure 1 1 TESLA System Overview 1 2 TESLA 4000 Features Installation e 19 rack mount format e Small 3U footprint Analog input isolation modules for ac and dc input signals are DIN rail mounted to minimize rack usage and can be located up to 1220 meters from the main unit for flexible installation Analog input modules interface with standard signals 1 A 5A nominal ac cur rents 69V 120N3 nominal ac voltage dc current or voltage Data Up to 64 external digital input channels Acq uisition e Simultaneous operation in transient fault dynamic swing and long term trend time frames User selectable sample rates for transient fault recording 32 64 96 128 256 and 384 samples per cycle 60 samples second 1 sample cycle dynamic swing recordings Continuous trend logging at sample intervals from 10 seconds to one hour Continuous disturbance recording at rates from 6 samples second to 60 sam ples second Calculated channels summations watts vars power factor positive nega tive and zero sequence components impedance THD frequency and har monics 1 For details see Model Options on page 1 5 1 2 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Triggers Records Cooperative Group Logging Fault Location User Interface D02771R02 50 1 Overview Rates and l
340. iles fora TESLA recorder are created and stored for example with serial number TESLA 4000 091103 07 these template files can not be applied to another recorder with different serial number such as TESLA 4000 091103 08 On the other hand if template files are created for relay products such as L PRO this template can be applied to any relay IED B PRO F PRO L PRO or T PRO Hence templates are IED based serial number based in case of recorders and product based in case of relays Double click or use the Enter key on the currently active record in the Re cordGraph tree list displayed in bold to apply the template or pick any desired template from the template list box Templates can be renamed duplicated or deleted using template manager from within the RecordGraph There is no limitation on the number of template files used as long as the hard disk space is available 1 Modify the existing template layout information and save the modified tem plate into a new file 2 Create new views and graphs by deleting the views from the existing layout and saving new ones into a new the template file If the template file is created from multiple records all the records should be pre loaded into RecordGraph to successfully apply the layout information Layout information is applied one at a time If the template involves more than one record apply template double click on each record to fill respective channels The name of the
341. ine Z Impedance j E re cd click OK to create a new view Cancel Figure 11 64 View gt Add gt Impedance The Add View dialog box lists the Impedance View only if the se lected record is from L PRO or TESLA or COMTRADE records de pending on the record type When the Impedance View option is selected the Impedance screen is dis played The components and controls associated with this screen are described below 2 Basic channel names and derived impedance type Uf RecordGraph j H le x File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help ve ES pali ti fj HIN aig ees aj aalala lt Default gt x Rol Fe Blid Mm raj oki XV 212 Al R20364 2000 11 08 04 25 57 31 1 View Title 20384 2000 11 08_04 25 57 313 Ipr Sia REN Li Ota D Zab Phase Phase High Speed m JA Line Current A D12C Zab Phase Phase High Speed V Line Voltage D12C m VB Line Voltage B D12C Zbc Phase Phase High Speed m 1B Line Current B D12C Zbc Phase Phase High Speed m VC Line Voltage C D12C Zca Phase Phase High Speed m C Line Current C D12C Zca Phase Phase High Speed High Speed Channels HE Analog Line Voltage B D12C y Line Voltage C D12C y Line CurrentA D12C y Line Current B D12C 50 y Line Current C D12C y Current 24 UNUSED y Current 2 B UNUSED y Current 2 C UNUSED y Current 34 UNUSED 25 y Current 3B UNUSED y Current 3 C UNUSED y Curent 44 UNUSED Current 4 B UN
342. ing channels for the recorder s analog input signals The recorder s physical analog input channels The rms amplitude of the fundamental is calculated using a DFT function The resultant phasors are used for rate and level triggers metering low speed re cording trending and sag swell detection The single harmonic and THD de tectors are calculated directly from the input samples High amp low magnitude Negative and positive rate of change e Single harmonic magnitude THD magnitude e Sag and swell To prevent multiple triggers on threshold conditions an hysteresis of 296 of setting is applied to magnitude triggers High Speed records the samples generated from the A D converters at the se lected sample rate Low Speed records the calculated phasors at a rate of one phasor per cycle Up to 36 Analog Input Channels can be defined one for each physical input Specific Va Vb Vc Ia Ib Ic In use where appropriate Generic Vac Iac dc Note the dc type indicates that a DC Input Isolation Module is used on this channel This module can in fact be used with either ac or dc signals The Analog Input Channel also produces THD and Single Harmonic readings that are available to the metering display SCADA and the long term trending function 1 For details see Model Options on page 1 5 TESLA 4000 User Manual 8 17 8 Configuring the Recorder Settings 8 18 TESLA Analog Input Element Type Descrip
343. ing up the context menu and select Add Digital Graph to add an digital graph to the Timeline View 1 Click the desired channel to be displayed on the graph OR 2 Drag a channel and drop it onto the desired graph 3 Depending on the view type following action takes place Ina Timeline View the existing channel is replaced and only one channel is allowed per graph n an Overlay View up to 32 traces can be placed per graph In a Trend View the existing channel is replaced and only one channel is allowed per graph External or digital channel should be placed on a digital graph to stack the traces A maximum of 32 traces can be specified per graph When the cursor is moved over the channel name following information is dis played in the tool tip window Device name of the device example TESLA Record name of the record Channel name of the channel Max channel maximum value along with the unit Min channel minimum value along with the unit X Offset whether the x axis has offset time alignment samples number of samples Sample rate samples second Time Sync time source type and synchronization status TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Zoom Using the Mouse D02771R02 50 11 Graphing Records Dom Gam MATE SOM REM HA Lu Hah Speed D harreki Analog D P ME tie uu Jajaj xij ar y Line Volga A n Ling Cameri H Less Lanend C
344. ingle phase or three phase values Analog Input Channels Summation Channels or Sequence Component chan nel can be used as inputs to a Watts Vars Channel Using a Sequence Compo nent as an input results in three phase Watts and Vars Voltage and current are multiplied to calculate apparent power real power and reactive power Watts high and low level 2 Watts positive and negative rate of change 2 Vars high and low level Vars positive and negative rate of change Dual triggers for Watts allows fault and swing recordings to be triggered by different settings e g Rate of Change Interval 1f desired To prevent multiple triggers on threshold conditions an hysteresis of 2 of setting 1s applied to magnitude triggers High Speed Watt and Var values at a rate of eight values per cycle regardless of the system sample rate Low Speed Watt and Var values at a rate of one value per cycle 18 Watts Vars Channels are available W V The primary to secondary scale factor used by the Watts Vars Channel is based on those of its voltage and current input channels Watts Vars and Volt Amp magnitudes are also available to the metering dis play SCADA and the long term trending function TESLA 4000 User Manual 8 35 8 Configuring the Recorder Settings TESLA Watts vars Function configuration Element Description Watts ars Index Scale Element soa fio 1e 006 MVAJ V Rate of Change Intervals Cycles
345. ings control the modes and baud rates of the record er s communication ports and defines the SCADA communication mode Communication Service Port D02771R02 50 Direct Serial Port 450 Baud Rate EESTI v Port 405 Direct Serial Baud Rate 38400 od External Modem Modem Initialization String Internal Modem Baud Rate Modem Initialization String Safe Shutdown Main Menu Utilities Contig Edit TESLA Control Panel v0 37 Current IED Wpg47 p 1 Mode Network TCP z Port 4712 Number of PDC Clients 2 v IP Address of Data Concentrator 1 192 168 100 149 IP Address of Data Concentrator 2 192 168 100 104 o tnit Wdenification Communication Recording Time JA Analog Input Calibration A Notiy Close Connected Figure 7 3 Recorder Setup Utilities Communication Ports TESLA 4000 User Manual 7 3 7 Recorder Setup Utilities 7 4 Table 7 2 Communication Settings Service Port The Service Port is Port 450 on the front of the recorder It can be used for connection with TESLA Control Panel or a terminal program to access the Maintenance Menu Baud Rate Sets the baud rate of the port The default baud rate is 115 200 N81 baud Note The baud rate must match that of the port of the compu ter connected to this port For best results use the maximum baud rate that your communication link and equipment can sustain
346. ion DNP Time Middle 16 bits none 65 535 0 0 NA 1 0 395 Fault Information DNP Time Low 16 bits none 65 535 0 0 NA 1 0 396 Fault Information Distance none Configurable 0 0 Configurable 0 1 397 Fault Information Type none 15 0 0 NA 1 0 Fault Locator3 398 Fault Information DNP Time High 16 bits none 65 535 0 0 NA 1 0 See note 4 above on how to access Fault Infor mation 399 Fault Information DNP Time Middle 16 bits none 65 535 0 0 NA 1 0 400 Fault Information DNP Time Low 16 bits none 65 535 0 0 NA 1 0 401 Fault Information Distance none Configurable 0 0 Configurable 0 1 402 Fault Information Type none 15 0 0 NA 1 0 Fault Locator 4 403 Fault Information DNP Time High 16 bits none 65 535 0 0 NA 1 0 See note 4 above on how to access Fault Infor mation 404 Fault Information DNP Time Middle 16 bits none 65 535 0 0 NA 1 0 405 Fault Information DNP Time Low 16 bits Appendix E 34 none 65 535 0 0 TESLA 4000 User Manual NA 1 0 D02771R02 50 Point Index A Q 6 Fault Information Distance Default Class Assigned to Events 1 2 3 or none none Minimu
347. ion DNP3 LAN procedure function code 24 support DNP3 Write Time not recommended over LAN Other explain Not Supported Appendix E 6 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 1 4 Link Layer Capabilities Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile Current Value If configurable list methods 1 4 4 Data Link Address Fixed at 1 TESLA Control x Configurable range 1 to 65519 Panel Configurable selectable from Configurable other describe 1 4 2 DNP3 Source Address x Never Validation Always one address allowed shown in 1 4 3 Always any one of multiple addresses allowed each selectable as shown in 1 4 3 Sometimes explain 1 4 8 DNP3 Source Configurable to any 16 bit DNP Data Link NA Address es expected Address value when Validation is Configurable range to Enabled Configurable selectable from Configurable other describe 1 4 4 Self Address Support Yes only allowed if configurable NA using address OxFFFC No 1 4 5 Sends Confirmed User Always TESLA Control Data Frames Sometimes explain Panel Never to disable set Configurable either always or never Data Link Time out to 0 1 4 6 Data Link Layer None 2 000 Confirmation Timeout Fixed at ms Configurable range O to 2 000 ms Configurable selectable from ms Configurable other describe Variable explain 1 4 7 Maximum Data Link Never Retries 3 Retries I Fixed at 3 Configurable range to Configurable selecta
348. ion on the metering screen and has no impact on recording or communications TESLA 4000 User Manual 6 1 6 Metering Display Primary Secondary Display Zoom Freeze 6 2 Metered values can be shown as either system primary or secondary quantities The magnification of metering screens can be adjusted using the Zoom Level control This allows the display to be enlarged for easy viewing while com missioning or testing The Freeze button provides a way to temporarily stop the update of the display It can be used to ensure a synchronized set of readings for documentation pur poses The metering display can be exported to another program using Win dows built in Alt PrintScreen key and standard paste functions Phase angle readings displayed in meter groups are based on the configured Phase Angle Reference Channel see Phase Angle Ref erence Channel on page 8 12 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 7 Recorder Setup Utilities D02771R02 50 The TESLA recorder has global setup parameters that establish its identity and define its operation Setup parameters define Unit identification Communication port parameters Record length and mode settings Time display and settings Analog input calibration Central Station trigger and record notification Passwords r Unit Identification r Identification Model 3000 Serial Number TESLA 3000 353535 35 Unit ID ES Tesla 3000 JED Firmware Version
349. ipti t Events Minimum Maximum default range Offset sl u s Description o 1 2 3 or none maximal a 429 Fault Information none 0 65 535 1 0 0 0 NA 1 0 DNP Time Middle 16 bits 430 Fault Information none 0 65 535 1 0 0 0 NA 1 0 DNP Time Low 16 bits 431 Fault Information none 0 Configurable 0 1 0 0 Configurable 0 1 Distance 432 Fault Information none 0 15 1 0 0 0 NA 1 0 Type F1ult Locator 10 433 Fault Information none 0 65 535 1 0 0 0 NA 1 0 See note 4 above on DNP Time High how to access Fault Infor 16 bits mation 434 Fault Information none 0 65 535 1 0 0 0 NA 1 0 DNP Time Middle 16 bits 435 Fault Information none 0 65 535 1 0 0 0 NA 1 0 DNP Time Low 16 bits 436 Fault Information none 0 Configurable 0 1 0 0 Configurable 0 1 Distance 437 Fault Information none 0 15 1 0 0 0 NA 1 0 Type Appendix E 36 a The minimum and maximum transmitted values are the lowest and highest values that the out station will report in DNP analog input objects These values are integers if the outstation trans mits only integers If the outstation is capable of transmitting both integers and floating point then integer and floating point values are required for the minimums and maximums For example a pressure sensor is able to measure 0 to 500 kPa The outstation provides a linear conversion of the sensor s output signal to integers in the range o
350. it 4 Vc Unit d la Unit 4 la Unit 4 Ib Unit 4 Ib Unit 4 Ic Unit 4 Ic Misc In TR18CD Y Misc Vac Bus 4G Vbc Misc Vac Bus 4F Vbc Misc Vac Bus 4E Vbc Misc Vac Bus 4J Vbc Unit 4 Vac Unit 4 Vn Analog Input36 External ce eee OOO SSS OO LOL OOS SSOP SPCC LS OSS SS Set Precision hd m Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 Ve Unit 4 vc Seconds i Aj Overlay ShowjHide trigger marker based on the active graph and active curve SJE zida x elelee zj saj s nj HIN sla Ln E recordemo1 tlr 1999 06 25 18 24 31 484 Digital in Ek 86U2 Ext Input Tripped 20 0K4 15 0K4 10 0K 5 0K 0 0 5 0K4 10 0K4 15 0K 20 0K 0 075 0 050 0 025 odbo al Figure 11 46 Show Trigger Marker a 0 025 E z 0 050 0 075 0 100 0125 Scale Primary AA Show or hide trigger marker on the active graph and active curve D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 11 27 11 Graphing Records Options gt Lock Markers UM RecordGraph z k File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help cz gl S a recordemol tlr E High Speed Channels El Analog TRACD X In pefaut Calculate Derived channels Now Show Grid Show X AxisTicks Show Legends TRACD XVac Vat Show Trigger Marker v Lock Markers rae 4 m A TRACD XIe
351. ities File Help Notify Communications Strategy Connect Using Reiry Attempis Maximum Attempts E IP Address LAN Delay Between Attempts 30 seconds Do Not Connect Notify on creation of new Recording if Priority is at least 3 Max Priority Do Not Notify Safe Shutdown lose Main Menu Lilities TESLA Control Panel v2 0 Current JED TESLAAOOIP TS Connected z Figure 7 8 Notify Communication Strategy TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 7 Recorder Setup Utilities Table 7 5 Notify Settings Connect Using The TESLA recorder can be set to notify a RecordBase Central Station via modem or LAN or to not notify at all These 3 options are mutually exclusive Note that the availability of these controls is dependent on the hardware options and configuration of the recorder Modem If Modem is selected enter the telephone number of the RecordBase call in modem All standard modem dialing characters are supported e g a comma is used to specify a pause in the dialing sequence LAN If LAN is selected enter the IP address of the computer running RecordBase Central Station Do Not Connect If Do Not Connect is selected the TESLA recorder will not notify RecordBase Central Station of new records or cross triggers This is a global setting and can be used to temporarily disable notification Retry Attempts These rules are applied when the TE
352. ity 15 6 PMU Metering 15 18 PMU metering does not require any special configuration settings Once the PMU phasors are defined as explained in the previous section the PMU me tering automatically displays the metering screen through a separate PMU tab Phasor magnitude and respective phase angles are displayed in primary or sec ondary units All the user interface and update features available for the normal metering are also available for the PMU metering In addition to the phasor channels configured in the PMU configuration a frequency channel will also be displayed if one is already configured A typical PMU metering screen is as shown below Wi TESLA Control Panel Metering les e js File Help TESLAIP66 Va Va1 0 002 kV 0 00 TESLAIP66 Vb Vb2 0 002 kV 000 TESLAIP66 Vc Vc3 0 003 kV 0 00 TESLAIP66 la la4 0 000 kA 0 00 TESLAIP66 Ib IbS 0 000 kA 0 00 TESLAIP66 Ic Ic6 0 000 kA 0 00 TESLAIP66 VaSum 0 005 kV 0 00 TESLAIP66 laSum 0 001 kA 0 00 F Frequency 1 0 000 Hz laj 4 PMU Phasors PMU Analogs A PMU Digitals aac Show As Primary z Zoom Level 100 Freeze Close Main Menu TESLA Control Panel v2 0 Current IED TESLAIP66 Connected Figure 15 12 Typical PMU metering screen Note that the PMU metering is a default metering view and is considered the 10th user defined metering group This means if the setting file already has 10 user defined Metering grou
353. ity 7 data bits 1 stop bit 0 1 2 3 4 Rear Panel RS 232 DCE female DB9 Used for User interface access through a direct serial connection User interface access through an external modem The optional ERLPhase Modem Adapter converts this port to a Data Terminal Equipment DTE to simplify connection to an external modem Default Setting 38 400 baud N81 no parity 8 data bits 1 stop bit Rear Panel LC type optical receptacle SFP small form factor pluggable 1000BASE FX Ethernet Interface Same subnet as rear panel port 402 SFPs should only be installed or removed when the unit is powered off Rear Panel LC type optical receptacle SFP small form factor pluggable 1000BASE FX Ethernet Interface Same subnet as front panel port 401 and rear panel ports 401A 401B Mutually exclusive operation with factory installed RJ 45 port 411B which becomes inactive when port 411A SFP is inserted Redundancy protocols supported through Port 401A 401B 411A 411B provisions SFPs should only be installed or removed when the unit is powered off RJ 45 receptacle permanent factory installed 100BASE T Ethernet Inter face Same subnet as front panel port 401 and rear panel ports 401A 401B Mutually exclusive operation with optional port 411A SFP optical Ethernet Interface Port 411B will become disabled when port 411A SFP is inserted Redundancy protocols supported through Port 401A 401B 411A 411B provi sions
354. ive way to organize the many channels available on the recorder is to group them by the power system element they are monitoring With the Con figuration Editor you can identify each monitored element and use its name to group and identify the analog digital and calculated channels associated with it For example if you have a transmission line named 1 you can define an ele ment and name it Line 1 The channels associated with that element might then be Line 1 Va Line 1 Vb Line 1 Vc Line 1 Ia Line 1 Ib Line 1 Ic External digital inputs can also be reasonably associated with the Line 1 Line 1 EI BRKRI1 a Line 1EI 21N_ Trip Calculated channels fit the model as well Line 1 W V watts and vars Line 1 Iseq current channel sequence components Channel Types and Naming Channel names consist of three parts the Element Name the Channel Type and an optional Descripton field These fields are combined to produce the full channel name in the format Element Type Description e g Line 21 ELBRKRI a This is the name that will appear beside a channel when it is displayed in a graph or a log For example the recorder s Event Log might contain this entry for a change in state of a external input 2005 Jan 12 20 44 33 672 Line 1 EIL BRKK I a open TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 8 Configuring the Recorder Details on the channel name components are given in the following table
355. l 42305 0 0 to 1 0 Power Factor Function 2 Level 42306 0 0 to 1 0 Power Factor Function 3 Level 42307 0 0 to 1 0 Power Factor Function 4 Level 42308 0 0 to 1 0 Power Factor Function 5 Level 42309 0 0 to 1 0 Power Factor Function 6 Level 42310 0 0 to 1 0 Power Factor Function 7 Level 42311 0 0 to 1 0 Power Factor Function 8 Level 42312 0 0 to 1 0 Power Factor Function 9 Level 42313 0 0 to 1 0 Power Factor Function 10 Level 42314 0 0 to 1 0 Power Factor Function 11 Level 42315 0 0 to 1 0 Power Factor Function 12 Level 42316 0 0 to 1 0 Power Factor Function 13 Level 42317 0 0 to 1 0 Power Factor Function 14 Level 42318 0 0 to 1 0 Power Factor Function 15 Level 42319 0 0 to 1 0 Power Factor Function 16 Level 42320 0 0 to 1 0 Power Factor Function 17 Level 42321 0 0 to 1 0 Power Factor Function 18 Level 42322 0 0 to 1 0 High low speed recording space used 42561 0 0 to 100 0 Trend Recording Days Accumul ated 42817 0 to 90 Read Input Register Function Code 04 No input registers supported Response from IED indicates ILLEGAL FUNCTION Force Single Coil Function Code 05 Only the hold readings coil can be forced When active this coil locks all coil input and holding register readings simul taneously at th
356. l Prints all the channels of the view for the entire data extent based on the current zoom level Figure 11 48 Extend Print Range it Entire data is printed in multiple pages at the current zoom level WAT 0 050 0 040 J 0 030 0 020 oo 0 000 0010 0020 00363s w la 0 0092 s A 0 0271 s Scale Primary Print all the channels of the view for the entire data range in the current zoom level 11 28 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 11 Graphing Records Options Set Phase Colors cO 79 inii File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help BISIS pars ne TF ap Ee x elelee a xti s Af N slej Le Show Grid G c peasant i Show X AxisTicks T recordemo1 tir 1999 06 25 18 24 31 484 Digital in E 86U2 Ext Input Tripped ign Spee iannels E Analog Show Legends L 2006 xsara 3 u TRACD X ac Vat Show Trigger Marker z O 2 6927KV y TRACD X In Lock Markers K A B57751KV gating Set Phase Colors u TR4AB XVac Vab u TR4AB XIn A TRAAB X lc u TRAABX Ib y TRAABXJA oun RR mr sj ur 2 JIM Red M l l Red E 4 Lara Extend Print Range Ek Ay TRACDX a Set Phase Colors i A TRACD Y VaeVat A TRACD Y In Set Precision gt i y TRACD Y Ic 10 0K Set Phase Colors Df y Misc In TRI7AB Y In TPAAB Y Vac Vab N TRAABYIn VB E Blue IB fj Blue z Ay TR4AB Y lc y TR4AB Y Ib TR4
357. l H n Line Cone 100 ay dasi A Lee Vote n 100 I t eni ze Lavessnosy Dece PRO 2100 e 13 06 en 2C NOX O 0 Recd R2 7 733 XML 00 03 54 403 x n kee ee eee fs 18 PIE Q Aree iio Eoo Bla ju ne law s Jgs aa WEG sem Figure 11 60 Timeline View Timeline View is designed to stack channels and has single time line axis common for all the graphs Each analog graph in this view can hold only one trace Each digital graph in this view can hold 32 traces 8 traces are preferred Selecting a channel from the LHS tree view while the same graph is active replaces the existing channel with the currently selected one A maximum of 32 graphs analog and digital can be added per view e You can mix and match channels from different records and or IEDs Time line view displays read out 1f markers are on on the RHS and chan nel information on its LHS Read out corresponds to the currently selected channel type and the scale primary secondary which is displayed on the status bar D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 11 39 11 Graphing Records Overlay View 11 40 Channel Information Record Information Pire n J j n i roy gf 1 n IH Figure 11 61 Overlay View Overlay View is designed to overlay channels and has single time line common axis for all the graphs Each analog graph in a overlay view can hold 3
358. late If no match is found a lt Default gt template is loaded You can define any number of templates based on a single recorder or multiple recorders Hard coded static default templates are created whenever you open the Re cordGraph application These are not stored in the file but are dynamically created and displayed as lt Default gt in the list box You can override this lt Default gt template by saving any other template as a de fault template The user defined default template path is stored in the registry key based on the product and the type of recording applicable for all products For example e TESLA HS high speed e TESLA LS low speed e TESLA Trend slow recordings TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Managing Template Files Create New Template File D02771R02 50 11 Graphing Records Whenever a new record file is loaded into the RecordGraph it automatically loads the relevant template file names in a list box attached to the main tool bar The template files are filled or updated based on certain rules Templates are stored based on product type e Ifa user defined default template is available it is loaded as the first item in the list box otherwise a static lt Default gt template is listed as the first item Template files are matched based on IED serial number in the case of TESLA recorders and are common in case of relay products B PRO F PRO L PRO T PRO If template f
359. lated channels are added to the original record only once but are available any time to view with the RecordGraph applica tion Calculated channels differ widely depending on the product They are classified under high and low speed categories High Speed Calculated channels Summation Positive sequence Negative sequence e Zero sequence Watts single and three phase Low Speed Calculated channels Summation Positive sequence Watts single or three phase Vars single or three phase mpedance External Type and number of channels available for the view depends on the configura tion information Choose Options Calculate Derived Channels Now to add the calculated chan nels If this option is disabled then the calculated channels are already avail able TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 11 Graphing Records File View Graph Measure Scale Options TESLA Ad High Speed Channels Po Be Analog a External m Negative Sequence pe Positive Sequence pe summation ASIE Walls io pe zer Sequence Lew Speed Channels re Analog Frequency pe Impedance p Positive Sequence i Summation Calculated Channels Figure 11 98 Calculated Channels 11 9 Exporting Views Export active visible views to windows standard clipboard or to an enhanced metafile Following options are available e Copy To ClipBoard e Save As MetaFile 18 x File View Graph Measure Scale
360. lation The software you are installing for this hardware ERLPhase 4000 Series Device has not passed Windows Logo testing to verify its compatibility with Windows XP or Windows can t verify the publisher Hit Continue Anyway In the window Completing the Found New Hardware Wizard The wizard has finished installing the software for ERLPhase 4000 Series Device Hit Finish To verify the installation was successful and to which comm port is the ERL Phase 4000 Series Device configured do the following In Windows XP go to Start gt Control Panel gt Performance and Maintenance gt Sys tem gt Hardware gt Device Manager gt Ports or if using Control Panel s Classic View Start gt Control Panel gt System gt Hardware gt Device Manager gt Ports In Windows 7 small icons view go to Start Control Panel gt Device Manager gt Ports Look for the port number associated to this device ERL Phase 4000 Series De vice Look for a COM where can be 1 2 3 etc Leave the default settings for this port It is recommended to restart the PC after the USB driver installation The default baud rate for the recorder USB Port 450 1s 115200 however to double check it login to the recorder display and go to Main Menu System Recorder Comm Setup To establish a USB link between the recorder and your computer connect your computer s USB port and Port 450 on the recorder s front panel Use a standard
361. ldentification fields are not written to the Excel CSV format output file Header Text There is no header text written to the Excel CSV format output file Version There are no version options for the Excel CSV output Format ASCII is the only format options for the Excel CSV output D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 12 7 12 Record Export Utility Table 12 3 CSV Export Settings Channel Selection You must select the channels from the record that you want to include in the output file For convenience the digital data recorded is classified into High Speed Analog and external digital input channels sam pled at the high speed transient data rate High Speed 480 sec Analog and internal logic channels produced 8 times per cycle Low Speed 60 sec Analog input channels sampled at the low speed swing data rate Select the desired channel from the list with a left click Multiple channels can be selected using standard Windows selection actions click Ctrl or Shift keys Place selected channels in the Exported Channels list box Place all channels into the Exported Channels list box Delete a channel from the Exported Channel list box Delete all channels from the Exported Channel list box Offset negative start times When checked this option shifts the negative time to start from to begin at zero zero 12 8 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 12 Record Export Uti
362. lder C Program FilesiNxtPhasetdata TESLA Demo Unity Browse Save IED definition Cancel Figure 15 4 Enabling PMU Module configuration support through Edit IED dialogue To allow PMU configuration you must check the PMU Module in the Edit IED dialog box enabling the TESLA Control Panel configurator If the PMU Mod ule option is unchecked the configurator will not allow PMU configuration After you check the PMU Module select OK to accept the changes then select the Configuration option to open the configuration view Select an existing configuration file by double clicking on the file and the following screen ap pears D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 15 PMU Functionality lp TESLA Control Panel Config Edit File Edit Config View Help Element Tree TESLA Device Configuration O SCADA Communication O DNP Configuration Unit ID TESLA Demo Unit O SCADA Summary Model TESLA OO Channels O Meter Groups Settings File TESLA 4000 Demo Settings Version 402 Last Modified 11 Oct 28 10 15 49 Serial Number TESLA 2000 990301 11 Configuration TESLA 4000 36 Channels Comments max 80 characters None System Frequency 60 Hz Sample Rate fgg Samples Cycle Show Channel Tree Hide Tree Close Main Menu Config E dit TESLA Control Panel v0 36 Current IED TESLA Demo Unit Not Connected Figure 15 5 Setting version conversion view Right click on the Channel Groupl to display the choice t
363. le 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Summation 29 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Summation 30 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Summation 30 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Sequence Function 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 Positive Sequence Function 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 Negative Sequence Function 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 Zero Sequence Function 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 2 Positive Sequence Function 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 2 Negative Sequence Function 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 2 Zero Sequence Function 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 3 Positive Sequence Function 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 3 Negative Sequence Function 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 3 Zero Sequence Function 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 4 Positive Sequence Function 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 4 Negative Sequence Function 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 4 Zero Sequence Fu
364. lement or Insert Element from the shortcut menu Add Element creates the new element at the end of the present Ele ment list nsert Element creates the new element above your current selec tion 2 Type the element name and Enter The typed text replaces the New Element text TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 8 Configuring the Recorder Step 1 Right click and Step 2 Name element select Add Element and select Enter aca Figure 8 10 Add an Element Deleting an To remove an element from the tree select it and press the lt Del gt key or right P y or rig Element click and select Delete Element from the shortcut menu Adding a Channels can be created in either the Element Tree view or the Channel Tree Channel View Element and Channel Tree Views on page 8 10 To create a new channel in the Element Tree view 1 Select the desired element in the tree 2 Right click and select the desired channel type If appropriate choose the type that matches the input you are monitoring e g Va For an ac signal that has no specific phase designation you can select New AC Voltage or New AC Current If you chose New la Ib Ic or New Va Vb Vc three en tries are created and the configuration screen for the first is displayed The new channel s will be inserted automatically in the list To create a new channel in the Channel Tree view 1 Select the desired element in the tree 2 Expand the branches in
365. librate DSP clock Exit x port 450 access only Please enter a command 1 16 Connected 0 00 29 Auto detect TCP IP Figure 4 15 Establish a TUI Session with the recorder 2 Select the first option by entering the number 1 followed by Enter The following screen appears 8 HyperERL HyperTerminal I m File Edit View Call Transfer Help Please enter a command 1 16 1 Current network configuration Port 401 MAC address Port 401 IP addres Port 401 subnet mask Port 402 MAC address Port 402 IP addres Port 402 subnet mask Default Gateway IEC 61858 port Packet forwarding 0021A5018AAD 192 168 100 66 299 299 299 0 002105010RRC 192 168 0 2 299 299 299 0 192 168 1 100 402 Disabled Do you want to change the IP address for port 401 N y _ s Lilt Connected 0 02 12 T100 115200 8 N 1 SCRO CAPS NUM j Capture Print echo Figure 4 16 Unit s IP Address Note that unit s IP address can be used on the IEC61850 client side for unique unit identification instead of a physical device PD Name The publisher con TESLA 4000 User Manual 4 25 4 Communicating with the Recorder figuration is fixed and defined in the ICD file and available for reading to any IEC61850 client Subscriber functionality is also fixed and supported for the Virtual Inputs only 4 26 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 o Working with TESLA Control Panel 5 1 Recorder Workspace
366. lists all the templates cur rently available Rename Renames the currently selected template Duplicate Copies the contents of the selected template into another file Delete Deletes currently selected template Save As Saves the selected template file from the template files list to the desired loca tion TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Template Tool Tip Template Single IED D02771R02 50 Import 11 Graphing Records Imports a file from any location to the current template location and registers the template as a high low speed or trend default template 1f one of the option is chosen Browse sets the new template location This folder stores all the template files avail able for the analysis based on the recorder refer Templates section under Graphing Records for detailed explanations Close Saves the current information of the template manager refresh the template list box and exit the session Template Tool Tip f RecordGraph k zlal xl File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help HE ES ETI nm i T alel ZELJE X 2 ely empire List ox toS E TESLA Def oe ae EI 1 TESLA 2000 98110 G3 recorddemo2 E 2000 05 31 16 31 25 386 Line 1 e C Ph Current High Mag El High Speed Channels i zi H Analog Line 1 la A Ph Current X D483KA ze External i 9 0757KA Negative Sequence 2000 Mav 31 16 31 25 366667 A 1240K Positiv
367. lity 12 4 IEEE C37 232 TSD File Naming The TESLA Control Panel software utility v2 5 or better supports the use of the C37 232 2011 IEEE Standard for Common Format for Naming Time Se quence Data Files COMNAME Feature set up is accessed by selecting Tools gt Options in the Records Tab main menu allowing the user to activate the C37 232 conversion capability at a workstation level A company Name D02771R02 50 entry is required and __ TESLA Control Panel Records Record Fler Get Remote Summaries Latest 25 Records IF Get Remote Everts Miop r 2014 04 29 10 17 39 00657 b 140428 101697376 TAIPT Te E 140428 100817940 TP i tos JE fe 1404286 10053901 TPT on E 140428 100400842 RTP Tee E f 140428 1000 24570 5 T 4PTl es E Rios Onikb Ez TMP Tics 2014 04 28 08 28 20140417 Ez 140429 101739006 5 T4PTICLERLPII use as a portion of the filename construction seri Ez 140428 100122002 mr Pi tc E vive Sequence Recor dime Opthos iv USE GEE C37 232 201 1 Long l lenames To compi wih the IEEE C37 232 2011 Standard Sor COMMAME you must enter your company name bekow Th becomes Of the filename The folowing characters art eot alowed T lt gt 9 4 Company Mare ZU Bumegle Filename 1140127 191002050 0 STATION B TESLA 4000 PRL Phase F nut lx o ces rove tna Tape Swing Trigger om o oi NED 42 Figure 12 5 Time Seguence Data TSD Record Settings Feature activation allows
368. lity If not launch RecordGraph via TESLA Control Panel RecordBase View or Win dows Explorer 2 Choose File gt Import 3 Browse to select desired file 4 Double click on the COMTRADE record to apply Default template or se lect it from the templates list box Import file AA AA AA AS ARAL RA AA A Import COMTRADE Me Stale Prema Wo IB BO av Be e Ad Bs Erns gy Ke Baro gs N nec lonec A testes Figure 11 108 Import COMTRADE File 11 78 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 Choose COMTRADE File 11 Graphing Records Uf RecordGraph High Speed Channels Low Speed Channels m Line 41 Va A Ph Voltage m Line 1 b B Ph Voltage m Line 1 Vc C Ph Voltage m Line 1 la 4 Ph Current m Line 1 Ib B Ph Current m Line 1 Ic C Ph Current m External Input 1 m External Input 10 m External Input 11 Seconds recorddemo2 2000 05 31 16 31 25 366 Line 1 lc C Ph Current High Mag X 17219KV O 2040Kv in H A 19 259KV X 0 056KA O 1 454KA n YA i MM iA ANY HLL i A MALA 0125 X 01 o 04 IR A402 HEBR Figure 11 110 P Gom sexo CPO 00 0600 16 14 39 594000 TESLA 4000 User Manual Apply Default Template ain IL omo OMe ONO 04100 ous 6445 0414 04200 of 04240 Lade 11 79 11 Graphing
369. lo cation event the system accepts another fault location event and performs the same filtering The following bitmap id used for the fault information Type points 0x0001 Phase A 0x0002 Phase B 0x0004 Phase C 0x0008 Ground Transmitted Value Scaling x E PA Multiplier noun ini d default ipti Events Minimum Maximum default range Offset id u s Description o 1 2 3 or none maximal o 0 Analog Input 1 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude 1 Analog Input 1 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle 2 Analog Input 1 2 0 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 THD 3 Analog Input 1 SHL 2 0 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 4 Analog Input 1DC 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix E 21 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile Scaling Transmitted Value Magnitude Appendix E 22 TESLA 4000 User Manual x E d Multiplier oa oh d default ipti t Events Minimum Maximum default range Offset eu E Description S 1 2 3 or none maximal 5 Analog Input 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Analo
370. ls Input 1 Input 2 Identifies the channels to be used in the summation The available list Input 3 includes all previously defined analog channels and any summation channel with a lower summation index number The list grows auto matically as you define new channels D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 8 27 8 Configuring the Recorder 8 28 Table 8 7 Summation Channel Settings Scale Factor Specifies a multiplier for each of the inputs The scale factor is applied in the secondary domain Angle Offset Specifies a phase angle shift to be applied to each of the inputs Note that when an offset is specified a high speed summation record ing which uses sample by sample addition rather than phasor addi tion is not generated All other functions including low speed recording are available and will reflect the offset Trigger Settings Rate of Change Interval Specifies the period of time over which both positive and negative rate of change is measured 0 5 to 8 0 cycles Limit Specifies the trigger levels for the magnitude triggers and the magni tude portion of the rate for the rate of change triggers The period por tion of the rate is specified by the Rate of Change Interval Delay Specifies how long the trigger condition must be present before a trig ger is declared 0 to 1 200 seconds in half cycle increments Trigger Actions Enable Enables or disables the asso
371. ls Description Input Calculation Triggers Recording Number of Channels Types Notes D02771R02 50 Sequence Component Channels calculates positive negative and zero se quence components in one step The positive sequence component may also be used as an input to a watts vars or impedance function Analog Input Channels or Summation Channels can be used as inputs to a Se quence Component Channel The sequence component algorithm is applied to produce positive negative and zero sequence components Positive sequence high and low magnitude Positive sequence negative and positive rate of change Negative sequence high magnitude Zero sequence high magnitude To prevent multiple triggers on threshold conditions an hysteresis of 2 of setting 1s applied to magnitude triggers High Speed Positive negative and zero sequence values at a rate of eight val ues per cycle regardless of the system sample rate Low Speed Positive negative and zero sequence values at a rate of one value per cycle 12 Sequence Component Channels are available Vseq Iseq The primary to secondary scale factor used by the Sequence Component Chan nel is the same as that of the selected Phase A channel TESLA 4000 User Manual 8 29 8 Configuring the Recorder Settings 8 30 TESLA Sequence Function Contiguration Element Type Description Sequence Index Units Element vses kd ist vs2 2 7 M Select Inpu
372. m Transmitted Value Maximum Configurable Scaling Multiplier default range Offset 0 0 Configurable Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile Resolution default maximal 0 1 Description 407 Fault Information Type none 15 0 0 NA 1 0 Fault Locator 5 408 Fault Information DNP Time High 16 bits none 65 535 0 0 NA 1 0 See note 4 above on how to access Fault Infor mation 409 Fault Information DNP Time Middle 16 bits none 65 535 0 0 NA 1 0 410 Fault Information DNP Time Low 16 bits none 65 535 0 0 NA 1 0 411 Fault Information Distance none Configurable 0 0 Configurable 0 1 412 Fault Information Type none 15 0 0 NA 1 0 Fault Locator 6 413 Fault Information DNP Time High 16 bits none 65 535 0 0 NA 1 0 See note 4 above on how to access Fault Infor mation 414 Fault Information DNP Time Middle 16 bits none 65 535 0 0 NA 1 0 415 Fault Information DNP Time Low 16 bits none 65 535 0 0 NA 1 0 416 Fault Information Distance none Configurable 0 0 Configurable 0 1 417 Fault Information Type none 15 0 0 NA 1 0 Fault Locator 7 418 Fault Information DNP Time
373. m element model simplifies complex configurations ntegrated record and configuration management tools Offline mode allows records to be viewed and configurations created without connecting to the recorder Record display shows record summaries with trigger event lists so that a pre liminary evaluation can be made before the record is transferred Real time metering display shows all input and calculated quantities in user customizable layouts TESLA 4000 User Manual 1 3 1 Overview Analysis Tools Output Contacts Communication Time Coordination Reliability 1 4 Recorder configuration and relevant event information is embedded in each record Record graphics provide a flexible multi page interactive display and meas urement of all channels including calculated ones e COMTRADE record export facility Up to 6 user configurable output contacts can be activated by triggers Cross trigger contact can activate other devices Failure Service Required contact Front USB 2 0 interface user interface Front or rear copper or optical Ethernet network link user interface and SCADA Direct serial link user interface and SCADA External or internal modem link user interface only e Standard TCP IP communication protocol used to communicate with Control Panel and RecordBase software SCADA Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition Systems protocols DNP3 and Modbus DNP3 over Ethernet 1s su
374. mes in Element Function Description format along with the equiv alent DNP points TESLA 4000 User Manual 8 51 8 Configuring the Recorder You can preview the printed output by selecting Print DNP Preview from the File menu Print DNP function is also available under the Config menu 8 52 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 9 Record and Log Management 9 1 Records Record Lists Record Filter D02771R02 50 The Record management services are available from the Records tab accessi ble from the Main Menu itfa TESLA Control Panel Records Record Fiter v Get Remote Summaries Latest 25 Records W Get Remote Events Autopol Records from T 40001P120 Graph 2014 04 28 OnlED Local J 2014 04 28 10 17 38 08651 140428 101738086 5t T4lP11cs ERLPha J 140428 101637376 51 14lP11cs ERLPha Save As Fe 140428 101132003 5L T4IPTIcs ERLPhz HE 140428 100817940 5 T4IPTIcs ERLPhe Export J 140428 100539017 5t T4IP11 s ERLPhe fe 140428 100402842 5t T4IP11cs ERLPha Convert Filename u ESBS aim to short version 2014 04 26 OnlED fe T4IP11cs 2014 04 26 06 26 26 586 OnlED Local Rename Refresh b Trigger Faut Trigger Swing Trigger Botn eap on ED 42 Figure 9 1 Record Listing Record Summary Record Name 140428 100124578_ 5t_ T 4IP11cs ERLPhase Swing th Record Type Swing Record Version 52 Unit ID TAIP11cs Record Priority Trigger Time Local Mon Apr 28
375. message N A Fault Locator Functions are not recorded 10 Fault Locator Functions are available FLoc When a Fault Locator Function 1s triggered it writes a message into the Event Log identifying the time the Element the faulted type e g A B B G and the distance to fault The output of the Fault Locator Function is available through SCADA It can not be metered or trended TESLA 4000 User Manual 8 43 8 Configuring the Recorder Settings TESLA Fault Locator Configuration Element Type Description Fault Locator Index Elementi eral buli Initiating Event Element Whretst_ v b1 _1 Ssvell Phase A Volts Eement watst Val 1 Phase B ots Elementi Wh tat vb 1 Phase Volts Elementi Wietest Vel 1 Phase A Amps lt unassigned Phase HB Amps lt unassigned Phase Amps lt unassigned Pos Sequence Impedance o j E Pri ohms zero Sequence Impedance o j E Line Length O Figure 8 23 Fault Locator Function Configuration Pri ahimz Table 8 13 Fault Locator Function Settings Element Identifies the group to which this channel belongs The Element forms the first part of the channel name The Element is selected when the channel is created and is fixed once assigned when you are working in the Element Tree view Description Optional field 12 characters Provides an additional description of the channel that forms part of the channel name Use if Eleme
376. mputer as a user with local administrator privileges to install TESLA Control Panel Once installed you may be logged in as a Limited User as administrator privileges are not generally required for operation of the program The exception to this is the ability to communicate with TESLA recorders through Modem LAN Gateway see Modem LAN Gateway on page 4 15 Instructions for installing TESLA Control Panel and configuring Windows for its use are covered in the following sections Separate instructions for each ver sion of Windows Operating System are provided for the above steps Use the one that is appropriate for your computer The procedure has the following parts 1 Install TESLA Control Panel 2 Install the Null Modem driver Once these steps are complete go to the First Time Start Up section for details on launching TESLA Control Panel see First Time Start Up on page 3 6 TESLA 4000 User Manual 3 1 3 TESLA Control Panel Installation 3 2 Installation on Windows XP and Windows 7 Step 1 Install TESLA Control Panel Software from CD ROM 3 2 The user will need to have installed previously ERLPhase s USB driver provided with the installation CD See section USB Link on page 4 7 for instructions 1 Insert the TESLA CD ROM in your drive 2 The CD ROM should start automatically If it doesn t go to Windows Ex plorer and run the ERLPhase exe file at the root of the CD ROM direc tor
377. n including those for TESLA 3000 and 2000 recorders creating editing storing and transferring them to and from a recorder as needed TESLA Control Panel should be updated as needed whenever you update the firmware on your recorders This will ensure it can gener ate configuration files with the latest Settings Version Since Control Panel can work with back versions of configuration files and can communicate with recorders with older firmware the newest version of Control Panel can always be safely installed The Sample Rate setting controls the rate at which the TESLA 4000 reads its analog and digital input channels The setting determines the number of sam ples per second stored in high speed fault records and used to display calculat ed high speed channels The sample rate does not affect the data rate of downstream calculations that generate data for low speed swing recordings low speed calculated channels the metering display update rate or the trending rate The Sample Rate also determines the frequency response of the front end anti aliasing filters and therefore the bandwith of the analog channels See the fol lowing tables Table 8 1 Sample Rates 60 Hz System Frequency Samples Samples Analog External Highest Approx Record Second Cycle Channels Channels Harmonic Size kbytes 1 920 32 36 64 50 3 840 64 36 64 100 5 760 96 36 64 150 7 680 128 36 64 15 360 256 36 64 23 040
378. n be entered containing modem control codes The factory default for this field is M1 Refer to the modem manual for details For details regarding the data and functions available on the TESLA recorder s SCADA port see Modbus Functions in Appendix D and DNP3 Device Pro file in Appendix E TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 7 Recorder Setup Utilities 7 3 Recording Control Settings Edge Mode D02771R02 50 The Recording Settings control the parameters of the High Speed Recording Low Speed Recording and Trend Logging For High Speed and Low Speed Recording the TESLA recorder can create up to three records simultaneously The TESLA employs sophisticated trigger combination algorithms used to combine data from multiple events into a sin gle record and also to reduce the amount of redundant data in the records In addition the TESLA will combine data captured using multiple time frames into a single record In the TESLA there are two modes of capturing data Edge Recording and Du ration Recording Both modes are available for High Speed Recording only Edge Recording is available for Low Speed Recording Low Speed Recordings Sample Rate 7680 n Sample Rate 60 Pre trigger Time 0 2 E nds Pre trigger Time 20 Normal Record Length 2 9c n Normal Record Length 60 Maximum Record Length 30 2 30 seconds Maximum Record Length 120 r Trend Recordings Sample Rate 10 seconds
379. n the ERLPhase exe file to launch the CD ROM To install the software on your computer click the desired item on the sereen The installation program launches automatically Installation may take a few minutes to start To view the TESLA User Manual the user must have Adobe Acrobat on their computer TESLA 4000 User Manual xi System Requirements xii Anti virus Anti spyware Software If an anti virus anti spyware software on your local system identifies any of the ERLPhase applications as a potential threat it will be necessary to con figure your anti virus anti software to classify it as safe for its proper oper ation Please consult the appropriate anti virus anti spyware software documentation to determine the relevant procedure Installing TESLA Control Panel The user must be logged on to the target computer as a user with local admin istrator privileges to install TESLA Control Panel Once installed the user may be logged in as a Limited User as administrator privileges are not generally re quired for operation of the program The exception to this is the ability to com municate with TESLA recorders through Modem LAN Gateway for details see 4 8 Modem LAN Gateway on page 4 15 Overview Instructions for installing TESLA Control Panel and configuring Win dows for its use are covered in TESLA Control Panel Installation on page 3 1 Once these steps are complete go to the First Time Start Up
380. n the calculation of the im pedance The name of the actual channel selected The resolved impedance name with the configuration phase phase or phase ground The Time Window control shows the minimum and maximum time of the data viewed In the above example the full range data 1s viewed Use the graph zoom control to zoom the x and y axis yre262hohsoeedandireru li 2000 08 24 22308 20 4E Lalal iie wies Lier Marj Eya Lekeles yaki i i Fab Praes Pee Her pas T mm CH TI ka erp eb Putri Ruhe He pum Sh Later WHEY LG i Pra Hej Seed NIH CHIME 28pe Ibe Pace Pee Pa Seed i Te Aber bigi Sesaci Pha 4 2 The thumb track is moved 0 p from top to the position e indicated and the traces are zoomed in Ij 20s ea Cure cam PRI Figure 11 67 Example of Graph Zoom Control When you move the mouse near the edge ofthe Time Window control the cur sor shape changes from normal arrow to two headed arrow as shown in the di agram Now you can resize the thumb track to a desired level of data range In the example the data starts at position 0 200 and ends at 0 200 1 383 where 1 383 is the width total data range Therefore only small portion of the data can be viewed TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 11 Graphing Records imn mer eh anr ka sini NNNJJJJ Ehe dee grad pema se Opec peli S paei Ragha posedali fi figure rajicoedosi regi 2002 0881 251 08 20 417 Leker Vie
381. n the recorder s serial Port Connection 404 an RS 232 DCE port with a female DB9 connector The port is wired to support a connection to a PC serial port or equivalent using a standard straight through male to female serial cable An external RS 232 to RS 485 converter can be used to connect to an RS 485 network For port pin out and cabling information see Communication Port Details on page 4 21 Ethernet The DNP protocol can also be available over Ethernet using TCP or UDP A Connection standard 100BASE T Ethernet cable is required The Ethernet port can support DNP SCADA and user interface access via TES LA Control Panel at the same time For details on setting the recorder s IP address for details see 14 Maintenance Menu and Error Handling on page 1 Protocol Configuration of the SCADA protocol and communication parameters is done Setti ngs through the SCADA Configuration section of the recorder setting file Setting descriptions follow a TESLA 4000 Control Panel Config Edit File Edit Config View Help Element Tree xL Identification SCADA Communication m DNP Configuration ena T O Point Map Eg Baud Rate 19200 Bab O Class Data f Odd L SCADA Summary pei Data Link Timeout ms O to disable Even L Channel Group Modbus ASCII C None EI Meter Groups Modbus Binary C DNP Serial Network From Config Edit select DNP LAN TCP Keep Alive Timeout s 0 to disable SCAD
382. n zma Logical Node Type RADR 1 Description Measurements LN Class RADR wo mem we m NO RN Dem mene wm 0 ree LN ON em esem OJ Logical Node Type RBDR 1 Description LN Class RBDR wr woe me CENT NNNM mw we m fmm NamPlt LPL 1 NamPlt Name Plate LT D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix J 25 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation Appendix J 26 Logical Node Type RFLO Description LN Class RFLO Attribute Attr Type Explanation mo mene mem m mete ENI NR ww mum opm wem utum emm 0 w ewm o f was wines Logical Node Type GGIO 1 Description LN Class GGIO e mue e 000 m nse Somer Dem mum mm 0 Deer uere Renee we wren Logical Node Type GGIO 8 Description LN Class GGIO Attribute Attr Type Explanation wc mma we 0000 n eise emr Health INS 1 Beh Health NEM TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation Mes DRXMAM Dee d 1 mn meth oo Se pr pm TJ ee p CE JN d E LEM m ma EE LAN E ND T e ee e fee a ee e fee Logical Node type GGIO 32 Description LN Class GGIO Attribute Attr Type Explanation mo meme wom ZN mime mme 0 0 Health INS 1 Beh Health D d 3 TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix J 27 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation Appendix J 28 Logical Node Type GGIO_64 Description LN Class
383. nactive Active External Input 30 1 Inactive Active External Input 31 1 Inactive Active External Input 32 1 Inactive Active External Input 32 1 Inactive Active External Input 34 1 Inactive Active External Input 35 1 Inactive Active External Input 36 1 Inactive Active External Input 37 1 Inactive Active D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix E 13 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile Point Default Class Name for Name for index Assigned to Events State when State when Description 1 2 3 or none value is 0 value is 1 37 External Input 38 1 Inactive Active 38 External Input 39 1 Inactive Active 39 External Input 40 1 Inactive Active 40 External Input 41 1 Inactive Active 41 External Input 42 1 Inactive Active 42 External Input 43 1 Inactive Active 43 External Input 44 1 Inactive Active 44 External Input 45 1 Inactive Active 45 External Input 46 1 Inactive Active 46 External Input 47 1 Inactive Active 47 External Input 48 1 Inactive Active 48 External Input 49 1 Inactive Active 49 External Input 50 1 Inactive Active 50 External Input 51 1 Inactive Active 51 External Input 52 1 Inactive Active 52 External Input 53 1 Inactive Active 53 External Input 54 1 Inactive Active 54 External Input 55 1 Inactive Active 55 External Input 56 1 Inactive Active 56 External Input 57 1 Inactive Active 57 External Input 58 1 Inactive Active 58 Ext
384. nal I P 9 Change latch 10265 Off no change On change External I P 10 Change latch 10266 Off no change On change External I P 11Change latch 10267 Off no change On change External I P 12 Change latch 10268 Off no change On change External I P 13 Change latch 10269 Off no change On change External I P 14 Change latch 10270 Off no change On change External I P 15 Change latch 10271 Off no change On change External I P 16 Change latch 10272 Off no change On change External I P 17 Change latch 10273 Off no change On change External I P 18 Change latch 10274 Off no change On change External I P 19 Change latch 10275 Off no change On change External I P 20 Change latch 10276 Off no change On change External I P 21 Change latch 10277 Off no change On change External I P 22 Change latch 10278 Off no change On change External I P 23 Change latch 10279 Off no change On change External I P 24 Change latch 10280 Off no change On change External I P 25 Change latch 10281 Off no change On change External I P 26 Change latch 10282 Off no change On change External I P 27 Change latch 10283 Off no change On change External I P 28 Change latch 10284 Off no change On change External I P 29 Change latch 10285 Off no change On change External I P 30 Change latch 10286 Off no change On change External I
385. nal Properties These settings determine how the recorder responds to IEEE 1344 information in the IRIG B time signal and manually define the format of the incoming time if IEEE 1344 data is not available Use IEEE 1344 If Present If Use IEEE 1344 if Present is checked and the source clock generates IEEE 1344 data the recorder Uses the time zone offset from the IEEE 1344 data embedded in the IRIG B time signal Reads the IEEE 1344 data to determine the mode of the incoming IRIG signal UTC Local Local with DST Otherwise the recorder uses the manually entered time zone offset and clock source mode settings Do not use IEEE 1344 If Do Not Use IEEE 1344 is selected the recorder will ignore any IEEE 1344 data in the IRIG B signal and use the manually entered time zone offset and clock source mode settings IRIG Source Specifies the mode of the incoming clock signal Ignored if IEEE 1344 data is present in the IRIG B time signal and the Use IEEE 1344 If Present setting is enabled Manually Set IED Time Allows the recorder s clock to be manually set if an IRIG B signal is not present If an IRIG B signal is present but does not contain IEEE 1344 data the year can be set manually Recorder Time Zone Setting Provides the offset from local time to UTC in hours For example Central Time has a 6 hour offset from UTC This setting is ignored if IEEE 1344 data is present in the IRIG B time signal an
386. nction 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 5 Positive Sequence Function 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 5 Negative Sequence Function 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 5 Zero Sequence Function 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 6 Positive Sequence Function 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 6 Negative Sequence Function 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 6 Zero Sequence Function 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 7 Positive Appendix E 29 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile Transmitted Value Scaling x E d Multiplier Parolon ini i d default ipti t Events Minimum Maximum default range Offset etau Description S 1 2 3 or none maximal Sequence Function 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 7 Negative Sequence Function 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 7 Zero Sequence Function 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 8 Positive Sequence Function 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 8 Negative Sequence Function 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0
387. nel Grouping and Naming on page 8 8 Channel Identifies the physical input used by this channel This number is iden tified on the rear of the TESLA chassis The list shows only inputs not assigned to other channels To get an overview of channel assignments switch to the Channel Tree view and look at the Analog Channel list Module Type Indicates the type of external input isolation module used with this channel The list is limited to those modules appropriate for the selected channel type The module defines input scaling information to the system View Set Scale Sets the primary to secondary scale factor See details below TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 Angle Offset 8 Configuring the Recorder Table 8 4 Analog Input Channel Settings Specifies a phase angle offset to be applied to the channel The offset is included in Meter readings Trigger calculations Low speed recordings phasors Trend channels Output to calculated channels watts vars Impedance Summa tions Sequence components etc that use this channel as their input High speed recordings of this channel will not have the phase angle applied as they are basic representations of the individual sampled points When the Angle Offset is used on a channel that has been designated as the reference channel it affects the angle measurement of all other channels See Phase Angle Reference Channel on page 8 12
388. nfigurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Analog Input 6 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Analog Input 6 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Analog Input 6 0 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 THD Analog Input 6 SHL 0 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 Analog Input 6 DC 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Analog Input 7 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Analog Input 7 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Analog Input 7 0 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 THD Analog Input 7 SHL 0 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 Analog Input 7 DC 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Analog Input 8 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Analog Input 8 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Analog Input 8 0 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 THD Analog Input 8 SHL 0 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 01 0 01 Analog Input 8 DC 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Analog Input 9 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 D02771R02 50 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile
389. ng requirements module channels cannot be connected to more than one TESLA input channel Modules can be located up to 1220 meters 4000 feet from the recorder Shield ed wire e g Belden 9728 or 9730 is recommended for connection to the re corder s inputs The ground cable should be attached only at the recorder end Resistors mounted on each channels input connector set the channel s input range Up to three resistors are used depending on the type and level ofthe sig nal to be applied The input signal is applied to low or high range terminals as appropriate for the selected input range The following tables give resistor values and wiring examples for different ap plications For applications that are not in these tables contact ERLPhase All resistors must be rated for 4 watt or more unless otherwise specified Un less otherwise noted the Ryy resistor must be rated to handle the full input volt age which may require a physically larger resistor be used This is generally true of any application that has an input in excess of 50 V peak The resistor values specified are precision values as per the E48 standard series of resistance values in a decade See the section L 3 Input and Range Config uration for the full table of standard values It 1s possible to use other available values although range and resolution may be compromised Always select Riy of equal or greater value to that shown and select Rpg of equal or lesser
390. nge Offset eu E Description S 1 2 3 or none maximal Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MW 0 1 0 00001 tion 5 S Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MW 0 1 0 00001 tion 6 P Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MVAR 0 1 0 00001 tion 6 Q Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MW 0 1 0 00001 tion 6 S Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MW 0 1 0 00001 tion 7 P Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MVAR 0 1 0 00001 tion 7 Q Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MW 0 1 0 00001 tion 7 S Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MW 0 1 0 00001 tion 8 P Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MVAR 0 1 0 00001 tion 8 Q Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MW 0 1 0 00001 tion 8 S Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MW 0 1 0 00001 tion 9 P Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MVAR 0 1 0 00001 tion 9 Q Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MW 0 1 0 00001 tion 9 S Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MW 0 1 0 00001 tion 10 P Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MVAR 0 1 0 00001 tion 10 Q Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MW 0 1 0 00001 tion 10 S
391. nge Scale Y Axis Calculate Derived Channels Now Show Grid Show X Axis Ticks Show Legends Show Trigger Markers Lock Markers Extend Print Range Set Phase Colors Set Precision Figure 11 5 Menus D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 11 5 11 Graphing Records 11 2 RecordGraph Menu Items File Menus File gt Save Template UM RecordGraph p lol x File view Graph Measure Scale Options Help J 54 m glej Elvis x elelee zj tle aj al HN slej s e n Save Template As Template Manager recordemo1 tir 1999 06 25 18 24 31 484 Digital in El 86U2 Ext Input Tripped Print Unit 4 vaUnit 4 Va 200 Print Direct Print All Boswell HD 1999 Juni25 18 24 31 484028 Print Preview IC Shop Export Delete Import y Misc In TRTZAB X In y Misc In TRTZAB Y In F4AB Y Vac Vab TRAAB Y In TR4AB Y Ic R4AB Y Ib TR4AB Y la Unit 4 Va Unit 4 Va Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 Vc Unit 4 Vc Unit 4 la Unit 4 la Unit 4 Ib Unit 4 Ib Ay Unit 4 1c Unit 4 le CPP PPP PPL y Misc Vac Bus 4G Vbc y Misc Vac Bus 4F Vbc 20 0K A Misc Vac Bus 4E Vbc S r r T T T 1 A Mise Vae Bus 4J Vbe econds 0 020 0040 0060 0080 0400 0120 0140 0160 0180 Ay Unit 4 Vac Unit 4 Vn 4 w y Analog Input36 v T Save the current graphical layout information into a File Scale Primary i 4 y X Timeline
392. nical Bulletin 9804 002 This document is available from the DNP3 User s Group www dnp org For UDP and TCP modes the timeout is not settable and is automatically set to 0 milliseconds Master IP Address DNP LAN TCP or DNP LAN UDP Defines the IP addresses of the master SCADA devices that will be polling the TESLA This prevents unauthorized master devices from communicating with the TESLA Note These settings do not control IP address of the TESLA s Ethernet card That is done through the recorder s Maintenance Menu Make sure the Master IP Addresses are different from the TESLA IP Address DNP TCP or UDP Defines the TCP or UDP port on which the DNP service may be accessed Usually set to 20000 TESLA 4000 User Manual 4 17 4 Communicating with the Recorder SCADA Point Modbus Protocol Mapping The data points available for Modbus SCADA interface are fixed and are not selectable by the user Complete details regarding the Modbus protocol emu lation and data point lists can be found in Modbus Functions on page Appendix D 1 TESLA 4000 Control Panel Config Edit mL Identification E SCADA Communication O DNP Configuration cL Point Map j iO Class Data 920 O SCADA Summary SELL Wl Channel Group EN 1 Meter Groups Trend PML CDR He Configured Port F Source Port of Request if P Address F Port Number Figure 4 12 Communications Setup In Control Panel for Modbus 4 18
393. nitude Summation 23 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Summation 24 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Summation 24 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Appendix E 28 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual Transmitted Value Scaling o Default CI E Bssighed io Multiplier Dn ini i d default ipti t Events Minimum Maximum default range Offset etau Description S 1 2 3 or none maximal Summation 25 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Summation 25 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Summation 26 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Summation 26 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Summation 27 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Summation 27 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Summation 28 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Summation 28 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Summation 29 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurab
394. nse columns identify all responses that may be sent by an Outstation The implementation table lists all functionality required by the device Outsta tion as defined within the DNP3 IED Conformance Test Procedures Any func tionality beyond the highest subset level supported is indicated by highlighted rows Any Object Groups not provided by an outstation are indicated by strike through note these Object Groups will still be parsed Request Outstation parses Response Outstation can issue DNP Object Group amp Variation Function Codes dec Function Codes Description dec Qualifier Codes hex Qualifier Codes hex Binary Input Any Variation 06 no range or all 00 01 start stop 07 08 limited qty 17 28 index 129 response 00 01 start stop Binary Input Packed format 06 no range or all 00 01 start stop 07 08 limited qty 17 28 index 129 response start stop Binary Input With flags Binary Input Event Any Variation 06 no range or all 00 01 start stop 07 08 limited qty 17 28 index 06 no range or all 07 08 limited qty 129 response 129 response start stop Binary Input Event Without time 06 no range or all 07 08 limited qty 129 response 430tunsel resp Binary Input Event time With absolute 06 no range or all 07 08 limited qty 129 response 30 unseLresp Binary Inp
395. nt up to 5th order and THD expressed in per cent with reference to the fundamental the highest order harmonic included in THD depends on the sample rate See tables 7 1 and 7 2 on page 7 6 for the active trace of the graph see Readouts and Measurements on page 11 65 TESLA 4000 User Manual 11 21 11 Graphing Records Scale Menus 11 22 Measure gt Symmetrical Components Display symmetrical components measurement for the active graph You must select a b and c phase quantities in Overlay View to enable this option see Readouts and Measurements on page 11 65 Scale gt Zoom X Axis lo x File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help o at ma E m e aN koera ia k aj el alal Eal x eelle s tla a A AN m en lt lt FE E bank 8 119851 9911 Zoom Y Axis Ctrl bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr 5 High Speed Channels Zoom Y Axis Ctrl 125 Al E Analog 2 v PTIMI Undo Zoom PT1N2 Reset Zoom Ctrl R A PTIV3 oon CTLJAHE u CT11BHS y CTLICHS 75 CT21AHS y CT2 1B HS Ay CT21CHS so A CT31ALS R _9 47 781441 m Change Scale Y axis Ctrl A CT31BLS A CT3ICLS A CTAJALS 25 A CT41BLS u CT4ICLS A CTBJATS 0 A CT5JB TS A CT5 C TS la Operating 25 y Ib Operating y le Operating y la Restraint 50 Ib Restraint y le Restraint FE External
396. nt Name and channel Type do not sufficiently identify the channel Ref Channel Grouping and Naming on page 8 8 Fault Locator Index Identifies the Fault Location function You can select any available function If the only option is undefined you have already used all available channels Initiating Event Any External Input Channel GOOSE Virtual Input Channel or trigger detector from any other channel or function Note that the initiating Event typically requires a 1 5 cycle delay to obtain accurate fault loca tion information 8 44 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 8 Configuring the Recorder 8 16 Power Factor Functions Description Input Calculation Triggers Recording Number of Channels Types Notes D02771R02 50 Power Factor Functions monitor the real and reactive power values calculated by a Watts Vars Channel and trigger depending on total power level Inductive power factor is defined as a situation where the calculated reactive power is positive Capacitive power factor is defined as a situation where the reactive power is negative A previously defined Watts Vars Channel The Power Factor Detector monitors the watts vars and volt amps values computed by its input channel and operates when the power factor 1s less than a user specified threshold Separate detectors allow separate thresholds for lag ging inductive and leading capacitive power factors To reduce the inci d
397. nual D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 11 Graphing Records Graph gt Add Digital Graph WpRecordcroph EM U umm File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help nes zm I m I l Set Graphs Per Page m NJU TET x Add Analog Graph Ins amp mj e alal Ea x eleele zj tle aj njej 5 re Add Digital Graph bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr it Delete Graph Del A m Move Copy Trace Ctrl C Paste Trace Ctrl Delete Trace Ctrl Del Delete All Traces Alt A Copy Trace Data to Clipboard Ctrl D Change Trace Color Alt R Active Trace Information Trip Event Input 9 JL Dev 87 Trip JL Dev 87 Restraint JL Dev 87 in Trip Zone Dev 51 Trip JL Dev 51 Alarm Dev 67 Trip Dev 67 Alarm Dev 58FT Trip Dev 59FT Alarm Dev 59FI Trip m Dev 87 Restraint m Dev 60 Alarm THD Alarm Ausillary Alarm Ambient Alarm Top Oil Alarm E Summation m Dev 87 in Trip Zone m Fast Gas Relay la s s r r r i Seconds 0 20 0 00 0 20 0 40 0 60 0 80 1 00 1 20 e 4 Timeline Add a digital graph to the active view Scale Secondary h Figure 11 23 Add Digital Graph Add a digital graph to the existing view This graph shows the digital status in formation in the form of thick or thin stacked traces You can plot up to 32 trac es in a single graph Graph gt Delete Graph inixi File View
398. o 327 67 100 AI26 DC 40590 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 AI27 THD 40591 0 to 327 67 100 AI27 SHL 40592 0 to 327 67 100 AI27 DC 40593 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 AI28 THD 40594 0 to 327 67 100 AI28 SHL 40595 0 to 327 67 100 AI28 DC 40596 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 AI29 THD 40597 0 to 327 67 100 AI29 SHL 40598 0 to 327 67 100 AI29 DC 40599 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 AI30 THD 40600 0 to 327 67 100 AI30 SHL 40601 0 to 327 67 100 AI30 DC 40602 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 AI31 THD 40603 0 to 327 67 100 AI31 SHL 40604 0 to 327 67 100 Als1 DC 40605 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 AI32 THD 40606 0 to 327 67 100 AI32 SHL 40607 0 to 327 67 100 AI32 DC 40608 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 AI33 THD 40609 0 to 327 67 100 AI33 SHL 40610 0 to 327 67 100 AI33 DC 40611 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 AI34 THD 40612 0 to 327 67 100 AI34 SHL 40613 0 to 327 67 100 AI34 DC 40614 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 AI35 THD 40615 0 to 327 67 100 AI35 SHL 40616 0 to 327 67 100 AI35 DC 40617 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 AI36 THD 40618 0 to 327 67 100 AI36 SHL 40619 0 to 327 67 100 AI36 DC 40620 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Appendix D Modbus Functions Summation Metering Channels SUM1 Magnitude 40769 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM1 Angle 40770 180 to 180 10 SUM2 Magnitude 40771 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM2 Angle
399. o add a PMU as shown below Ny TESLA Control Panel Config Edit File Edit Config View Help temen s Digitals Summations Sequence Impedance Watts Vars Logics Fault Locators PF D Unassigned 36 B4 30 Identification SCADA Communication DNP Configuration SCADA Summary Chant Mete Add Element New Frequency 1 New Frequency 2 New Meter Group Trend Mew PMLI New CDR Angle Reference for this PMU GPS 1PPS Channel Group provided by Frequency Channel Configured Second Frequency Channel Configured Show Channel Tree Hide Tree Main Menu Config Edit TESLA Control Panel v0 36 Current IED TESLA Demo Unit Not Connected Figure 15 6 Invoking PMU configuration through right click menu and select Angle Reference to PMU GPS 1PPS Select the PMU choice and the following screen appears allowing you to select the Phasors 15 10 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 15 PMU Functionality lf TESLA Control Panel Config Edit BAX File Edit Config View Help Element Tree PMU Definition O Identification O SCADA Communication O DNP Configuration Sample Rate 60 frames second O SCADA Summary Header Frame Text Test PMU veg Reporting Format eter Groups B PMU Phasor Float Le Analog Float m Freq ROC Freq Integer v m Phasor Options TARANG IH Selected Channel Full Scale Unit Active Name to Report T4IP7418
400. o listed in the compatibility table at the front of this User Manual and are identified in each version s Release Notes TESLA 2000 re corders use Setting Versions 1 through 7 TESLA 3000 Setting Versions start at 201 TESLA 4000 Setting Versions start at 401 to distinguish them from those used by TESLA 3000 The version of a configuration file is controlled through the Settings Version field in the main identification screen see TESLA Configuration Editor on page 8 4 Changing the setting automatically converts the configuration file to the selected Settings Version If the conversion results in the loss of settings from the file 1 e the target version does not support functions which were en abled in the original a list of the affected settings 1s displayed and you have the choice of cancelling the conversion or continuing If the conversion results in the addition of new functionality the settings for the new functions will be in a default or disabled state If you choose to close the configuration file with out saving the conversion is also abandoned A new configuration file is set to the latest Setting Version by default To cre ate a new configuration file for a recorder with older firmware change the Set ting Version appropriately after creating the new configuration TESLA 4000 User Manual 8 5 8 Configuring the Recorder Sample Rate 8 6 TESLA Control Panel can work with configuration files of any Setting Ver sio
401. ode optical fiber with an ST style connector By default the Port 401 1s assigned with an IP address of 192 168 100 80 Port 402 is assigned with an IP address of 192 168 101 80 If this address is not suit able it may be modified using the recorder s Maintenance Menu see Mainte nance Menu and Error Handling on page 14 1 Modify the Default Gateway and Network Mask if necessary The Default Gateway may need to be changed if the recorder and the control panel or RecordBase are on different but connected networks The default setting is No Default Gateway The Network Mask may need to be changed if the recorder and control panel are on different subnets The default setting is 255 255 255 0 To modify the Default Gateway or Network Mask use the maintenance Menu command 1 3 IP address If unsure of these setting contact your network administrator 4 4 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 4 Communicating with the Recorder TESLA Control Panel Setup 1 Ensure that the computer running TESLA Control Panel has access to the Ethernet network to which the recorder has been connected 2 Start TESLA Control Panel 3 Choose the target recorder from the Select IED list in TESLA Control Pan el s Main Menu If there is not already an entry for this recorder create one using the Add New button Edit IED IED Definition IED Marne ESLA 4000 Cs Comments Loo o Location IED Serial Mumber TESLA 400D 090941
402. of I Fixed at 16 16 objects allowed in a Configurable range to single control request Configurable selectable from for CROB group 12 Configurable other describe Variable explain 1 5 6 Maximum number of Fixed at _ Analog Outputs objects allowed in a Configurable range to not supported single control request Configurable selectable from for Analog Outputs Configurable other describe group 41 Variable explain 1 5 7 Maximum number of Fixed at Data Sets not objects allowed ina Configurable range to supported single control request Configurable selectable from for Data Sets groups Configurable other describe 85 86 87 Variable explain 1 5 8 Supports mixing object Not applicable controls are not supported Analog Outputs groups AOBs CROBs Yes not supported and Data Sets in the x No same control request Appendix E 8 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile 1 6 Fill Out The Following If configurable Items For Outstations Capabilities Current Value list methods Only 1 6 1 Timeout waiting for None 5 000 ms Application Confirm of Fixed at 5 000 ms solicited response Configurable range to ms message Configurable selectable fom ms Configurable other describe Variable explain 1 6 2 How often is time Never needs time synchronization Within seconds after IIN1 4 is set required from the Periodically every seconds
403. of the right hand columns The right hand PMU Definition screen is made up of three sections Selected Channels PMU Phasors PMU Analogs PMU Digitals Selection Channel Column PMU Phasor section allows 36 PMU Phasors to be selected from the Phasor Options left hand tree by selecting from the tree drag and drop into one of the up to 36 rows under PMU Phasor column The user can also use the row drop down selection tool A PMU Phasor can be an analog voltage or current pha sor a summated voltage or current phasor or a voltage current sequence com ponent Pos Neg or a Zero sequence phasor PMU Analog allows 12 PMU Analogs to be selected from the Analog Options left hand tree by selecting from the tree drag and drop into one of the 12 rows under PMU Analog column User can also use the row drop down selection tool A PMU Analog can be MWatts MVars and or MVA values PMU Digital allows up to 64 Digital contacts inputs per TESLA recorder When a digital channel is configured it will be automatically placed in the PMU Digital section of the screen As soon as the phasor analog value or digital channel is selected correspond ing channel name will be displayed in the Name to Report column with the de fault name as depicted under Selected Channels If the name as appearing in the Selected Channels is greater than 16 characters it will be truncated to 16 characters before it 1s displayed If no phasors are selected no discrete
404. oft Excel Choose CSV comma separated variable format and click OK Eiere e eee alix Z D ine ue Treats the contents of the Cipbosed aca 5mm zam za zm mm m A Gad sds lx tbl et n Urme Tack lori Miu bje bi Ni a Figure 11 103 Choose CSV TESLA 4000 User Manual 11 75 11 Graphing Records Pasting exported data using Microsoft Excel Domain normally time data it can be date Y Y Y Y mm dd in case of trend data Figure 11 104 Paste to Excel 11 11 Record Summary 11 76 y Nela TRIVABX In A Mise de TRT7AB Y in A TRSABY Vae Vab A TREABY In Ay TRAABA Ic TREY Ib TRAAB Y la u Unt A Va Uni Va u Unt 4 VbUes 4 Vb Ay Unt 4 Vc Un 4 Vc Unit 4 la Urat 4 la Ay Unt 4IbUnt 405 Unt dle Und 4 1e A Missin TRIGCD A Mise Vac Bur 46 Vbe Ay Mise Veo Bus F Vibe Ay Misc Vac Bus 4E Voc y Mese Voc Bus i Vb u Unt AVac Unt 4 V y Analog Inout BI Eemal 1 Click the record name to enable this feature 2 Choose File Show Record Summary to display the record summary Diato rcB S82 Ext rent Tripod n AARAANA AAA 01 1999 Jun 25 18 24 31 484 Digital in El 56U2 Ext Input Tripped 02 1999 Jun 25 18 24 31 565 Digital in El 52X HS Brkr Ext Input Open O10 0080 008O 040 oon odd 0000 005 owo 0D Oxo Ds 00 E s Jj aon Figure 11 105 Show Record Summary TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 11 G
405. ol Panel user must be logged into Windows with local adminis trator privileges This is required to permit temporary access to the computer s network routing table 1 Create an IED Definition in TESLA 4000 Control Panel for the Master Re corder The Master Recorder is a recorder in the group designated as the primary interface between the recorder group and Control Panel In addition to its role as a recorder the Master Recorder maintains the list of group records and provides the IP addresses of the other group members to Control Panel If remote access to the recorder group will be through a modem the Master Recorder must be the recorder with the modem The following table provides a setting guide for the Master Recorder s IED definition TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 13 Cooperative Recorder Group Table 13 2 IED Definitions for the Master Recorder IED Name e Should identify both the recorder and its cooperative group e Should have the same name as the recorder s Unit ID The Unit ID is configured in the recorder through the Utilities menu See Unit Identification on page 7 2 Should indicate that the IED is the Master Recorder for the group Location Should be the name and or location of the Substation IED Serial Number Can be left blank if the unit s serial number is not known The serial number can also be automatically obtained from the recorder later using the Get Information from IED button see
406. oltage Input Elementi Swast val 1 gt Elementi laitzt lal 1 Current Input Fate of Change Interval f n Cycles Circle Radius SEC ohms Po Minimum Change i Sec ohms 100 Maximum Change SEC ohms Definite Delay 0 01667 sec Detector Actions Scale 1 Pri ohms Sec ohms B Cross NE Alarm Enable Faut swing Log nont proce Priori Corenet C Iv ira iz ci I I k E Figure 8 19 Impedance Channel Configuration Screen Table 8 9 Impedance Channel Settings Element Identifies the group to which this channel belongs The Element forms the first part of the channel name The Element is selected when the channel is created and is fixed once assigned when you are working in the Element Tree view Description Optional field 12 characters Provides an additional description of the channel that forms part of the channel name Use if Element Name and channel Type do not sufficiently identify the channel Channel Grouping and Naming on page 8 8 Impedance Index Identifies the Impedance channel Unlike the analog and external input channels this is not associated with a hardware input but sim ply identifies which of the internal virtual impedance channels will be used You can select any available channel without restriction If the only option is undefined you have already used all available channels Voltage Input Cur I
407. on a 18 channel model and 2 3 5 6 7 or 8 on a 36 channel model Contacts 1 and 4 are reserved for Recorder Functional and Cross Trigger respectively Contacts assigned for stor age alarms Storage Alarms on page 8 7 will not be available for use here D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 8 23 8 Configuring the Recorder 8 8 GOOSE Virtual Input Channels Descri ption Recording channels for the recorder s GOOSE Virtual Input signals In put The recorder s digital subscription input channels via IEC 61850 GOOSE mes sages with origin time stamping provided by the publishing IED Calculation The binary state of each virtual input is transmitted upon a change in state and received by the IED for processing Triggers Active state nactive state Reco rding Records the state of all virtual input channels using the origin time stamp in formation included within the GOOSE message provided by the publishing IED Number of Up to 256 GOOSE Virtual Input Channels can be defined Channels Types VI Settings TESLA Control Panel Config Edit File Edit Config View Help TESLA Virtual Input Configuration H Identification O SCADA Communication DNP Configuration Element GOOSE Test O SCADA Summary Description PRO VIO1 Channels 5 O GOOSE Test Channet z O External Inputs v Record as Digital Channel D Et O EE2 0 GOOSE Virtual VILPRO Actions Inputs Alarm D Vi01 Ena
408. oneous calibration If you change the type of isolation module associated with a channel you must specify the new module type in the input channel s config uration before calibrating TESLA 4000 User Manual 7 13 7 Recorder Setup Utilities 7 6 Notify Automatic Record Transfer Cross Trigger Notification 7 14 The TESLA recorder can call a ERLPhase RecordBase Central Station via mo dem or LAN to notify it of selected events Notification is used for two purposes 1 To initiate cross triggering of dynamic swing records on other recorders 2 To initiate record transfer to RecordBase when a new record is created The Notify tab of the Utilities screen contains settings to control the dial out process and the initiation of record transfers You can control which records are automatically transferred to the RecordBase Central Station by specifying the required record priority The setting ranges from 0 all records to 3 highest priority only and provides an option to dis able automatic record transfers completely Record priority is determined by the highest priority trigger included in the re cord Trigger priority is set as part of each channel s configuration A notification call to RecordBase to trigger swing recordings on other record ers can be initiated by any of the recorder s triggers Cross trigger notification is selected as part of each channel s configuration D TESLA Control Panel Util
409. ons High low threshold rate of change 2 or 3 input channels Positive Sequence High low threshold rate of change Negative Sequence High level Zero Sequence High level Watts Vars High low threshold rate of change Frequency High low threshold rate of change Impedance Positive sequence circle with absolute rate of change External Inputs digital Rising edge falling edge or both GOOSE Virtual Inputs digital Active Inactive or both Logic Rising edge falling edge or both Fault Locator Triggered by internal or external events Sags and Swells Sag and swell detection can be enabled on any volt age analog input channel Phasor Measurement Unit PMU Phasor Measurement Unit PMU Single phase quantities or 3 phase posi tive negative or zero sequence phasors summated phasors 36 user selectable phasors 1 frequency channel DFREQ reported based on user config ured frequency channel 12 analog values MWatts MVars and MVA 32 64 digital status data Status data reported as 16 bit digital words Continuous Disturbance Recording CDR Continuous Disturbance Recording CDR 6 to 60 RMS records second for up to 36 channels Standard Capacity min 10 days data retention below 30 RMS records second on all 36 channels Extended Capacity min 10 days data retention of 60 RMS records sec on all 36 channel
410. oom in and zoom out 25 Repeat step 1 to zoom further Zoom only X or To zoom only the X axis select Ctrl key and use the mouse to draw a box on Y Axis the graph To zoom only the Y axis select shift key down and use mouse to draw a box on the graph Undo Zoom on 1 Right click on the graph to the context menu Graphs 2 Select the UndoZoom option 3 Graphs are redrawn to the previous zoom level 4 Select Reset Zoom option to reset the graphs to the initial zoom level This can be chosen at any stage 11 36 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 11 Graphing Records Pan Graph Zoom the graph if not zoomed to a required zoom level You should hold the Thumb track and move it along the scroll bar To have fine control click on the right arrow scroll bar button or press Shift and click on the right arrow scroll button Meann n mla x alale a n a n H mim aa E Die ew gah Heme inde pieni Heb Ranh 226 4 Ox ape UN EU i x Thumb Track move right left to pan graph Figure 11 57 Thumb Track Keyboard The keyboard is also available for zooming setting markers and positioning Functions graphs To display the keyboard hot key menu right click on the graph and bring up the context menu select Show Hotkeys option Function 1 Up Arrow Select Graph Up 2 Down Arrow Select Graph Down 3 Right Array Move Marker amp Fight 4 Left Arrow Move Marker Left 5 Cti Fight Arrow Move Marker O Fig
411. oor re enia 12 1 COMT RADE ROMA uis dece cortas tatu tae tdeo neresen 12 3 PTI zen m 12 5 EXGEl CSW POMA ieu peto HIE IU SER 12 7 IEEE C37 232 TSD File Naming 12 9 13 Cooperative Recorder Group 13 1 How A Cooperative Recorder Group Works 13 1 Setting Up a Cooperative Recording Group 13 4 Working With Records From a Cooperative Recording Celo ani 13 12 Required Cooperative Mode Settings 13 13 14 Maintenance Menu and Error Handling 14 1 Maintenance Menu eeeeeeeeeeee nennen 14 1 Emor Nandihg erp E 14 5 15 PMU Functionality 15 1 i Em 15 1 TESLA 4000 PMU Features esses 15 2 Communication with the PMU 15 6 Setting up PMU Communication Mode 15 6 PMO CODUGUTA NOM ninti oe ao o saco eiua putei potuere dus 15 9 TESLA 4000 User Manual vii Table of Contents viii PMU Metering ae AA 15 18 Maintenance and Error Handling 15 19 Appendix A Specifications A 1 Appendix B TESLA Hardware Description B 1 Appendix C GlOSSGIY anni via tone ea aka C 1 Appendix D Modbus Functions D 1 Appendix
412. oose any of four options by clicking the arrows to move the items in the list The option is saved into the template This option is not available for the Symcom or Har monic Views The option choices are Record Name e Station Name Location Trigger Time UnitID of Recorder Product Type e Serial Number Trigger Event e System Frequency Priority TESLA 4000 User Manual 11 63 11 Graphing Records Graph Title 11 64 Title options X View title Graph title C Simple 9 Special A maximum of 5 items can be selected from the options list Options Selected Item s Record name Trigger event Record name Station name Location Trigger time gt UnitlD or relay Product type Serial number EH Trigger event System frequency Priority Apply Close Figure 11 89 View Title Options The option choices are Channel name Trigger time e Station name Record name Location UnitID or recorder e Sample rate Equipment ID Title options X View title Graph title A maximum of 4 items can be selected from the options list Options Selected Item s Station name Trigger time Location Apply Close Figure 11 90 Graph Title Options TESLA 4000 User Manual Graph Title is the information that appears on the left margin of each graph Graph Title is a combination of various options When a new record is loaded the inf
413. or the specified number of seconds Recovery Time This prevents the recorder from being overloaded by nuisance triggers and automatically re enables the trigger when conditions return to normal Note Although an External Input triggers may be disabled by a chatter limit function the recording will contain the original External Input data The Storage Alarms screen accessed by expanding the dentification branch in the Navigation tree lets you select the output contact to be closed when the memory for triggered records or long term trend logs is nearly full The accu mulation mode recycle of stop when full and the level at which to alarm are set in the Recording tab of the Utilities screen Recording Control Settings on page 7 5 The record and trend storage alarm condition can also be accessed via the SCADA protocols TESLA 4000 User Manual 8 7 8 Configuring the Recorder 8 5 Channels and Triggers Channel Grouping and Naming 8 8 The Channels and Triggers branch of the Navigation tree is where you define the recorder s input channels calculated channels and triggers It 1s significant tool with a variety of views and displays to help manage complex recorder s configurations With the large number of input and calculated channels available it is worth while to apply consistent channel organization and naming conventions in your configuration This section describes how the record handles channel names An effect
414. or a 50 Hz system The unit of sample rate is frames second Header Frame Text you can enter comments up to 80 characters using this option The default value is blank The tree view displays the phasor channels available for the PMU reporting under each channel group 15 16 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 15 PMU Functionality The first column in the table shows the Phasor numbers from 1 to 12 The second column shows the Selected Channels to select phasors for re porting The third column displays the Phasor Name To Report where you can re name the phasor as desired up to 16 characters The default name is the name as available in the Selected Channels truncated to 16 characters The following procedure explains how to select discrete phasor channels pha sors from analog channels e Expand the Channel Group tree item from the PMU Configuration screen and identify the phasor channels available under the Analog Inputs sub tree item If no analog channels are configured then add an analog channel as explained in the configuration section of the manual and continue the fol lowing to proceed Any discrete phasor channel associated with an arrow bit map e g Va Vb Vc In can be dragged from the tree item and dropped onto the Selected Channels column to create a discrete phasor to report as a PMU channel Dragging is not allowed in any other location and the you will be notified by changing the shape of
415. ords Select this button to enable CrossHair measurement feature De Jem graph Bese xee Options Hep Ea Amas enn sa b ole d wo Pre Pra d egi Some BiA OD 3400s Ape Jet Fhasa mace Hahn Speed vy u Vp cw Lich Toc Phares Pra Fig pes mm Cibo Ama Toc Preas Frispa Flgh Spes f k 1 nu kiv baths Tea Praes Prane big Z di m CCM 116 k Ampa Tos Prave Prevca big Speed wy rue CrossHair measurements B beni 1143 770 Xi Oben 78 630 Z ferret 1ET 333 pe oo s z Se as Ea i Lo Fa Ka E i i Na ud uE E ui cu cal ai cu cu cu coe inn dB EGO Pfr SLE igre Dese Base Bo eT cr ie TUTTO Figure 11 74 Example Illustrating the Use of the CrossHair Measurement Select the CrossHair button When you drag the mouse left button down and move on any point on the trace the R X and the Z corresponding values are displayed You can move the cursor anywhere on the graph to get the measurement When this feature is enabled free form zooming is disabled but you can use the graph zoom control to get a closer look at the trace Select this button to set an arbitrary line A qms De Yew Graph Measure Kale Qpows teb wise Fer ayana xisiele mi sie JAR slej isis fgure2torighipeedandewerg h 2002 06 51 2208 20 417 Leteler Voeg seg Low Mag Ovwere OVA imeli Va KV LG Zub Phar Phase Mgh Speed Si CD iia la Ares Tub Phare Phace tgh Speed SVB Lacie Ve kV L O Tbe Prase P
416. ormation corresponding to the options selected is compiled and the up dated information is displayed in the Graph Title dialog box You can choose any four options by clicking the arrows to move the items in the list The option is saved into the template This option is not available for the Overlay View D02771R02 50 11 Graphing Records 11 7 Readouts and Measurements The Measure menu consists of the following Markers Primary Secondary Time Alignment Absolute Time Fundamental RMS True RMS Harmonics Symmetrical Components Time Alignment Errani rag AIO ew Gih peire dese Denon Hep PIE F Default zx eras Bie X gerle 2 NE o H a ae ug I i xm poma I T li in E sa ig l HA TT tanec Absolute Time i s METI NONE a eras AA An NA eed Fundamental RMS d hand ANM f L M sena IVVVVV MY V V FR iJ i ANNI 1 ANA apis True RMS 3 li MNE aM poj Aja 3 1 j j j Vi FILM i ITY n m NS aT A 1A n UN NUM nq OJATI A vat 1j i T f VU Y U y Uu non 1 K m AAAA A A BR hf AMAN 2 E H i dati 050 T 0050 0300 i350 02x gt M ay Os a armonics Sods utecoredrw Trigger Markers Figure 11 91 Readouts and Measurements Markers Selecting Measure Markers or using the tool bar button places the X and O markers on the graph as well as automatically placing markers on all new graphs If the markers are out of view range double cl
417. orms to IEC 61850 8 1 commonly re ferred to as Station Bus Protocol Implementation includes the following doc uments Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement see Protocol Imple mentation Conformance Statement PICS on page Appendix J 1 Model Implementation Conformance Statement see Model Implementa tion Conformance Statement MICS on page Appendix J 8 All configurable IEC61850 parameters are available via the Maintenance in terface Note that this effort may already have been completed as part of the steps taken to establish a network maintenance connection to the recorder 1 Establish a TUI session with the recorder and login as maintenance The fol lowing screen appears TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 z TESLA 4000 Hyper Terminal File Edit View Call Transfer Help 4 Communicating with the Recorder TESLA 4000 System Utilities v1 0 T 2 3 A 9 6 1 8 S Modify IP Address subnet mask and default gateway if applicable View system diagnostics Retrieve system diagnostics Restore ALL default settings including calibration Restore only default recorder configuration settings channel definitions Restore only default system setup ports time settings Force hardware reset Network utilities Monitor SCRDR Save Recent Trend Data Storage memory utilities Enter Safe Shutdown Mode Modify Point To Point IP Addresses Monitor PHU Ca
418. p low magnitude Negative and positive rate of change To prevent multiple triggers on threshold conditions an hysteresis of 2 of setting 1s applied to magnitude triggers High Speed generates a channel that is the sum of the individual data samples with the Scale Factor applied A high speed channel is not generated if a non zero Angle Offset has been specified on any of the summation s input channels Low Speed generates a channel that 1s phasor sum of the input channels at a rate of one phasor per cycle 30 Summation Channels are available Specific Va Vb Vc Ia Ib Ic In use where appropriate Generic Vac Iac TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 8 Configuring the Recorder Notes The primary to secondary scale factor used by the Summation Channel is the same as that of its first input channel Settings TESLA Summation Function Configuration Element Type Description Summation Index Elementi vasum ist va le hoo H Units V Scale 1 V V Rate af Change Interval Cycles Define Inputs Element Type Description Scale Factor Angle Offset Input 1 Elementi vatst val 1 Mi xf i fo Input 2 Elementi vbtst Wei 1 xi at Input 3 Elementi vetst vci 1 xf at Emus eee pra em High Magnitude MEME v Cx Bef _ m po zono je E RR e Low Magnitude ii i M p E gave Rate of Change sec eC wee e b seco G Positive Rate af E Figure 8
419. parameters only determine how your computer talks to your modem Usually the fastest possible baud rate is chosen to maximize your modem s compression ca pabilities Foranetwork link only the Emulation and Font settings from the table are relevant D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 14 1 14 Maintenance Menu and Error Handling Table 14 1 Terminal Program Setup Baud rate For a USB or direct serial link the baud rate must match that of the recorder s port USB Port 450 default baud rate is 115 200 N81 Serial Port 405 default baud rate is 38 400 N81 For a modem link the baud rate refers only to the link between your computer and its own modem Data bits 8 Parity Stop bits Flow control Hardware or Software Hardware flow control is recommended The recorder automatically supports both on all its serial ports Function arrow and control keys Terminal keys Emulation VT100 Font A font that supports line drawing e g Terminal or MS Line Draw If the menu appears outlined in odd characters the font you have selected is not supporting line drawing characters 3 Select the device on your PC you will communicate through In HyperTer minal this is done in the Connect Using field of its Properties control Fora USB link select port 450 For a direct serial link select port 405 For a modem link select the appropriate modem For a network link select TCP IP Winsock av
420. point is assigned to Class 1 2 or 3 Based on point Index add column to table below 2 4 3 Definition of Octet Fixed list shown in table below String Point List Configurable current list may be shown in table below Other explain Used for Event Log access as described below Object 110 and 111 are Octet String Object used to provide access to the Event Log text of the relay Object 110 always contains the most recent event in the relay Object 111 is the corresponding change event object As stated in the DNP specifications the variation of the response object repre sents the length of the string The string represents the ASCII values of the event text The first two characters in the string can be used to quickly identify fault location events Fault locator events begin with the characters FL 0x46 0x4C hex The following example shows a fault distance event re turned through either of the octet string objects Event Message FL2000Sep21 20 16 16 966 Line 16 FLoc BG 39 7 miles DNP Octet string object components D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix E 37 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile Implementation Table The following implementation table identifies which object groups and varia tions function codes and qualifiers the device supports in both requests and re sponses The Request columns identify all requests that are parsed by an Outstation The Respo
421. pported e EC 61850 station bus IRIG B time code input modulated or unmodulated Supports IEEE 1344 extensions Front panel LED synchronization indicator Primary Secondary SNTP time source server provisions ms event timetagging of events and records Time synchronization indicator in each record e Self monitoring supervisory software with hardware self checking circuit and failure contact ensures reliable operation Flash memory for record storage with separate Flash memory for program storage Compliance with IEC standards for temperature range transient withstand and RF immunity TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 1 Overview Model Options The TESLA 4000 is available in two models Part No 109312 TESLA 4000 Model 4000 This is available with integrated advanced Phasor Measurement Unit PMU and Continuous Disturbance Recording CDR capabilities as standard fea tures The TESLA 4000 model has provisions for two or four active rear Ether net ports configuration dependant with two independent Mac addresses and support for IEC 61850 station bus protocol Part No 113207 TESLA 4000 Model 4003 This is available with CDR and optional 12 Phasor PMU capabilities This model has only one Copper rear Ethernet port and does not support IEC 61850 protocol Both models are available either as 36 channel 36 analog inputs and 64 digital inputs or 18 channel 18 analog inputs and 32 digital inputs options Th
422. ps the PMU metering replaces the last 10th me tering group Hence the total number of user defined Metering groups avail able will be 9 instead of 10 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 15 PMU Functionality 15 7 Maintenance and Error Handling Diagnosing the PMU Functionalities D02771R02 50 Any Phasor Data Concentrator PDC program which can communicate with the PMU is a good starting point for the trouble shooting Download the PMU Connection Tester Program from the following web site http pmuconnectiontester codeplex com Maintenance Menu and Error Handling on page 14 1 describes a set of util ities that provide diagnostic recovery and TCP IP services The following procedure helps in diagnosing the PMU functionalities Select the device on your PC you communicate through In HyperTerminal this is done in the Connect Using field of its Properties control For a direct serial link select an available serial port For a modem link select the appropriate modem Fora network link select TCP IP Winsock available with Hyper Terminal v1 2 or greater When you initiate the connection the TESLA responds with a login prompt n HyperTerminal use the Call button or menu command to initiate the connection At the login prompt log in as maintenance Lower case No password is required If you are asked for one there is a mistake in the login name Select Enter to get another login prompt and try
423. ptions on page 1 5 for model options 4 1 Communication Ports The TESLA recorder has multiple communication ports for local and remote access to its user interface and SCADA services For port pin out and cabling information see Communication Port Details on page 4 21 Table 4 1 Communication Ports Location Port Function Communications Option Front Panel 401 RJ 45 receptacle 100BASE T Ethernet interface Default IP 192 168 100 80 Used for user interface access or SCADA access through Ethernet LAN 0 1 2 3 4 Front Panel 450 USB B receptacle High speed USB 2 0 interface Used for user interface access Default fixed baud rate 115 200 N81 no parity 8 data bits 1 stop bit 0 1 2 3 4 Rear Panel 400 RJ11 receptacle Internal modem interface Default Baud rate 38 400 N81 no parity 8 data bits 1 stop bit 0 1 2 3 Rear Panel 401 RJ 45 receptacle or ST type optical receptacle factory configured 100BASE T or 100BASE FX 1300nm multi mode Ethernet interface Same subnet as front panel port 401 Used for user interface access or DNP SCADA access through Ethernet LAN 0 1 2 3 401A LC type optical receptacle SFP small form factor pluggable 100BASE FX Ethernet Interface Same subnet as front panel port 401 and rear panel ports 411A 411B Mutually exclusive operation with factory installed RJ 45 port 401B which becomes inactive when port 401A SFP is insert
424. py manufacturer s files from AN Locate File Look in o NxtPhase NO data e RecordBase View My Recent C TESLA Control Panel Documents File name Files of type My Network Figure 3 2 Browse for Null mdm Inf 6 Select the ERLPhase Null Modem driver and select Next 7 Select the serial port you wish to use You are setting up a serial port to be used for a direct cable connection to a TESLA Typically COMI or COM2 are available on a PC for this purpose Select Next 3 4 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 3 TESLA Control Panel Installation Add Hardware Wizard Install New Modem Select the part s you want to install the modem on You have selected the following modem ERLPhase Mull Modem On which parts do you want to install iE All ports COM COM4 Cancel Figure 3 3 Select Serial Port In Windows XP you may get a message stating that the Null Modem has not passed Windows Logo testing and asking Do you want to continue the installation Select Continue Anyway to continue 8 Select Finish and close the Phone and Modem Options and Control Panel dialog boxes D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 3 5 3 TESLA Control Panel Installation 3 3 First Time Start Up Starting TESLA Control Panel Data Location 3 6 To start TESLA Control Panel double click the TESLA Control Panel icon placed on your desktop by the installation p
425. q jeuiruJe LS 91 S 81SINS xiueoug einpojvN 1ndu 5q Bursn sjeuBIS Bulpsooey SO ON 9JIM pepueJis eB 87 91 1deooe sxoo q jeuiuueg 80 8 41S 2 S OIN Xiueoudg junoui NIG I A OL JO NEK AC jddng Jemo g mal Woyjog 9 NpO N 1nduj pejelos leuueu v DA SP em p pues e6 gz z jdeooe sxoojq Jeuruue i 1S 8 s Z 81SINS xiueoug pnis PUNOJO OL ajnpoy Jed sjndu p o dq um 9JIM pepueas eB gz ZL JUNUS EUJ9 X9 ui jdeooe sxoojq BUJUJ9 jueuno ov LS 9 S Z 81SINS xiueoug SJ SU A LOA LO jueuno OV 8246 uepieg Ba ded paysimy pepjelus xy dooj jua uno S4 9p vui 00G 0 yW vwoos 01 dn wang Od UOHEJUBUNIJSU Od 4 SW A 009 01 A 002 pct Y i SIWYA00Z 01 dn oBuey UBIH 8 ld UM oDeyoA oy MOSOOOOODC eDejoA OV S4 SU A 0G O1 A LO abuey M01 eDeyoA OV S4 9P A 088 01 A OSE oBuey uBiH q oBejjoA 9A A000 01 dn JeonpsueJ DO Sd OP A 002 01A VO iagram D lon TESLA 4000 DC Input Module Connect Figure 4 Appendix l 5 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation J 1 Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement PICS Introduction ACSI Basic Conformance Statement D02771R02 50 This specification is the Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement PICS and presents the ACSI conformance statements as defined in Annex A of Part 7 2 of the IEC 61850 standard specifications The basic conformance statement shall
426. quency 1 frequency ROC dual PDC clients CDR Channels D02771R02 50 18 phasors 2 frequencies 36 phasors 2 frequencies 18 phasors 2 frequencies TESLA 4000 User Manual 36 phasors 2 frequencies 1 5 1 Overview 1 3 Front Panel FERL RECORDS STORED Q RECORDER TRIGGERED TEST MODE ALARM 401 100BASE T 450 USB RECORDER FUNCTIONAL IRIG B FUNCTIONAL NU k 1 Status LEDs 2 Port 401 Ethernet 3 Port 450 USB Figure 1 2 Front Panel 1 4 Rear Connections Made in Canada AN AA APD PIA A93 A92 ATN A9 ALA GON AUN AX GEN AAD SN AEX External Inputs 48 250VDC Output Contacts 1 4 FTX FEN FEN HON AN AZA HEX ZAR BEN BEN BZA APN APN A AN AEN AAAA A A WL HI S BD00000000000 00 0 0 d 9 O D 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 od D 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 TEX AAN FER AEN
427. r s standard user in terface a Establish a network or a USB connection between your computer and Port 401 or 450 on the recorder run TESLA Control Panel soft ware and initiate a connection to the unit b When connected select Utilities in the Main Menu list and go to the Communication tab to access the Port 405 s settings 4 12 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 4 Communicating with the Recorder From Main Menu select Utilities then the Communication tab if TESLA Control Panel Main Menu zla xl File View Help TESLA Control Panel Select IED Records Events Metering edi Configuration s Bela Enable modem mmm Sat Baud rate Communication Service Port Direct Serial Port 450 Baud Rate 115200 v Port 405 Direct Serial Baud Rate 38400 z C External Modem Modem Initialization String t Internal Modem ie ll Baud Rate 38400 MA Modem Initialization String 1 gt TPL Unit Identification A Communication A Recording A Time A Analog Input Calibration A Notify f Safe Shutdown Close Main Menu Utilities Figure 4 9 Communications Setup Utility c Set the Baud Rate This will be the rate at which the recorder will communicate with the external modem It does not control the rate at which the modems communicate with each other Unlike a direct serial link there is no need for this baud rate to match that of the re mote computer
428. r Now 40005 1 365 up to 366 if leap year 1 Years since 1900 40006 90 137 1 Sync d to IRIG B 40007 0 No 1 Yes 1 Time of Acquisition UTC Read all in same query to ensure consistent time reading data Milliseconds Acquisition 40008 0 1 Millisecond information not supported Seconds Acquisition 40009 0 59 1 Minutes Acquisition 40010 0 59 1 Hours Acquisition 40011 0 23 1 Day of Year Acquisition 40012 1 365 up to 366 if leap year 1 Years since 1900 40013 90 137 1 Acquisition Time Sync d 40014 0 No 1 to IRIG B 1 Yes Offset of UTC to IED 40015 2 s complement half hours North America is 1 Local Time negative Analog Magnitude and Angle Metering Channels Channel Address Value Scaled up by Al1 Magnitude 40257 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al1 Angle 40258 180 to 180 10 Al2 Magnitude 40259 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al2 Angle 40260 180 to 180 10 AI3 Magnitude 40261 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al3 Angle 40262 180 to 180 10 Al4 Magnitude 40263 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al4 Angle 40264 180 to 180 10 AI5 Magnitude 40265 0 to 3276 7 units 10 AI5 Angle 40266 180 to 180 10 Al6 Magnitude 40267 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al6 Angle 40268 180 to 180 10 AI7 Magnitude 40269 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al7 Angle 40270 180 to 180 10 AI8 Magnitude 40271 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al8 Angle 40272 180 to 180 10 AI9 Magnit
429. r V Get Remote ummaries o Summary Latest 25Records v v Get Remote Hvents K cord Name 140428 100124578 5t T41P11cs ERLPhase Swing tir Autopoll Record Type Swing Record Version 52 Record Priority 0 Records from T40001P120 Aaa om Unit D TAIPilcs OnlED Trigger Time Local Mon Apr 28 2014 10 01 24 578 Local Events be 201404261017 3 08651 124 2014 04 28 10 03 01 384 G00SE Test LUI LPRO VIGI LO be 140428 101738086 5t T 4IPTI cs ERLPhz 125 2015 04 28 18 83 01 391 G00SE Test LUI LPRO VI81 HI 126 2014 84 28 10 83 01 393 G00SE Test LUI LPRO UI81 LO 127 2014 04 28 18 03 01 582 G00SE Test LUI LPRO UIOT HI 128 2014 04 28 10 03 01 584 G00SE Test LUI LPRO VI81 LO 129 2014 04 28 10 03 01 839 G00SE Test LUI LPRO UIOT HI 138 2014 04 28 10 03 01 841 G00SE Test LUI LPRO UIO1 LO 131 2014 84 28 16 63 62 801 0utput Contact 2 Opened 132 2014 04 28 10 03 02 805 0utput Contact 3 Opened 133 2014 04 28 10 03 02 807 G00SE Test LUI LPRO VIGI HI 134 2014 04 28 10 03 02 814 GOOSE Test LUI LPRO UI61 LO 135 2014 04 28 10 03 82 814 0utput Contact 2 Closed 136 2014 84 28 16 63 62 824 0utput Contact 3 Closed 137 2014 84 28 10 03 02 826 GOOSE Test LUI LPRO VI81 HI fe 140428 101637376 5L T 4IPTI cs ERLPhz Save As fe 140428 101132003 51 T4IPTI cs ERLPhz HE 140428 100817940 5t T4IP11cs ERLPhe fe 140428 100539017 51 T4IPTIcs ERLPhz Fe 140428 100402842 5t T4IP11cs ERLPhe Convert Filename Trigger Eout t
430. r of 10 The units are the same as the units set in the relay configuration Fault Information Time of Fault Appendix D 18 Function Code 3 addresses 42141 and 42144 If the current event is a fault location event these registers contain the time of the fault in seconds since 1970 Each of these 16 bit regis ters contains an 8 bit portion of a 32 bit time value Register 42141 contains the upper 16 bits register 42144 contains the lower 16 bits Register Meaning High Byte Low Byte 0x00 Ox1B Event text size 27 0x1B hex 0x46 0x4C F L Fault locator event 0x32 0x30 2 0 0x30 0x30 0 0 0x53 0x65 S E 0x70 0x32 p 2 0x31 0x20 slo 0x32 0x30 2 0 Ox3A 0x31 aol 0x36 Ox3A 0x31 0x36 Ox2E 0x39 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Appendix D Modbus Functions Register Meaning 42064 0x36 0x36 6 42065 0x20 Ox3A s 42066 0x20 Ox4C poni s 42067 0x69 Ox6E i n 42068 0x65 0x20 et 42069 0x31 0x36 1 6 42070 Ox3A 0x46 dup 42071 Ox4C Ox6F T o 42072 0x63 0x20 Boo 42073 0x42 0x47 B G 42074 0x20 0x33 B ES 42075 0x39 Ox2E ocn 42076 0x37 0x20 V 42077 Ox6D 0x69 m i 42078 0x6C 0x65 T e 42079 0x73 0x00 S D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix D 19 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile Device Properties This document s
431. r or the Main Menu item Use the Close button to close the screen TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 5 Working with TESLA Control Panel Status Bar The Status Bar at the bottom of the TESLA Control Panel displays the name of the selected recorder workspace and the status of the connections D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 5 7 6 Metering Display Standard Metering Screens User Defined Metering Screens Angle Reference D02771R02 50 The recorder has a full set of real time metering displays that provide present readings from the analog and digital input channels and the calculated chan nels The Metering display is accessed through the Metering item in the Main Menu tab s function list T TESLA Control Panel Metering Jeg File Help T4dip17 VaMag 1 13790 kV 0 T4ip17 VbMag 2 137 93 kV 120 T4ip17 VcMag 3 137 90 kV 120 T4ip17 laMag 40_5M 199 83 A 9 T4ip17 lbMag 40 5M 199 81 A 150 T4ip17 lcMag l40_5M 199 90 A Analog Input 7 Mag 0 18 o f Analog Input 8 Mag 0 81 T4ip17 aMag 120 5 0 60 kA 90 T4ip17 IbMag 120 5 060 ES 150 T4ip17 lcMagi120 5 0 60 kA 30 T4ip17 laMag 1100_1 499 64 A T4ip17 ibMag l100 1 49945 A 150 T4ipizlcMagl100 1 499 70 A Analog Input 15 Mag 034 0 Analog input 16 Mag 0 25 T4ip17 laMag l1K_1H 5 00 KA 90 T4ip17 IbMag l1K_1H 5 00 kA T4ip17 lcMag MK 1H 5 00 kA 30 B Analog Input 20 Mag 0 09 p
432. raphing Records 11 12 Digital Channel Status Indicator Highlight digital channel which change state with different icons and list only configured channels in the tree view A mimic screen shot of the icons 1s shown below The lt default gt template automatically displays the digital chan nels which changes the state TE JJ II ini xi File Yiew Graph Measu ure Scale Options Help Balaa p Jami s slej miel x elelee z 2 s s IN slej Ll RELAYID 2002 04 19 15 54 02 4 S High Speed Channels H Analog E External KEI Spare 1 AEI Spare 2 EI Spare 3 KEI Spare 4 m A Inp2 SOBF 2 Trip KEI Spare 5 AEI Spare 6 AEI Spare 7 A EI Spare 8 KEI Spare 9 A Inp1 50LS 1 High amp Alnp1 50LS 2 High nA rol sori Tip Icon with changes inp 50 Tip in the digital status dlnpl 51 Alarm A lnp1 51 Trip A lnp2 50LS 1 High A lnp2 50LS 2 High A Inp2 50BF 1 Trip A np2 50BF 2 Trip A Inp2 50 Trip s mi np2 51 Alarm Icon with no changes Adnp350L51 High in the digital status A np3 50LS 2 High Axlnp3 50BF 1 Trip m A np1 SOBF 2 Trip A lnp3 50BF 2 Trip A lnp3 50 Trip A lnp3 51 Alarm A lnp3 51 Trip amp lnp4 50LS 1 High tel A lnp4 50L5 2 High RELAYID 2002 04 19 15 54 02 025 BPR 2002 04 19 10 54 02 025 A Input 1 SOBF 1 Trip Si ids r T z K z z A lnp4 SOBF 1 Trip econ 0 20 0 1
433. rce is not recommended for PMU applications The PMU module is a standard feature on TESLA 4000 The PMU functional ity complies with and exceeds the IEEE C37 118 2005 standard for Synchro phasors for Power Systems You can now transmit up to 36 user selectable phasors the standard requires only a minimum of 12 phasors as individual phase quantities or three phase positive negative or zero sequence phasors or summated phasors via Ethernet or serial port or modem at rates up to 60 frames each second You can also transmit to the PDC 12 Analog quantities consisting of any com bination of Watts VARS VA DC and 64 digital status quantities The PMU functionality does not affect the existing TESLA features it is designed to work simultaneously with the existing features such as triggering recording and trending 1 For details see Model Options on page 1 5 D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 15 1 15 PMU Functionality 15 2 TESLA 4000 PMU Features Phasor Estimation Phasor Reporting Number of Synchrophasors Number of Frequency Channels Analog Data Digital Status Data PMU Reporting Rate 15 2 Assuming IRIG B signal from a reliable GPS receiver as per C37 118 standard Annex E section El the PMU functional module estimates the phasor using the DFT algorithm The phasor magnitude and phase angle once estimated is compensated for the frequency variation over a wide range 60 of the nominal sy
434. re 1s enabled Records can be viewed with RecordGraph ERLPhase s interactive graphing software To launch RecordGraph select one or more local records and select the Graph button Selecting a recorder file under On JED and then selecting the Get from IED button causes a record file on the IED to be transferred from the recorder to your local computer More than one file can be transferred at the time using Windows file selection function Control Shift left click This action will not delete the record on the IED The Get From IED and Delete button erases the records on the recorder after they have been transferred to Control Panel and verified TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Save As Export Delete Rename Refresh Trigger Fault Swing Both Recordings on IED File gt Select Remote D02771R02 50 9 Record and Log Management When connected to a cooperative group Get From IED automatically transfers the corresponding record from each group member and combines them into a single group record Record Export Utility on page 12 1 Selecting a local record and selecting the Save As button copies a record to a specified file The tlr file suffix should be retained Selecting a local record and selecting the Export button launches the Export Utility Records can be exported in common formats such as COMTRADE for use in other software or playback for details see 12 Record Export Utility on page 1 The
435. redefined in the lt Default gt or User defined template Method 3 Trends 1 Double click Trends from the Main Menu 2 Select the record from the list To select multiple records press Ctr key and click on the desired records 3 Select the Graph button at bottom of sereen Range of Dates for Trends and Events From 1119 2011 Ka To 11 22 2011 Trended Channels Frequencyl Frequency Undamped NewElement VaMag Vang Vb ng Vc ng la amp ng Ib ng Ic ng TESLA Control Panel v0 36 elel 5 t9 Trends Trend Channels Analog Magnitude e NewElement a_maqg Dampec Analog Angle NewElementVa ang Damped e NewElement Vb ang Damped e MewElement Vc ang Damped NewElementla_ang D amped e NewElement Ib_ang D amped e NewElement lc_ang D amped Frequency Frequencyl D amped Frequencyl Lndampe Move the activegraph to the the top of the view page Figure 11 2 Display Trend Records TESLA 4000 User Manual 00 00 JJ 00 00 O 0 01 Dec 31 69 18 00 00 D02771R02 50 11 Graphing Records Launch 1 Open Windows Explorer RecordG raph 2 Select a record It should have valid extensions Ipr Ipl tpr tpt tlr from Windows bpr bpl fpr mbr mbe Explorer 3 Right click the selected record 4 Choose the RecordBaseView gt Launch Graph option Select a record should have valid extensions lpr Ipl tpr tpt tlr bpr
436. rees 0 1 0 01 tion 9 Angle 350 Impedance Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Ohm 0 1 0 00001 tion 10 Mag 351 Impedance Func 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 tion 10 Angle Appendix E 32 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual Transmitted Value Scaling o Default CI E Resignedio Multiplier oa oh ste d default ipti t Events Minimum Maximum default range Offset sl u s Description 5 1 2 3 or none marimal o Impedance Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Ohm 0 1 0 00001 tion 11 Mag Impedance Func 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 tion 11 Angle Impedance Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Ohm 0 1 0 00001 tion 12 Mag Impedance Func 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 tion 12 Angle Impedance Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Ohm 0 1 0 00001 tion 13 Mag Impedance Func 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 tion 13 Angle Impedance Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Ohm 0 1 0 00001 tion 14 Mag Impedance Func 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 tion 14 Angle Impedance Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1
437. rg 125 Copy Trace Ctrl C Paste Trace Ctrl Delete Trace Ctri Del PT1 v1 Copy Trace Data to Clipboard Ctrl D Change Trace Color Alt R Active Trace Information A CT31ALS CT3 1B LS A CT31CLS CT4JALS CT41B LS CH atis All are EE A CTSJATS RPM A CTSIBJS from T T CT51CTS y la Operating Ib Operating y Ic Operating y la Restraint A Ib Restraint y Ic Restraint H External 5 m PTA V3 V 125 v Seconds 0 090 0100 0110 0420 0130 0440 0450 04160 a E Ay Overlay Delete all the traces from the active graph Scale Secondary Ui Figure 11 29 Delete All Traces Deletes all the traces from the active graph In an Overlay view this action re moves all the traces Graph gt Copy Trace Data to Clipboard Copy trace data from the active graph to the clipboard see Exporting Channel Data on page 11 74 Graph gt Change Trace Color ee ME paan eoeta 7 5 dla Sia x Aleea wl rja aj Ha s I8 D h BaT3HS 59 TU 105584 7 T Bagh Speed henry Arco PTE n FNI Fn quen Bone ob u CTLIN MS BEYI A ETLIEMS prpmrmrr M DR AIM mr cara V ETHCHS m mmum mm eae ie ununum erji i m SS Bee u Chas c l gmr mar Color of this trace is changed A TEE FTTTTTTI CT amp 1CTS Ad sme nuanum Mm z bari Bir n1 adt DH d a Ir o s an i Mm Green 125 ee ee mio meo pos EN n
438. ribed in the following table Edit IED JED Definition EDName TESLA4000 Comments FY Location Lab IP78 IED Serial Number TESLA 4000 120320 01 Model TESLA hd Configuration TESLA 3000 4000 36 Channels x PMU Module Vv Communication Direct Serial Link Serial Link COM6 Communications cable between two computers Baud Rate Modem Link Modem No Modems Available Phone Number e Network Link First IP Address 192 168 100 78 Second IP Address 192 168 101 78 Use SOCKSS Proxy 0 Connect Through IED Add New Modem Serial Link Get Information From TESLA Folder placement Recordings Folder CAXUsersWemoTestUservDocumentsWRL Phasevdat Browse Configs Folder C Wsers DemoTestUsenDocuments ERLPhasedat Browse Save IED definition Cancel Figure 5 2 Recorder Workspace Definition Table 5 1 IED Workspace Settings IED Definition IED Name The IED Name is the name you assign to this recorder s workspace It appears in the IED selection and the Current IED display at the bot tom of the TESLA Control Panel window We recommend that you use the same name for this workspace as the Unit Name given to the recorder Unit Identification on page 7 2 Comments User defined for your reference only Location User defined for your reference only IED Serial Number Enter the IED Serial Number to match the serial
439. riginal file extension Since data is being continuously written to the storage device it is important to follow a safe shutdown procedure This will ensure data integrity A new command Safe Shutdown Mode is added to the maintenance menu and to the TESLA Control Panel Utilities screen TESLA Control Panel Utilities Ne High Speed Recordings Low Speed Recordings Trigger Mode Edge C Duration Sample Rate 5760 samples second Sample Rate 60 samples second Pre trigger Time 9 2 0 1 seconds Pre trigger Time 29 0 60 seconds Normal Record Length 1 0 2 15 seconds Normal Record Length 60 10 900 seconds Trend Recordings Sample Rate seconds sample Continuous Disturbance Recording CDR Records second channel Sample Rate 6 RMS samples second channel Storage Storage Saas Accumulation Mode Status Alarm Limits Enabled Contact HighiLow Speed Recycle w when ful ACTIVE 80 full Trends when full DISABLED days accumulated ju CDR ACTIVE Not applicable for CDR data P bI Unit Identification Recording Analog Input Calibration A Notif Safe Shutdown Main Menu Utilities TESLA Control Panel v0 36 Current IED TESLA4000IP105 Connected Figure 10 4 Utilities The command Safe Shutdown Mode is available only at the service access lev el for TESLA Control Panel or via Port 450 login for maintenance utilities When the command Safe Shutdown Mode is used all TESLA 4000 application t
440. ring the time span of the record from the recorder s event log For cooperative group records the event list cannot be displayed until the re cords have been transferred to TESLA Control Panel and combined When both Get Remote Summaries and Get Remote Events options are checked Control Panel accesses and displays the corresponding recording in formation in the Record Summary and Events sections of the right hand pane You may eliminate the delay involved in accessing this information by dis abling the corresponding check boxes When Autopoll is checked Control Panel will periodically default 60 seconds poll the connected TESLA recorder for new record files and automatically transfer them to the local computer Newest records will be transferred first and only one new record will be transferred at each poll The state of the Auto poll enable is persistent to the local computer and retained between TESLA Control Panel sessions and menu navigation During periods of user inactivity a count of Autopoll records transferred 1s indicated within the record tab when this feature is active Checking Autoprint will cause each transferred via Autopoll record file to be automatically printed on the default Windows printer using RecordGraph s de fault template The state of the Autoprint enable 1s persistent to the local com puter and retained between TESLA Control Panel sessions and menu navigation and only available when the Autopoll featu
441. rm Dev B Trip Dev 67 Alarm Dev 5SFT Trip Dev 58FT Alarm Dev 59Fl Trip Dev 60 Alarm THD Alarm Ausillary Alarm Ambient Alarm Top Oil Alarm E Summation 1 00 1 00 1 00 1 00 1 00 I LL a a Seconds 000 O10 020 030 040 050 O80 070 080 090 100 al Timeline i gi Move the activegraph to the the top of the view page scale Secondary A Figure 11 25 Move Rearrange the relative position of the graphs in the active view page First se lect the graph and use either the Move Up or Move Down option to change the position of the graph Graph gt Copy Trace iBi xi Fille View Graph Measure Scale Options Help fal cee ne a HE a slal Ela x eleele zj tld a AJ AN njej 4 2 e El bar Add Digital Graph CtrltIns bank 8 r19851 991101 105947761 tpr El Hic Delete Graph Del 125 A a 2 Move 100 D1 04 59 47 781441 Paste Trace Ctrl y 75 Delete Trace Ctri Del 50 Delete All Traces Alt A Copy Trace Data to Clipboard Ctrl D 25 Change Trace Color Alt R 0 Active Trace Information 25 A CT31ALS 50 CT31BLS y CT31C LS 75 A CTATALS v CTAJBLS Kai CT4ICLS 125 y CT51A TS se 1 005 N CT5 1B TS 02304 A CTSACIS 080 Copies this trace y la Operating 0 70 4 p 0 60 4
442. rnal logic channels pro duced 8 times per cycle Low Speed 60 sec Analog input channels sampled at the low speed swing data rate Select the desired channel from the list with a left click Multiple channels can be selected using standard Windows selec tion actions click Ctrl or Shift keys Place selected channels in the Exported Channels list box Place all channels into the Exported Channels list box Delete a channel from the Exported Channel list box Delete all channels from the Exported Channel list box Offset negative start When checked this option shifts the negative time to start from times to begin at zero Zero 12 4 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 12 2 PTI Format D02771R02 50 12 Record Export Utility PTI Export Settings Fa Export to data Nina s Recorder A ecords 2001 01 24 16 14 45 00021 asc Browse Station Name Identification Header Text Low Speed 60 sec v Elementi va tst Val 1 Magnitud 4 Elementi va tst Val 1 Phase Element Vb tst bl 1 Magnitud Element1 vb tst Vb1 1 Phase Elementi Vc tst Vc1 1 Magnitud gt Elementl Vc tst Vc1 1 Phase Elementl la tst lal 1 Magnitude Elementi la tst lal 1 Phase Unused Rec Chan Magnitude Unused Rec Chan Phase z Offset negative start times to begin at zero OK Location comer Name Station Number 1 Unitld Node1 a Version v ersion2 Y Format x fasci Exported Ch
443. rocess or select Start gt Program Files gt ERLPhase gt TESLA Control Panel TESLA Control Panel uses a data location on your computer to store records and settings from your recorders By default it is C Program Files ERLPhase Data although you may change this later by using the File Data Location command from the Main Menu Program Files x86 for Windows 7 64 bit operating systems When you change the data location previously configured IEDs will not be affected Only newly created IEDs will use the new data loca tion To edit the data location of existing IEDs use the Main Menu Edit button Note that recent Microsoft Windows security updates prevent non Administrative user accounts from storing data under C Program Files Program Files x86 for Windows 7 64 bit operating systems it may be necessary to change the default record and config storage locations for the IEDs Til TESLA Control Panel Main Menu B Bl x File View Help Data Location m Select IED TESLA Demo Unit Connect Exit Add New Main Menu Current IED TESLA Demo Unit Disconnected Figure 3 4 Data Location TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 4 Communicating with the Recorder This chapter describes the communication options to communicate with TESLA 4000 Model 4000 Port 402 is not available in Model 4003 and hence all communications through port 402 will not be applicable to Model 4003 Please refer to Model O
444. rom the On JED branch of a Cooperative Group IED automatically deletes the associated record from each group mem ber If the group record is not deleted the individual records can be retrieved and viewed from a group member using standard 1 e non cooperative mode methods 13 4 Required Cooperative Mode Settings Cooperative mode operation requires key settings to be consistent on all re corders in the group This section identifies those settings and provides guide lines for selecting appropriate values D02771R02 50 Table 13 5 Time Control Settings Utilities gt Time setup screen Setting Effect on Cooperative Operation Guideline Incoming IRIG Time Signal Properties May cause a UTC time mismatch between recorders that results in trigger messages being rejected Setting should be the same on all group members Recorder Time Zone Setting May cause a UTC time mismatch between recorders that results in trigger messages being rejected Setting should be the same on all group members Recording Control Settings Utilities Recording Trigger Mode In Duration mode triggers from Setting should be Edge on all other recorders result in a record group members of Maximum Record Length as their duration is not evident to the receiving recorder Pre Trigger Records with a pretrigger time dif Setting must be the same on all Mode ferent from that of the Master group members At least 0 1 sec
445. rrect the problem through a software restart A software restart takes place quickly and does not activate any external indica tors If the failure persists the unit will initiate a hardware reset to attempt to clear the problem A hardware reset takes approximately a minute and half to com plete If the problem is not cleared after four consecutive reset attempts the unit enters the Persistent Error state In this state the recorder activates its fail D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 14 5 14 Maintenance Menu and Error Handling ure indicators and stops initiating resets to avoid interfering with any diagnos tic investigation If the Supervisory software subsequently determines that the problem has been cleared it automatically returns the unit to its normal operating state clearing the failure indicators Normal Operation First Detected Error Problem Cleared Persistent Error Mode Problem Cleared Software Restart Problem Cleared Hardware Reset Problem Persists After Repeated Reset Attempts Problem Still Present Figure 14 2 Error Handling State Indicators Table 14 6 State Indicators Recorder State Indicators Normal Recorder Functional LED ON Failure Contact OPEN Software Reset Recorder Functional LED ON Failure Contact OPEN Hardware Reset Recorder Functional LED ON Test Mode LED ON Failure Contact OPEN Persistent Error Recorder Functional
446. s Can store from 10 to 140 days of continu ous records Appendix A 2 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 Power System Recorder Appendix A Specifications Interface amp Communication Front Panel Indicators 6 LEDs Recorder Functional IRIG B Functional Recorder Triggered Records Stored Test Mode Alarm Front User Interfaces USB port and 100BASE T Ethernet port Rear User Interfaces LAN Ports Copper Optical ST style connector or Optical LC Style Connector Copper RJ 45 100BASE T Optical ST 100BASE FX Multimode 1300nm ST Optical LC 100BASE FX Multimode 1310nm LC Serial User Interface Two serial RS 232 ports to 115 kbd Com port can support an external modem Internal Modem 38 4 Kbps V 32 bis Optional SCADA Interface DNP3 or Modbus Ethernet DNP3 RS 232 DNP3 or Modbus Configurable Alarms 6 contacts unit Normally open Cross trigger 1 contact unit Normally open Self Checking Recorder 1 contact 1 Normally closed Inoperative Time Sync IRIG B BNC connector unit B003 B004 B123 and Modulated or unmodulated B124 Time Codes Inputs and Outputs Remote Analog Input Modules 4 input current module 3 input voltage module or 4 input dc isolation module and split core CTs See modules data sheet for more information Modules mount on DIN rail up to 1200 meters 4000 feet away from recorder
447. s L anfigD emo5 5UHz 2002 Mar 08 17 13 58 Demo configuration file L anfigD emo 2001 Jun 01 10 10 39 Testing TESLA3UO Demo 2005 Jun 20 17 45 43 Mone Figure 8 2 Present Configuration When you close the Configuration Editor you are given the option of loading the configuration back into the recorder This gives you a quick way to make changes on the fly You can also transfer the recorder s present configuration to a saved file in Control Panel using the Get from IED button When transferred the configu ration appears in the Saved Settings list File Help Configurations for TESLA Demo Unit Present Settings ConfigD emo5 50Hz 2002 Mar 08 17 13 58 Demo configuration file ConfigDemod 2001 Jun 01 10 10 38 Testing TESLA3000 Demo 2005 Jun 20 17 49 49 None Copy from other IED Refresh sg Close Main Menu Config E dit Config Mar TESLA 4000 Control Panel Current IED TESLA Demo Unit Checking For Connection Figure 8 3 Saved Configurations Saved configuration files are shown under the Saved Settings heading in the list Control Panel can store many saved configuration files limited only by hard disk and Windows operating system constraints TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 8 Configuring the Recorder Loading a Saved Configuration Creating a New Configuration Using Another Recorder s Configuration as a Starting Point D02771R02 50 Saved configuration files can be created displayed and modif
448. s 10 Al15 THD 40555 0 to 327 67 100 Al15 SHL 40556 0 to 327 6796 100 Al15 DC 40557 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 Al16 THD 40558 0 to 327 67 100 Al16 SHL 40559 0 to 327 67 100 Al16 DC 40560 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 Al17 THD 40561 0 to 327 67 100 Al17 SHL 40562 0 to 327 67 100 Al17 DC 40563 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 Al18 THD 40564 0 to 327 67 100 Al18 SHL 40565 0 to 327 67 100 Al18 DC 40566 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 Al19 THD 40567 0 to 327 67 100 AI19 SHL 40568 0 to 327 67 100 AI19 DC 40569 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 AI20 THD 40570 0 to 327 67 100 AI20 SHL 40571 0 to 327 67 100 AI20 DC 40572 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 Al21 THD 40573 0 to 327 67 100 Al21 SHL 40574 0 to 327 67 100 Al21 DC 40575 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 Al22 THD 40576 0 to 327 67 100 Al22 SHL 40577 0 to 327 67 100 Al22 DC 40578 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 Al23 THD 40579 0 to 327 67 100 Al23 SHL 40580 0 to 327 67 100 D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix D 9 Appendix D Modbus Functions Appendix D 10 AI23 DC 40581 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 AI24 THD 40582 0 to 327 67 100 AI24 SHL 40583 0 to 327 67 100 AI24 DC 40584 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 AI25 THD 40585 0 to 327 67 100 AI25 SHL 40586 0 to 327 67 100 AI25 DC 40587 3276 8 to 3276 7 units 10 AI26 THD 40588 0 to 327 67 100 AI26 SHL 40589 0 t
449. s Event Log are also controlled by the above time display settings They will be displayed as UTC or local times as config ured here Record timestamps shown in Control Panel s Records tab are converted from UTC using the Windows Time and Date settings of the PC running Control Panel This enables records from multiple time zones to be normalized to a common time zone and format Table 7 4 Time Settings IED Time is displayed as UTC Sets the time display and the Event Log timestamps to Universal Coordinated Time UTC Note that UTC time is not affected by the Recorder Time Zone setting or Daylight Savings Time Local Time Sets the time display and the Event Log timestamps to Local Time Local time is converted to UTC using the Recorder Time Zone setting Local Time with DST Same as Local Time except Daylight Savings Time DST is factored into the time conversion Daylight Sav ings Time is assumed to be in effect from 2 AM on the first Sunday in April until 2 AM on the last Sunday in October Present Time When connected to a recorder the recorder s present Display time is shown and continually updated The specified time settings e g Local Time are applied to the dis played time TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Table 7 4 Time Settings Sync No Sync Display 7 Recorder Setup Utilities Indicates that the recorder synchronization status is to a valid time signal input Incoming IRIG Sig
450. s su Month 11 1 12 Retention izi ah 2011 11 22 2214 To 2011 11 22 22 16 Record Retrieval Request Save As Day 22 1 31 Hour 22 0 23 Export Minute 14 0 59 Delete Main Menu Continuous TESLA Control Panel v0 36 Current IED TESLA4000IP105 Connected Figure 10 3 Continuous Disturbance Recording Screen Table 10 3 Get Entering appropriate parameters in the Record Retrieval Request section and selecting the Get button retrieves and saves a CDR record to the local disk Erase Selecting the Erase button erases all CDR data on the TESLA recorder A confirmation dialog is displayed before this action is carried out Record Enter year month day hour and minute information in the start date Section Retrieval and a Length for the requested record These fields are pre filled with a time Request that is computed from the To time minus the initial Length value Graph Launch RecordGraph with the selected record or records TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Safe Shutdown Mode D02771R02 50 10 Continuous Disturbance Recording Table 10 3 Save as Brings up a dialog to save the selected record with a new name and or loca tion Export Brings up the Export utility to export the selected record in a different format Delete Deletes the selected records from the local file system Rename Allows the user to rename the record keeping the o
451. sample rate This will add ap proximately two minutes to the load time Use the New button to create a new configuration file New configuration files are compatible with the latest Setting Version by default The Setting Version can be changed if desired to create new configuration files for older recorders The fixed information in the Device Configuration screen is derived from the IED Definition Adding Editing a Recorder Workspace Definition on page 5 3 You can use the Copy from Other IED button to create a configuration for the current recorder based on an existing one from another recorder The configu ration can be chosen from a list of the saved settings of the other IEDs defined in Control Panel TESLA 4000 User Manual 8 3 8 Configuring the Recorder 8 2 SCADA and DNP Configuration For SCADA communication and DNP configuration information see Ac cessing SCADA Services on page 4 16 For Modbus protocol implementation details refer to Modbus Functions in Appendix D For DNP protocol implementation details please refer to DNP3 Device Pro file in Appendix E 8 3 Configuration Editor The Configuration Editor provides the means to create display and modify configurations for the recorder To start the editor from the Configuration Manager screen either double click on a configuration file or select it and click on the Edit button The sample screens shown are from the TESLA 4000 Demo configura
452. seconds 30 second extended User configurable 32 to 384 samples cycle Dynamic Swing Record length 10 seconds to 15 minutes 30 minute extended 1 sample cycle Record Storage Standard Capacity with 4GB compact flash up to 1000 2 second fault records with all 36 channels sampled at 96 samples cycle channels or a combi nation of fault and swing records Extended Capacity compact flash up to 1000 5 sec ond fault records with all 36 channels sampled at 256 samples cycle or a combination of fault and swing records Trending User selectable sampling interval from 10 to 3600 seconds Up to 60 channels can be trended simultaneously The recorder can store 90 days of data from each trend channel 5 accumulation modes Damped Un damped Avg Min Max Each mode is treated as a separate channel Evaluated phasor magnitude and angle guantities will be recorded as separate channels Event Logging D02771R02 50 500 events in the regular log TESLA 4000 User Manual Up to 1000 events can be stored as a daily trend record Appendix A 1 Appendix A Specifications TESLA 4000 Power System Recorder Channels and Triggers Analog Inputs High and low threshold positive and negative rate of change harmonic level THD level sags swells All triggers have independent controls for delay logging transient or swing record initiation alarm contact activation and cross triggering Summati
453. section for details on launching TESLA Control Panel see First Time Start Up on page 3 6 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 1 Overview 1 1 TESLA System Description D02771R02 50 The TESLA power system recorder is a multi time frame recording system used to monitor electrical power systems It can record up to 36 up to 18 for 18 Channel TESLA analog channels and 64 up to 32 for 18 Channel TES LA digital status channels and store up to 1000 recordings Up to four re corders can be operated as a cooperative group to achieve greater numbers of channels The TESLA can record data simultaneously in three time domains high speed transient fault seconds low speed dynamic swing minutes and continuous trend 10 second to hour intervals A wide variety of triggers are available to initiate recording The integrated Phasor Measurement Unit PMU functionality streams syn chrophasor data for wide area monitoring as per IEEE C37 118 standards It can stream up to 36 phasors 12 analog quantities and 64 digital status quan tities and up to two PDC s with independent MAC addresses The integrated CDR creates continuous records without triggers which together with the fault swing and trend records provides wide area visibility of system performance The CDR also creates redundancy in PMU data The TESLA system consists of a recorder analog input isolation modules and the TESLA Control Panel user interface software
454. ser Manual D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation IEC 61850 Logical Device Data Model The IEC 61850 Logical Device top level data model consists of instances of Logical Nodes The data model name for a Logical Node instance is construct ed from an optional prefix known as the wrapper the Logical Node name and an instance ID or suffix Table J 5 Logical Device Triggers LN Type Description LLNO Logical node zero LPHD1 Physical device information RADR 1 Disturbance recorder channel analogue RADR 1 LPHD1 RADR1 RADR2 RADR3 RADR 1 RADR4 RADR 1 RADRS RADR 1 RADR6 RADR 1 RADR7 RADR 1 RADR8 RADR 1 RADR9 RADR 1 RADR10 RADR 1 RADR11 RADR 1 RADR12 RADR 1 NENNEN RH NENNEN RH RH NENNEN RH NENNEN EN NENNEN RH NENNEN BEEN e RH RH RH NENNEN NENNEN RH RADR17 RADR 1 co RADR18 RADR 1 i RADR19 RADR 1 i RADR20 RADR 1 i N RADR21 i C2 RADR 1 RADR22 RADR 1 NO RADR23 i C1 RADR 1 RADR24 RADR 1 O RADR25 i N RADR 1 TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix J 9 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation Table J 5 Logical Device Triggers NO Co RADR26 RADR 1 N co RADR27 RADR 1 C2 RADR28 RADR 1 RADR29 RADR 1 RADR30 RADR 1 OO OO RADR31 RADR 1 Q ER RADR32 RADR 1 OO C1 RADR33 RADR 1 oO O RADR34 RADR 1 C2 NI RADR35 RADR_1 OO Co RADR36 RADR 1 C2 co R
455. set by default using Identification information from this recorder They are written as the first line in the cfg output file Header Text The Header Text field contains the text written into the COMTRADE header hdr file By default the field contains the Location Name Number and the Unit ID of the unit that produced the record This text can be modified deleted or extended as desired TESLA 4000 User Manual 12 3 12 Record Export Utility Table 12 1 COMTRADE Export Settings Version The Version field lets you select the revision of COMTRADE stand ard to produce COMTRADE has been an evolving standard and a number of changes have been made over the years 1991 and 1999 COMTRADE versions are supported Format The Format field specifies that the data in the COMTRADE file ASCII or BINARY format ASCII data has the advantage of being usable by simple text editor and spreadsheet programs but results in a significantly larger record relative to binary format BINARY format is therefore recommended if the software package you will be using the data in supports binary format COMTRADE Selecting Channels You must select the channels from the record that you want to Exported Channels include in the output file For convenience the digital data recorded is classified into High Speed Analog and external digital input channels sampled at the high speed transient data rate High Speed 480 sec Analog and inte
456. sk in a sub folder where the RecordGraph application resides for exam ple C Program Files NxtPhase RecordGraph template Program Files x86 for Windows 7 64 bit operating systems The template graphical layout file contains information about fixed views graphs traces marker positions read out scaling and zoom range You can analyze a system disturbance recorded at different times and at different loca tions using the template When a template is opened the predefined layout information is automatically applied based on the new record or set of records You can save time by view ing the data recorded without manually loading the traces again Templates are the first step in generating a visual report You automatically form a template when you create views and graphs To re apply the template to a different recording from the same or different recorder you must save this layout information in a file You can extend or alter tem plates by manipulating views graphs and traces Templates are not saved automatically but must be saved using the File gt Save Template option Template files can be shared and customized The list of tem plates is dynamically created and displayed in the tool bar When a record is added to RecordGraph an automatic scan search is done to list the templates corresponding to the record loaded This list may have both single or multi re cord templates if the record loaded is a part of multi recorder temp
457. software for details see 11 Graphing Records on page 1 Any selected trend data not already in your computer is transferred prior to graphing The trend data selected in the Trend Channel list is removed from your com puter If you are currently connected you have the option of removing the data on the IED files as well Each time you change the Range of Dates the list of events on the right side of the screen is updated If you are not interested in this action remove the check mark from the checkbox If the Range of Dates includes data that is currently being recorded some of the data may not be in a form suitable for transfer to Control Panel If this checkbox is selected Control Panel will send a request to the IED to convert the most recent data so that it can be transferred The time that this takes may be significant and if you do not have a need for this data the feature may be disabled by removing the check mark from the check box The list of events in the Events portion of your screen is printed TESLA 4000 User Manual 9 5 9 Record and Log Management 9 3 Event Log The event log services are available from the Events tab accessible from the Main Menu 2012Jun21 f Connected to RecordBase on attempt 1 2012Jun21 k Manual trigger 2012Jun19 gt S Unable to connect to RecordBase after 2 tries 2012Jun19 Group trigger 2012Jun19 j Unable to connect to RecordBase after 2 tries 2012Jun19 k Group
458. st E z o ov Figure F 2 AC Current Input Module Appendix F 4 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Appendix F Input Modules F 3 Split Core CT D02771R02 50 The Split Core CT is designed to clamp around the secondary circuit wires from the primary current transformers It 1s intended for situations where an outage is not possible to connect an in line CT The Split Core CT has the same characteristics as the standard AC Current In put Module It is available in 1A nominal Part No 101784 and 5A nominal Part No 101783 versions with a dynamic range that can pass 20x nominal currents continuously The outputs from the CT are scaled and impedance matched to connect directly to the TESLA s analog input connectors Due to impedance matching requirements the CT cannot be connected to more than one TESLA input channel The Split Core CT can be located up to 1220 me ters 4000 feet from the TESLA 0 4 1 016 cm ID D 2 47 16 274 cm D eM jme 2 1 5 334 cm 9 2 286 cm Figure F 3 Split Core CT Current Flow from main CT to measuring device To Polarity of Measuring Device Relay in Panel From Polarity of main CT Optional Split Core CT Leads to the Input of the TESLA Recorder White lead to dot polarity mark of TESLA Recorder Analog input Black lead to non polarity mark of TESLA Recorder Analog input Figure F 4 Split Core CT Connection TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix F 5
459. status of summation channel 1 ST ChTrg stVal GOCB for Publication GOOSE SUM SUMRADR66 Trigger status of summation channel 30 SEQRADR67 SEQRADR78 This section defines logical node data for the logical nodes SEQRADR67 to SEORADR 78 of the TESLA 4000 logical device Triggers SEQRADR67 Trigger status of sequence channel 1 ST ChTrg stVal GOCB for Publication i GOOSE_SEQ SEQRADR78 Trigger status of sequence channel 12 WVARRADR79 WVARRADR96 This section defines logical node data for the logical nodes WVARRADR79 to WVARRADR96 of the TESLA 4000 logical device Triggers WVARRADR79 Trigger status of watt var channel 1 ST ChTrg stVal GOCB for Publication GOOSE_WVAR WVARRADR96 Trigger status of watt var channel 18 D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix J 43 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation IMPRADR 97 IMPRADRI14 This section defines logical node data for the logical nodes IMPRADR 97 to IMPRADR114 of the TESLA 4000 logical device Triggers IMPRADR97 Trigger status of impedance channel 1 ST ChTrg stVal GOCB for Publication GOOSE IMP IMPRADR114 Trigger status of impedance channel 18 FREORADRI15 FREQRADRIIO This section defines logical node data for the logical nodes FREQRADRI15 and FREQRADRI16 of the TESLA 4000 logical device Triggers FREQRADR115 Trigger status of frequency channel 1 ST ChTrg stVal GOCB for Publication GOOSE FREQ FREQRADR116 Trigger status of frequency channel 2
460. stem Fre quency on page 8 6 and Sample Rates 50 Hz System Frequency on page 8 7 21D xj De Yew Gah Mene K agiza mers Simi sI zIs misisl x allie xj xis si si Hi slej sol moademo th High Speed Char Harmonics Scale Secondary Figure 11 96 Harmonics TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 11 Graphing Records Symmetrical This measurement option displays the magnitudes of the positive negative and 8 p 8 Com ponents zero sequence components of 3 phase voltage or current channel 1 Create an Overlay View you must have a 3 phase voltage or current chan nel 2 Place three phase voltage or current channels on the graph 3 Select the Measure gt Symmetrical Components menu option 4 Readout corresponding to the markers is displayed on the right hand side of the graph including SymCom Title Positive sequence component magnitude Negative sequence magnitude Zero sequence magnitude Symmetrical Components d h bi fi i N I hi amd li mall J y H J NM Feli dent en Ht n Inr i ON WE VU i JN x Jn za UDE a Erge Time s UI ucl Primary Figure 11 97 Symmetrical Components D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 11 71 11 Graphing Records 11 8 Calculated Channels 11 72 Calculated channels are virtual channels derived from the original recorded channels They are calculated based on the configuration information In the TESLA recorder all the calcu
461. stem frequency Phasor data is transmitted in polar form magnitude and phase angle using Ethernet TCP IP or UDP modem or serial communication configurable to provide information in either Integer or Floating Point format The phase angle is referenced to the absolute time of the GPS IRIG B signal as per C37 118 The time stamp is based on the UTC time Up to 36 user selectable phasors a combination of any of 36 discrete pha sors any analog channel input and or any of 12 sequence phasor channels and or summation channels Phasors selection is user configurable via TESLA 3000 Control Panel soft ware One frequency channel user configurable using TESLA Control Panel soft ware per recorder Rate of change of frequency information DFREQ report ed will be based on the frequency channel as configured by the user Frequency channel data may be configured to provide information in either Integer or Floating Point format The frequency estimation is accurate over 60 of nominal system frequen cy There are 12 PMU Analog channels per TESLA 18 36 analog channel recorder that can be streamed to a remote PDC PMU Data Concentrator The quanti ties are MWatts MVars MVA and DC Analog data channels may be config ured to provide information in either Integer or Floating Point format There are up to 32 64 digital contact channels per TESLA 4000 recorder that can be streamed to a remote PDC PMU Data Concentrator T
462. t click context menu and select new channels If desired you can modify or re apply the im pedance options 11 54 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Phasor View D02771R02 50 11 Graphing Records Drag the thumb track on the scroll bar to zoom in or zoom out the axis range In the Time Window control click the arrow buttons or drag the thumb track to scroll the window of visible data in the time domain To place the X and O markers use the tool bar or the right click context menu or the View Markers option dragging a marker to the right or left moves cor responding marker If the Time Window control does not show the data then the markers are shown as small triangles on the left or right sides If you click the triangle corresponding data cursor is displayed and the time range is auto matically adjusted You can save all the impedance display options to a template file File gt Save template Figure 11 82 Phasor View Phasor View is designed to display a phasor diagram of selected elements within a data record using the RecordGraph application t uses both rotational and time domain graphs to demonstrate signal and phasor data A maximum of 12 channels can be added to the phasor view TESLA 4000 User Manual 11 55 11 Graphing Records Trend View n RecordGraph _ xl TESLA 2000 999999 99 Ei Trend Channels Ei Watts Elementi Watttst Elementi Watt tst Vv v LInd 43
463. ta File s lb Restraint Ib Operating m Ic Restraint m Ic Operatini v Show Channel List eeeereng H to p u v Line 2 0 v Toolbar majo T 10 00 IR p u IR p u i Ou i i i 10 0 0 10 2 0 3 0 Time Window s 4 Width s 1 9979 alr 0 1667s 1 8312s Position s 0 1667 Ter Set Clear a line on the graph Scale Secondary A Figure 11 20 Line Place a reference line on the graph for Impedance views only Use Line in conjunction with the CrossHair measurement for quick readouts When you choose this option free form zooming is disabled Clear the line to enable free form zooming View gt Tool Bar Show or hide tool bar from the main window TESLA 4000 User Manual 11 13 11 Graphing Records Graph Menus Graph gt Set Graphs Per Page ix File View Graph Measure ih Options Help 7 i a He Z gt sl si tla amp HN le 4 2 FE um Ins 2 kl j EI alal x Be e san ce ay Graph Ctrl Ins m or 8 TO 0 00 i Move bb 100 Gopy Trace sa KC 7 1 00 ace Ctrl ooo NEM D aces A A Ce clipboard Gtri D ci or AIR 1 00 Active Trace Information 1 00 IA31V 5603 y IB3 LV 5603 y IC3 LY 5603 y la4 Ly 5604 1 00 y IB4 LV 5604 100 y IC4 LV 5604 i y IAS TY T IB5 TV T ICS TVt y la Operating 1 00 y Ib Operating y le Operating 1 00 y la Restraint y Ib Restraint y Ic Restraint G External Summation R 1 00
464. te All Traces Alt A Na Copy Trace Data to Clipboard Ctrl D 1 A Charge Trace a Aker o LUNN MLA A A i Trace copied Active Trace Information 5 LM MM III VINIH II CT3JALS Ni A CT3 1BLLS A CT31CLLS 754 Ay CTAJALS 4004 A CT41BLS i y CT41CLS 125 CT514 7S 125 A CT5 1B TS PT1 Y1 A CT5ICTS ST VITAL 100 la Operating 1999 Nov 01 04 58 47 781441 75 Ib Operating SUB EAST le Operating 50 la Restraint as a VU N A le Restraint o ITA TURIN rz Trace pasted External WII I I II AV FE Summati 25 50 75 100 125 v Seconds 0 20 0 00 020 0 40 0 60 0 80 1 00 120 140 al gt sl X Timeline Paste a trace replaces the existing trace with the one just copied using Copy trace option Scale Secondary A Figure 11 27 Paste Trace Add or replace an existing trace in the selected graph In Timeline View an an alog graph supports one trace per graph In an Overlay View you can select up to 32 traces per graph If you use the paste operation in Timeline View and if the graph has a trace it is replaced with the one just copied or adds the trace if there is no trace In Overlay View it adds the trace to the existing graph Graph gt Delete Trace lal xl File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help Set Graphs Per Page talt BEE Add Analog Graph Ins z 2 alal Eha x elele z tl
465. te Speed Click this button to he OE fee apply L PRO relay characteristics through the impedance options r Praga round Protas FF Frob Led Fue Poe Fie Fima jee z Ar Othe podre FY Zonet fire Ni FH F Zla F Zonet re FF Bien E Diea F iral urs Becod name bgi hpenn th X Mathew Mav i sv KOTNE 4 KX Male Secondany Figure 11 71 Superimpose the L PRO Relay Characteristics 11 48 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 11 Graphing Records When you select the Re ay data amp impedance options button a dialog box ap pears The parameter required such as kO factor the line sequence impedance values the system voltage data and the other required information is initialized through this dialog box initialization All these values are read from the set tings file opened through the impedance option dialog box Table 11 6 Relay data and impedance options L PRO settings file Radio button to select relay characteristics from the current record If an L PRO record is selected this button is enabled Current record If a TESLA or COMTRADE record is selected this button is enabled File Displays the settings file full path name from which the relay data is extracted to plot the impedance characteristics Browse Gives an option to select the settings file from any other location The file type filter reads or selects only lps file type if L
466. ted for one of the IED it can be shared by all the IEDs irrespective of whether they have the same or different serial number or from different recordings lt TESLA Control Panel Records X File Trigger View Help Record Filter IV Get Remote Summaries r Record Summary Latest 25 Records JV Get Remote Events Record Name Multiple records selected FE Autopoli JU UMRecordGraph a zla x Records from TESLA Demo Unit Ele view Graph Measure Scale Options Help Default Fal BEA rali ke Not connected to IED m Ele E 2000 05 31 alalle x th amp Aj me E B Local recorddemo2 2000 05 31 16 31 25 366 Line 1 lc C Ph Current High Mag Ee recorddemo2 Un A DNN E El 1999 06 25 He Ex nek O 0 045K4 E Local E egative Sequence 2000 May 31 16 31 25 366667 1 i A 0107KA z recordeme Positive Sequence 0 5K eS ati i iar BA LAM 0 0 0 5K 0 8K mL annels 1 0K 1 3K TRACD X Ib 6 0K4 x Boswell O 0 015KA 1999 Jun 25 18 24 31 484028 A IC Shop Trigger Faut Trigger Swing Trigger Both Main Menu EO i 29 TESLA Control Panel 4 0K Seconds 0 030 J o20 010 ofo 010 020 o30 040 ade u Analog AW Timeline Figure 11 87 Multiple IEDs 1 Open records from two or more desired IEDs different TESLAs or different relays 2 Create or modify the existing layout information
467. terchange available on almost all computer systems Element A component in the power system that conveys bulk power within the power system Control Panel provides for a naming convention that groups real and calculated channels with a given element name Has three voltages and three currents associated with it For example a transmission line or a transformer External Input A contact status brought into TESLA from the outside world This contact must be exter nally wetted with a voltage from 30 to 150 Vdc Correct polarity must be observed GOOSE Generic Object Oriented Substation Events A protocol contained within the IEC 61850 standard for communication in substation automation applications IEC 61850 A standard developed through the International Electrotechnical Commission related to the architecture of electric power systems specifically the design of electrical substation automation IED Intelligent Electronic Device referring to a power system substation device which com munications on a substation network such as Modbus D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix C 1 Appendix C Glossary IEEE 1344 IEEE 1344 is an enhancement to the basic IRIG B time code that embeds information such as the year the UTC local offset under certain conditions only and daylight sav ings time into the time stream IEEE standard 1344 95 IEEE Standard for Synchro phasors for Power Systems outlines the implementation an
468. the Selected Channels list or by selecting the phasors from the Combo Box as shown below In addition up to 12 analog quantities Watt Vars and VA and 64 digital quantities breaker contacts can be selected in the PMU definition screen for streaming to the PDC Analog PMU and Frequency data formats may be user configured to provide information in Integer or Floating Point form 1 For details see Model Options on page 1 5 D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 15 11 15 PMU Functionality 15 12 The following features can be observed with the PMU Definition configuration screen A PMU item appears on the left hand side tree view On the right hand side the PMU Definition Configuration screen displays the following configuration items e Sample Rate sample rate for the PMU to report The default setting is set to 10 frames per second Different samples rates can be chosen 10 12 15 30 or 60 frames per second for the 60 Hz power system For the 50 Hz power system the sample rates are 10 25 50 frames per second Selection is by drop down selection Header Frame Text You can enter comments up to 80 characters using this option by default the value is blank The lower part of the PMU Definition screen is made up of two sections To the left 1s the selection tree To the right are the placement columns where the quantities are dragged to from the left selection tree or selection can be done by the drop down columns in each
469. the cooperative recording group When the Cooperative Group IED 1s set as the Current IED Control Panel functions are applied to the group of recorders rather than an individual one Records from the cooperative recorder group are transferred combined and viewed in this way In a cooperative recorder group a trigger detected by any recorder results in time synchronized recordings on all group members These records are re trieved and combined into a single record by TESLA 4000 Control Panel Cross triggering between group members takes place over the LAN The trig ger message includes the timestamp of the initiating trigger to allow each re corder to capture data from the same time period Sample clock coordination among the group recorders derived from the source clock signal ensures that the data points from all the recorders are synchronous All cooperative group recorders must be synchronized from a com mon external IRIG B or SNTP time source The trigger message also specifies the type of recording to be created If the initiating trigger was configured to produce a transient recording a swing re cording or both the receiving units will create the same type of record or re cords If multiple recorders detect a trigger during the same disturbance each will send a trigger message to the others A trigger buffer is used by each recorder to sequence overlapping triggers and produce a single record whose trigger time is that of the
470. then select the Configura tion option to open the configuration view Select an existing configuration file by double clicking on the file and the fol lowing screen appears TESLA 4000 User Manual 15 13 15 PMU Functionality 15 14 IED Definition JED Name TESLA Demo Unt Comments for Demonstration Location IED Serial Number TESLA 2000 990301 11 Model TESLA v Configuration TESLA 3000 4000 18 Channels v PMU Module Iw Communication C Direct Serial Link Serial Link Baud Rate Modem Link Modem Phone Mumber Network Link First IP Address 192 168 1 100 C E ua m i Use SOCKSS Proxy C Connect Through IED Add New Modem Serial Link Get Information From TESLA Folder placement Recordings Folder C Program FilesiNxtPhasevdataiTESLA Demo Unit Browse Configs Folder C Program FilesiNxtPhasevdata TESLA Demo Unity Browse Save IED definition Cancel Figure 15 8 Enabling PMU Module configuration support through Edit IED dialogue To allow PMU configuration you must check the PMU Module in the Edit IED dialog box enabling the TESLA Control Panel configurator If the PMU Mod ule option is unchecked the configurator will not allow PMU configuration After you check the PMU Module select Save IED definition to accept the changes then select the Configuration option to open the configuration view Select an existing configuration file by double clicking
471. tion tee OMS J nn aaa JI TESLA Conwol Panel Config Edit File Edit Config View Help VESLA Device Configuraibon UndD TESLA 4000 C5 Model TESLA Setings Fie 20134M 15 18 19 50 Settings Versiem 403 v Last Modified 13 Jun 18 11 49 25 Serm Number TESLA MU000 409031 1413 Configuraton TESLA 4000 36 Channels Cunments max BO characiers Nose J System Frequency GO Hz Sample Rate ye v Samples Cycle Show Channel Tree Hite Tree Cinee reia e at A Main Menu Config Edi TESLA Control Panel v2 2 Curren EIFD TESLA 4000 CS Checking foe Connection b Figure 8 4 TESLA Configuration Editor Navigation Tree The left side pane of the Configuration Editor window provides a navigation tree to access the various sections of the configuration Selecting an item in the tree shifts the large right pane view to the appropriate topic Double clicking on a tree branch in the left pane that has a small to its left or selecting on the itself expands or collapses the tree Right Click Menu A right click in the editor provides you with options appropriate to your pres ent context For example you can create a new element by selecting the appro priate channel group right clicking and selecting Add Element Alternatively the same function 1s in the Config menu 8 4 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 8 Configuring the Recorder Closing The Close button is availabl
472. tion Channel Module Type Element va z fan 003 ESYac Common Ne Units 2 KVA Angle Offset Rate of Change Interval Single Harmonic Number Nominal Level kV ViewSat Scale fo H O v esce fs es er Sa eee Priority ee momes s V eM PM EF oOo LT wWexRde o W o se v EF mM ir Ll a Postive Rate ci Change o V sc MII M Lr o domo ingleHarmonic fi n gc O O vw o O O0 t b mmm MOM DL EP DL D pau ss mn n p HW O 5 dogo Swd p 5 poe Figure 8 12 Analog Input Channel Configuration Screen Table 8 4 Analog Input Channel Settings Element Identifies the group to which this channel belongs The Element forms the first part of the channel name The Element is selected when the channel is created and is fixed once assigned when you are working in the Element Tree view Type Identifies the type of signal being applied to this input channel The Type forms a part of the channel name Element Type Description Selecting the appropriate Type can simplify channel naming by elimi nating the need for the optional Description field e g Line 41 Va uniquely defines the channel Initially set when the channel was cre ated the Type can be changed to refer to a different phase as needed Description Optional field 12 characters Provides an additional description of the channel that forms part of the channel name Use if Element Name and channel Type do not sufficiently identify the channel Chan
473. tion ground Do not rely on the rack mounting screws to provide case grounding Ground the recorder even when testing 2 2 Power Supply D02771R02 50 A wide range power supply is standard The nominal operating range is 48 250 Vdc 100 240 Vac 10 50 60 Hz To protect against a possible short cir cuit in the supply use an inline fuse or circuit breaker with a 5 A rating Make the chassis ground connection to ensure proper operation and safety There are no power switches on the recorder When the power supply is con nected the recorder starts its initialization process See Installing TESLA Control Panel on page 3 1 for the start up process details The use of an external surge protection device is required to pass the surge im munity requirements of IEC EN 60255 22 5 Criterion A ERLPhase recom mends either of the following for this function ERLPhase p n 107898 Manufacturer Phoenix Contact Ltd Manufacturer s p n 2858357 PT 2 PE S 230AC Or ERLPhase p n 107899 Manufacturer Dehn Ltd Manufacturer s p n 953 200 DR M 2P 255 One surge protector can be used to protect multiple units as long as the current limit of the surge protection device is not exceeded Note that this is a consumable item and not covered by ERLPhase warranty TESLA 4000 User Manual 2 1 2 Connection and Power Up 2 3 Signal Connections Analog Input Channels and Input Modules 2 2 The recorder s 36 analog inputs
474. to 180 10 Impedance 8 Magnitude 41807 0 to 3276 7 ohm 10 Impedance 8 Angle 41808 180 to 180 10 Impedance 9 Magnitude 41809 0 to 3276 7 ohm 10 Impedance 9 Angle 41810 180 to 180 10 Impedance 10 Magnitude 41811 0 to 3276 7 ohm 10 Impedance 10 Angle 41812 180 to 180 10 Impedance 11 Magnitude 41813 0 to 3276 7 ohm 10 Impedance 11 Angle 41814 180 to 180 10 Impedance 12 Magnitude 41815 0 to 3276 7 ohm 10 Impedance 12 Angle 41816 180 to 180 10 Impedance 13 Magnitude 41817 0 to 3276 7 ohm 10 Impedance 13 Angle 41818 180 to 180 10 Impedance 14 Magnitude 41819 0 to 3276 7 ohm 10 Impedance 14 Angle 41820 180 to 180 10 Impedance 15 Magnitude 41821 0 to 3276 7 ohm 10 Impedance 15 Angle 41822 180 to 180 10 Impedance 16 Magnitude 41823 0 to 3276 7 ohm 10 Impedance 16 Angle 41824 180 to 180 10 Impedance 17 Magnitude 41825 0 to 3276 7 ohm 10 Impedance 17 Angle 41826 180 to 180 10 Impedance 18 Magnitude 41827 0 to 3276 7 ohm 10 Impedance 18 Angle 41828 180 to 180 10 Event Information See Accessing 42052 42144 TESLA Event Information below Length in 16 bit registers of the cur 42052 rent event message Event Identification 42053 Event Message 42054 42137 Fault Locator ID 42138 TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix D 15 Appendix D Modbus Functions Appendix D 16 Fault Type 42139 Fault Distance 42140 Fault Time 42141 42144 Power Factor Function 1 Leve
475. to Clipboard 2 Open any other software package which supports the pasting facility from the clipboard for example Excel or Microsoft Word and paste the view Saves the view to a Metafile format emf 1 To save to as a Metafile select View gt Save to Metafile or right click on the graph to bring up the context menu and select Save to Metafile 2 A dialog box appears prompting you to save the file in a selected folder TO ll ma Savein temp O denge RecordGraph Testing File name Line ttl empl Save as type Enhanced Meta File emf Cancel 4 Figure 11 100 Save to Metafile 11 10 Exporting Channel Data 11 74 Any channel data can be exported to the clipboard from the active view If a graph has multiple channels all the channel data is exported to the clipboard This option copies the trace data to the clipboard and using Edit gt Paste to paste into other applications like Microsoft Word or Excel Copy Trace Data to Clipboard E 16 xl J Ri foal Sle x eleele a dli s s sole a e IS eje recorddemo2 2000 05 31 16 31 25 366 Line amp 1 Ic C Ph Current High Mag File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help Set Graphs Per Page Add Analog Graph Ins rec Add Digital Graph El Hic Delete Graph T Move al 150 0K i X 47219kV Voltage 100 0K3 DPZ DAY Copy Trace trl C A AA A 19 259K 4 50 0K4 1 A
476. tor age alarms Storage Alarms on page 8 7 will not be available for use here TESLA 4000 User Manual 8 37 8 Configuring the Recorder 8 13 Frequency Channels Description Input Calculation Triggers Recording Number of Channels Types Notes 8 38 The Frequency Channels measure the frequency on their assigned input chan nel Any Analog Input Channel A voltage channel is recommended for best re sults Frequency is measured over a multi second time window to improve resolu tion and accuracy The frequency measurement operates in a band that is ap proximately 15 of the nominal frequency Noise observed in the frequency measurement can be reduced using the Frequency Filter High amp low magnitude Negative and positive rate of change To prevent multiple triggers on threshold conditions the frequency magnitude triggers have a fixed 0 02 Hz hysteresis Low Speed Frequency measurements at a rate of one value per cycle 2 Frequency Channels are available Freq Frequency channels are not associated with particular Elements Their names are fixed as Frequency and Frequency 2 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 8 Configuring the Recorder Settings is TESLA Control Panel Config Edit BE File Edit Config View Help Element Tree TESLA Frequency Measurement Configuration O Identification SCADA Communication l x O DNP Configuration Frequency derived from NewtElemet
477. tpr a Analog v Secondary 125 X 480 4252 V Time Alignment O 439 8155 V x SNEJE Rees AV Fundamental RMS iV M in k m Il larmonics ha Components DN i di Y CT21CHS Amplitude readouts S corresponding to X amp O L TP CT51A TS A CT5 1B TS j AV CT5 1C TS y la Operating 25 y Ib Operating TUA y le Operating la Restraint 50 Ib Restraint Ic Restraint E External 35 E Summation m PTI V3 Tr ony creo corresponding 100 to X 8 oe 125 E Seconds 0 000 0 020 pow TEN 0 080 0100 0420 0140 0460 0180 S E s J s 4 J A 0 0308 s X Timeline Ay Overlay Set Clear Markers X and O on all graphs in the active view If the Markers are out of range double click on the time axis t Scale Secondary Ui Figure 11 32 Markers Set or clear markers X and O on all graphs in the active view If the markers are out of range double click the time axis to bring them back into the view When markers are placed depending on the type of measurements option readouts appear on the right hand side as shown corresponding to the positions of X and O markers In case of multiple traces the readout refers to the current ly active selected trace D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 11 19 11 Graphing Records 11 20 Measure gt CrossHair
478. trend data event log etc Repair CDR data storage Attempts to repair a corrupted Flash Drive partition used to store Continuous Recording Data Activate storage memory Activates newly installed pre formatted Flash Drive to be used on the unit Any pre existing data are deleted Exit storage memory utilities Exit storage memory utilities and return to maintenance menu commands Table 14 5 Network Redundancy Configuration Network address settings Modify view Network Redundancy IP address subnet mask and gateway IP address view Network Redun dancy MAC address Version information Network Redundancy version information Redundancy mode Select view Network Redundancy mode Exit Exit Network Redundancy configuration menu and return to the network utilities menu 14 2 Error Handling The recorder has hardware and software self check capabilities that work to keep it operational and provide an indication if a failure occurs Failure Contact Output Contact 1 on the rear panel is a normally open contact that closes to indicate a problem with the device The contact is controlled by a hardware watchdog circuit ensuring a failure is reported even if the unit s processors are not functional The state of the Failure Contract is mirrored by the front panel Recorder Functional LED Failure Supervisory software continually checks all system processes Ifa failure is de Handling tected an attempt is made to co
479. ts Element Type Description Phase A Elementz vatst Va 1 Phase B Elementz vistst 2 1 v Rate of Change Interval Phase Element2 Vectst_Vc2_1 jig v Cycle si Cross sae to ena vame T mwwwemweh 6 mE eee Scale 1 v v i i l ER xl PosseqPosRoc o V o se FM F E NEU o Ney Seg High Megntude fo w o ke Mv ZeoseaMgwemwwe o Ww o bele Mm C m Mw b Z 4 a KIKI KIKI Figure 8 18 Sequence Channel Configuration Screen Table 8 8 Sequence Component Channel Settings Element Identifies the group to which this channel belongs The Element forms the first part of the channel name The Element is selected when the channel is created and is fixed once assigned when you are working in the Element Tree view Type Identifies the type of signal being applied to this input channel The Type forms a part of the channel name Element Type Description Selecting the appropriate Type can simplify channel naming by elimi nating the need for the optional Description field e g Line 1 VSeq uniquely defines the channel Initially set when the channel was cre ated the Type can be changed to refer to a different phase as needed Description Optional field 12 characters Provides an additional description of the channel that forms part of the channel name Use if Element Name and channel Type do not s
480. ts 1 5520 My v T4IP7418 Vvatts 1 T4IP7418 Vars 1 5520 MV AR v T4IP7418 Yars 1 T4iP7418 4 1 5520 MA v T4IP7418 V A 1 T4iP741 8 Watts 2 2760 My v T4iP741 8 Watts 2 T4IP7418 Vars 2 2760 MYAR v T4IP7418 Vars 2 T4IP7418 4 2 2750 MA v T4iP7418 VA 2 Digital Options T4IP7 41 8 Watts 3 1380 MAE v T4IP7418 VVatts 3 T4IP7418 Vars 3 1380 MAR v T4IP7418 Vars 3 T4IP7418 4 3 1380 MYA v T4IP7418 4 3 sunassigned gt E sunassigned gt Row 441 zi inassianeci gt zi Mascianers M Show Channel Tree Hide Tree Main Menu Close Config E dit TESLA Control Panel v0 5 post 2 1 P0231 Current IED T4000IP82 Connected Figure 15 11 PMU configuration screen with preconfigured analog sequence and sum mation channels In the above setting file Analog Inputs Summations and Sequence Functions channels already configured are available for PMU reporting You can select up to 12 phasors by dragging and dropping the channels on the Selected Chan nels list or by selecting the phasors from the Combo Box as shown below The following features can be observed with the PMU configuration screen A PMU item appears on the left hand side tree view e On the right hand side the PMU Configuration screen is displayed with the following configuration items e Sample Rate sample rate for the PMU to report The default is set to 10 You can select different sample rate 10 12 15 20 30 or 60 for 60 Hz sys tem and 10 25 or 50 f
481. tton TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 11 Graphing Records 11 1 Getting Started RecordGraph 1s a tool used to display and analyze records from ERLPhase re lays and recorders Use it to graphically view the data recorded during fault swing and trend modes RecordGraph is integrated with TESLA Control Panel Launch Method 1 Records RecordGraph 1 Open TESLA Control Panel by double clicking on the TESLA icon on your from TESLA desktop If the application is not installed install the application and then Control Panel proces 2 Double click on the Records item in the tree list or select Records and use the Enter key 3 Using the Records tab select a local record from the tree list 4 Click the Graph button Double click Records or use Enter key TESLA Control Pa jel Records Z Get Remote Summaries Record Summary Latest 25 Records z W Get Remete Everts Record Name Adopt T Record Type Record Version Record Pri rty Records hom T40001P 120 oid 20140428 Ono Trigger Tene Local Loca Everts fe 2014 04 28 E yous In the Records tab select Click on Graph button to launch E mol c RecordGraph be 1042010050 Ez 140426 1004028425 TAIPTVet E yo a fe 140420 100124870 5 TIP tes E pert of the fieneme 2040626 On ui Me i TESLA Control Panel Records I a gt ANna4Q4 Fie Trigger View Tools Help Ont Lon Record Fite
482. ude 40273 0 to 3276 7 units 10 AI9 Angle 40274 180 to 180 10 AI10 Magnitude 40275 0 to 3276 7 units 10 AI10 Angle 40276 180 to 180 10 AI11 Magnitude 40277 0 to 3276 7 units 10 AI11 Angle 40278 180 to 180 10 Appendix D 6 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 Appendix D Modbus Functions Al12 Magnitude 40279 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al12 Angle 40280 180 to 180 10 Al13 Magnitude 40281 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al13 Angle 40282 180 to 180 10 Al14 Magnitude 40283 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al14 Angle 40284 180 to 180 10 Al15 Magnitude 40285 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al15 Angle 40286 180 to 180 10 Al16 Magnitude 40287 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al16 Angle 40288 180 to 180 10 Al17 Magnitude 40289 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al17 Angle 40290 180 to 180 10 AI18 Magnitude 40291 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al18 Angle 40292 180 to 180 10 Al19 Magnitude 40293 0 to 3276 7 units 10 AI19 Angle 40294 180 to 180 10 AI20 Magnitude 40295 0 to 3276 7 units 10 AI20 Angle 40296 180 to 180 10 Al21 Magnitude 40297 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al21 Angle 40298 180 to 180 10 A122 Magnitude 40299 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al22 Angle 40300 180 to 180 10 Al23 Magnitude 40301 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al23Angle 40302 180 to 180 10 AI24 Magnitude 40303 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al24 Angle 4030
483. ufficiently identify the channel Channel Grouping and Naming on page 8 8 Sequence Index Identifies the Sequence Component channel Unlike the analog and external input channels this is not associated with a hardware input but simply identifies which of the internal virtual summation channels will be used You can select any available channel without restriction If the only option is undefined you have already used all available channels Phase A Phase B Identifies the channels used to create the sequence set The list is Phase C limited to channels of the correct type voltage or current and includes analog input or summation channels which have already been defined The list grows automatically as you define new chan nels Trigger Settings Rate of Change Specifies the period of time over which both positive and negative rate Interval of change is measured 0 5 to 8 0 cycles TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 8 Configuring the Recorder Table 8 8 Sequence Component Channel Settings opecifies the trigger levels for the magnitude triggers and the magni tude portion of the rate for the rate of change triggers The period por tion of the rate is specified by the Rate of Change Interval Delay Specifies how long the trigger condition must be present before a trig ger is declared 0 to 1 200 seconds in half cycle increments Trigger Actions Enable Enables or disabl
484. uous DC 4 Channel Isolated Input Module Max Low Range 350Vdc 250Vac continuous TESLA Input Module luu e zLL Gov v ww Z 79 99 Z U1o2 aseydjJa mmm Td DC Input Module Figure F 6 D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix F 8 DC Voltage Input Appendix F Input Modules Full Scale V dc Shunt Resistance Rs Input Resistance Rin Q Feedback Resistance Rep 9 Input Impedance Q 410 Low Range 0 1 V to 200 Vdc FS 332 0 open 10 ko 00 422 KQ 10 ko EP S 2 5 2 C2 2 C2 00 100 ko 10 kQ 00 40 2 KQ 10 KQ 00 13 3 kO 10 KQ 1 40 kQ 00 11 KQ 13 3 kO 00 22 KQ 38 3 kO 00 47 kO 51 1 KQ 00 60 ko 121 KQ 00 120 ko 287 KQ 1 2 W 00 240 kQ 511 ko 1 W 00 350 kO 825 kQ 1 W 00 450 kQ High Range 350 V to 880 V dc FS 00 10 0 kQ 1 5 MO 00 3 48 kO 1 5 MO EP S 2 2 2 C2 2 C2 1 MQ 2W 00 2 MO D V NC 7
485. uration 13 1 How A Cooperative Recorder Group Works Local Network Remote Access Master Recorder D02771R02 50 A cooperative recorder group is comprised of two to four TESLA 4000 record ers typically located in a substation control house The recorders communicate with each other through an Ethernet LAN which allows cross triggering be tween recorders along with the normal record transfer user interface and SCA DA functions The cooperative recorder group can have its own network or can be connected to a larger network in the substation There are two ways to remotely access a cooperative recorder group 1 Over a wide area network if a network link to the substation 1s available 2 Via a modem connected to one of the group recorders One member of the cooperative recorder group is designated as the Master Re corder The Master Recorder is the primary interface between the cooperative TESLA 4000 User Manual 13 1 13 Cooperative Recorder Group Cooperative Group IED Triggering and Recording Record Collection and Consolidation 13 2 recorder group and TESLA4000 Control Panel In addition to its normal re cording role the Master Recorder Maintains the list of group recordings Provides IP address information about the other group members Acts as the communication gateway for remote access when a modem link is used Within Control Panel a special Cooperative Group IED 1s created to work with
486. ure Scale Options Help Bele mes FAm T e gla aa x al elle x tla af HN jaj n 8 bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr PTI 250 00K Time Alignment ST VITAL 1999 Nov 01 04 59 47 781441 Absolute Time SUB EAST 200 00K Fundamental RMS f True RMS d Harmonics 150 00K Symmetrical Components CT21CHS 100 00K y CT21ALS y CT31BLS A CT31CLS CT4JALS zem CT4 1B LS Ay CTA41CLS A CTSAATS 0 00 CT5 1B TS CTS 1C TS y la Operating 50 00K y Ib Operating y le Operating y la Restraint 100 00K Ib Restraint Ic Restraint H External um 150 00K E H Summation Primary Scale U 200 00K 250 00K a Seconds 0 040 0 060 0 080 0 100 0 120 0 140 0 160 Ja H3 Timeline Set scale to primary values depending on the scale Factor For the active view Scale Primary A Figure 11 34 Primary Set scale to primary values depending on the scale factors CT PT ratios on all the graphs in the currently active view The current choice primary or second ary is displayed on the status bar TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 11 Graphing Records Measure Secondary EB 18 xi x elelee s Ai a n AN mle Le I bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr 125 Alea Markers Ili CrossHair iS PT1 1 ST VITAL 19898 Nov 01 04 59 47 781441 Absolute Time SUB EAST Fundamental RMS rz 2 g 39 a
487. used as the reference channel for angle measure ments All channels use the same reference to provide relative angle calculations Typically a phase A voltage channel is used as the ref erence D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual Channel Overview D02771R02 50 8 Configuring the Recorder An overview of the configured channels is available by selecting the associated channel type heading from the Navigation tree For example selecting Analog Inputs displays a table of all defined analog channels Ns TESLA 4000 Control Panel Config Edit File Edit Config View Help O Vb 2 OO Vc3 la 4 1A la 9 5A O Ib 5 1A O 1b 10 5A O lc 6 1A O le 115A O DC 17 fe Rh EH de sm iioo mouts O Vai O Btemal Inputs 401006 69Vac Isolated Neutral kv 1 kv Angle Offset 0 314 Rate of Change Interval 16 0 Harmonic Number 3 Nominal Value le9 High 75 Magnitude 1 m z I 4 I nmimmmnmijs mm l mnmnmnmmnisirmnmmmnritiisss Show Channel Tree Hide Tree Show Primary Units TESLA 4000 Control Panel Current IED CS Tesla 3000 Figure 8 8 Channel Overview Screen Getting Settings Info Channel settings can be edited in the Channel Overview display pro viding an alternate w
488. ut Event time With relative Binary Output Any Variation 06 no range or all 07 08 limited qty 06 no range or all 129 response 30 4unseLresp 129 response start stop 00 01 17 28 Binary Output Output Status with flag Binary Command Control relay output block CROB Appendix E 38 00 01 17 28 select start stop 07 08 limited qty index 06 no range or all start stop 07 08 limited qty index 17 28 index 129 response start stop 129 response Echo of request operate direct op dir op no ack read freeze freeze noack freeze clear frz cl noack 06 no range or all TESLA 4000 User Manual 129 response D02771R02 50 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile DNP Object Group amp Variation Request Response Outstation parses Outstation can issue Function Codes Function Codes Description dec Qualifier Codes hex dec Qualifier Codes hex response response response response 06 no range or all 129 response 129 response 129 response 129 response 06 no range or all 07 08 limited qty 129 response 430HuAset ess 129 response 30H unset esp 20 20 20 20 21 21 21 21 ii 21 iwi 22 tati 22 22 Xr 30 Analog Input Any Variation 06 no range or all 129 response
489. ut restriction If the only option is undefined you have already used all available channels Voltage Input Identifies the voltage channels to be used to create the watts and vars These can be either analog input channels summations or posi tive sequences If you select analog or summation channels as inputs single phase watts and vars will be calculated if you select sequence channels three phase watts and vars will be calculated Current Input Identifies the current channels to be used to create the watts and vars These can be either analog input channels summations or posi tive sequences If you select analog or summation channels as inputs single phase watts and vars will be calculated if you select sequence channels three phase watts and vars will be calculated Trigger Settings Watts 1 Watts 2 Period of time over which both positive and negative rate of change Watts 3 for each Watts Detector is measured 0 5 to 8 0 cycles Vars Period of time over which both positive and negative rate of change for Var Detector is measured 0 5 to 8 0 cycles Limit Specifies the trigger levels for the magnitude triggers and the magni tude portion of the rate for the rate of change triggers The period por tion of the rate is specified by the Rate of Change Interval 8 36 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 8 Configuring the Recorder Table 8 10 Watts Vars Channel Settings Delay Sp
490. v1 1 401 v1 1 and greater n a n a v1 0a 401 v1 0a and greater n a n a v1 0 401 v1 0 and greater n a TESLA 4003 Version Compatibility n a TESLA 4003 Firmware Setting Version TESLA Control Panel v1 0 401 v2 1 or higher Please contact ERLPhase Customer Service for complete Revision History D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual PC System Requirements and Software Installation D02771R02 50 Hardware The minimum hardware requirements are GHz processor e 2 GB RAM e 20 GB available hard disk space e USB port e Serial communication port Operating System The following software must be installed and functional prior to installing the applications e Microsoft Windows XP Professional Service Pack 3 or Microsoft Windows 7 Professional Service Pack 1 32 bit or 64 bit Software Installation The CD ROM contains software and the User Manual for the TESLA Control Panel Software is installed directly from the CD ROM to a Windows PC The CD ROM contains the following TESLA Control Panel Program for the recorder e TESLA Firmware Firmware and installation instructions e TESLA User Manual TESLA manual in PDF format e USB Driver To Install Software on your Computer Insert the CD ROM in your drive The CD ROM should open automatically Ifthe CD ROM does not open automatically go to Windows Explorer and find the CD ROM usually on D drive Ope
491. value to that shown The Vishay CCF 2 series resistors in 1 precision or equivalent are recom mended for this application These metal film flameproof resistors are rated for industrial power applications at up to 2 Watts dissipation and up to 350 Volt drop Values of 4 99 Q to 1 MQ are available in this series for higher values use two resistors of appropriate value in series TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix F 7 Appendix F Input Modules 313 Qv emos JIV2S L40 LIJIHS ZVON ATIVTINVIILLON OG SNLARAKI CELIVIEINSD CVD LO Gluw g z 9 li iH osec 8 Ae o umen yazAted 3 qan IVIYILYW SC xx S00 XXX NOILYDNddY SNOISIAJ Y NO dasn ASSV LX3N GaAOuddav aiva NOLLdIH2SJA nau aseyd yy 01 obo eepdn o LF 23800N so F X auw STEADY ddY STTONY STVADJA Suv SIINVUJTOL S3HONI NI 38V SNOISN3WIG 03141934S JSIMHIHLO SSTINN lt Iziz ec lt JEUjUlON Kiddns samod lt iz Occ ROZ SPAOSZ BY lt lt AZW 9ZL SZ vck tc ZZL LZL OZL lt Hy wood on BONN HONVN oy 39NVM MOT H9IH HSy 0 mor H9IH us SONVH oy SON us SONVH oy 35NVM HS wo Nor ON PAo HSy WOO wo 9N HOIH GALISIHOUd SI 3SVHd TH3 dO NOISSIMAId N3 LLIHM AHL LAOHLIM 3 10OHM HO 18 Vd NI NOIL2NCOOAAJH ANY 3SVHdTH3 JO AL83dO8d TIOS IHLSI 5SNIMV8Q SIHL NI GANIVLNOD NOLLVWHOHNI FHL Model 401016 High Range 1000Vdc 700Vac contin
492. vd N gt NO zx co co on GGIO9 GGIO 1 GGIO10 GGIO 1 TESLA 4000 User Manual Appendix J 17 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation Appendix J 18 Table J 7 Logical Device Measurements iN GGIO11 GGIO_1 C GGIO12 GGIO 1 C1 GGIO13 GGIO 1 GGIO14 GGIO_1 oO GGIO15 GGIO_1 Ql A GGIO16 GGIO_1 C1 GGIO17 GGIO 1 C O GGIO18 GGIO 1 C1 NI GGIO19 GGIO_1 C Co GGIO20 GGIO 1 C1 co GGIO21 GGIO 1 GGIO22 GGIO 1 O GGIO23 GGIO_1 O N GGIO24 GGIO_1 O OO GGIO25 GGIO 1 O ER GGIO26 GGIO 1 O C1 GGIO27 GGIO 1 GGIO28 GGIO 1 O N Co N C1 Ol GGIO29 GGIO_1 GGIO30 GGIO_1 GGIO31 GGIO 1 N O GGIO32 GGIO 1 N GGIO33 GGIO 1 N N GGIO34 GGIO 1 N C2 GGIO35 GGIO 1 N BA GGIO36 GGIO_1 N O MMXN37 MMXN 4 Non phase related Measurement N O MMXN38 MMXN_4 N MMXN39 MMXN_4 N MMXN40 MMXN_4 N MMXN41 MMXN 4 MMXN42 MMXN 4 Co ZA MMXN43 MMXN 4 NO MMXN44 MMXN_4 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 D02771R02 50 Appendix J IEC 61850 Implementation Table J 7 Logical Device Measurements Co MMXN45 MMXN 4 Co ER MMXN46 MMXN_4 Co C1 MMXN47 MMXN_4 MMXN48 MMXN_4 Co MMXN49 MMXN 4 Co MMXN50 MMXN_4 MMXNS1 MMXN 4 MMXN52 MMXN_4 MMXN53 MMXN_4 co N MMXN54 MMXN_4 co oO MMXN55 MMXN_4 co IR MMXN56 MMXN 4 co C1 MMXN57 MMXN 4 MMXN58 MMXN 4
493. ve Column PMU Phasors Analog and Digitals This column shows check boxes where you can enable or disable the PMU streaming of these PMU quantities to the Data Concentrator A check will en able this PMU channel Name to Report PMU Phasors Analog and Digitals This column allow the user to re name the streaming PMU channel that will be reported to the remote Data Concentrator Note that the saved PMU configuration is automatically used in the PMU me tering display when this file is loaded on the TESLA 4000 DFR Use Save Close option to save the PMU information in the setting file for later retrieval and or loading into TESLA 4000 DFR Before setting up PMU configuration you must set up the desired analog and or summation and or sequence channels as explained in the Configuring the Recorder section of the TESLA User Manual Once the channels are defined the procedure as explained in PMU Configuration can be followed to define PMU phasors To configure PMU phasors offline the following check must be performed in the Main Menu s Select IED view Open TESLA Control Panel software and click on the Edit option to open the following screen To allow PMU configu ration you must check the PMU Module in the Edit IED dialog box enabling the TESLA Control Panel configurator If the PMU Module option 1s un checked the configurator will not allow PMU configuration after you check the PMU Module select OK to accept the changes
494. voltage input Element2 Va tst va2 1 v Watts 1 Watts vars Current Input Eemert2iatst o2 1 fio x E fio x f ef eme rt smao too Met Fase Pror eonan REP a e e Watts LowLevelDetectort o W e wv O O O Z O OC h b jo v o vov E Fr FKF F O EESO sre E E E E C Watts Negative ROC Detector 1 Watts High Level Detector 2 Was NepalveRocDeeser2 0 Wo Bedv lv po Mee E o erstlonteve WAR Obey Io EL iP l e l peskom o MRO fey O ID l I l ars Postive ROC o wm fer Jr l l Ll Maswgedwenoc jo wo Ber mM p i wie J J _ Figure 8 20 Watts Vars Channel Configuration Screen Table 8 10 Watts Vars Channel Settings Element Identifies the group to which this channel belongs The Element forms the first part of the channel name The Element is selected when the channel is created and is fixed once assigned when you are working in the Element Tree view Description Optional field 12 characters Provides an additional description of the channel that forms part of the channel name Use if Element Name and channel Type do not sufficiently identify the channel Channel Grouping and Naming on page 8 8 Watts Vars Index Identifies the watts vars channel Unlike the analog and external input channels this is not associated with a hardware input but simply identifies which of the internal virtual watts vars channels will be used You can select any available channel witho
495. w organizes channels by the element names you create In the following figure Element Line 1 has been expanded to show some of the channels associated with it such as Va Present viewing mode Element Tree o Bi Analogs Digitals Summations Sequence Impedance Watts Vars Logics Fault Locators PF Detectors Lines 10 64 4 2 1 1 4 1 1 Unassigned 26 o 26 10 17 17 26 9 17 Seguence Functions Impedance Functions Watts Vars Functions mi LI o DO o O o CI EE E Pe Switch between Channel jle Reference Channel 77 Tree and Element Tree fortnechanncicroup f 000 v Frequency Channel Configured 7 Second Frequency Channel Configured 7 4 EZ Channel Tree Hide Tree TESLA 4000 Control Panel Current IED CS Tesla 3000 Getting Settings Info Figure 8 5 Element Tree View TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 8 Configuring the Recorder Channel View The Channel Tree View displays the same configuration organized by channel type You can use this view to gain an overview of channel usage Although you can chose to work in either view the Element View is recommended for most operations as it provides an automatic way of grouping related channels Present viewing mode Channel Tree File Edit Config View Help Channel Tree SD ee S IE SEE Em mO Identification Ho hk O SCADA Communication Unei ho 64 4 2 1 1 4 1 1 O DNP
496. wer System Recorder voltage and or current input modules are optional and a variety of input modules for voltage and current inputs are available therefore you must calibrate the input modules The PMU calibra tion requires both the magnitude and phase angle calibration at nominal signal level This is very important in order to meet the TVE lt 1 as per IEEE C37 118 Test Set You must have an accurate calibration test set to achieve high accuracy Any Requirements calibration test set which generates GPS controlled signal with the accuracy as specified in the standard IEEE C37 118 is a good candidate ERLPhase recom mends Doble test set F6150 with the associated GPS equipment i asnitude calibration is required whenever the input module and or the Magnitude Magnitude calib guired wh he inp dule and or the TES Calibration LA recorder sample rate are changed 15 4 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 Angle Calibration D02771R02 50 15 PMU Functionality You must carry out the magnitude calibration as explained in the previous sec tion before the phase angle calibration Phase angle calibration 1s achieved by comparing the known applied phase an gle from the test set and the phase angle reported in the TESLA PMU module metering screen Ref Chapter 6 For example if the test set 1s applying a si nusoidal signal at nominal voltage of 69 Vrms at 0 degree phase angle at nom inal system frequency its cosine referenced signal
497. wing recordings and or automated record transfer Notify on page 7 14 Cross Trigger Activates the cross trigger contact 4 to trigger another device Priority Specifies the priority to be assigned to records created by this trigger The priority is used to determine Central Station notification 1 3 3 is the highest priority Notify on page 7 14 Alarm Contact opecifies a rear panel contact to be closed when triggered Contacts are closed momentarily for one second Contact assignment is not exclusive allowing multiple triggers to activate the same contact Available contacts 2 or 3 on a 18 channel model and 2 3 5 6 7 or 8 on a 36 channel model Contacts 1 and 4 are reserved for Recorder Functional and Cross Trigger respectively Contacts assigned for stor age alarms Storage Alarms on page 8 7 will not be available for use here TESLA 4000 User Manual 8 47 8 Configuring the Recorder 8 17 Meter Groups Select a metered quantity from the tree below and drag TESLA Meter Group Definition it to the appropriate place in the Meter Group Definition Line 1 Line 1 VaAng 1 Analog Inputs _ Line 1 VbAng 2 Va 1 i x E Line 1 VcAng 3 Vb 2 Line 1 la amp ng 4 1A Vc 3 Line 1 IbAng 5 1A la 4 1A IRow 6 Line 1 IcAng 6 1A la 9 SA i a E Line 1 laAng 9 5A 1b 5 1A 5 1 10 Line amp 1 IbAng 10 5A Ib 10 5A Row 9 Line 1 icMag 11 5A Line 1 IlcAng 11 5A Ic 6 1A Row 1
498. xternal Input amp External Input S External Input 10 External Input 11 External Input 12 External Input 13 External Input 14 External Input 15 External Input 16 M bee ella LAT Class Data O SCADA Summary Channels O Meter Groups 1 1 ih 1 1 1 1 ih 1 1 1 1 ih 1 1 1 J kJ bi bi BO bo bo PO bo BO PO ko BO ku bo RO bu A Show Channel Tree Hide Tree Main Menu Contig Edit TESLA Control Panel v0 36 Current IED TESLA Demo Unit Nak Connected Figure 4 13a DNP_point_map D02771R02 50 TESLA 4000 User Manual 4 19 4 Communicating with the Recorder iio TESLA Control Panel Config Edit File Edit Config View Help z Change Event Point Index NO 5 mna CI Identification O Limits oO Alarms SCADA Communication O Channels O Meter Groups Show Channel Tree Hide Tree Show Primary Units Main Menu Config E dit Current IED TESLA Demo Unit not Connected Z TESLA Control Panel v0 36 Figure 4 13b DNP class data Protocol monitor utilities are available to assist in resolving SCADA commu nication difficulties such as incompatible baud rate or addressing The utilities can be accessed through the Maintenance user interface Maintenance Menu and Error Handling on page 14 1 Diagnostics TCP_HT2 Hyper Terminal alg S3 dj Figure 4 14 HyperTerminal 4 20 TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 4 Communi
499. y 3 To install TESLA Control Panel software on your computer select the TESLA Power System Recorder icon then the Install TESLA Control Panel The installation program starts automatically but may take a few minutes to begin 4 During installation a prompt appears asking whether your TESLA recorders are 50 Hz or 60 Hz units For proper operation it is important to select the correct one If you need to change this in the future re install TESLA Con trol Panel 5 When the installation is complete a TESLA Control Panel icon is placed on your desktop Use the icon to launch Control Panel If you prefer you can start Control Panel through Windows Start menu Start gt Programs gt ERLPhase gt TESLA Control Panel TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02 50 3 TESLA Control Panel Installation Step 2 A virtual software modem called a Null Modem must be set up for direct se Installi ng Null rial cable communication between this computer and a TESLA recorder A Modem Driver Null Modem driver is provided with the TESLA installation CD ROM Software This section provides step by step instructions on how to install the Null Mo dem driver If you are going to communicate with a 4000 series product please ensure that you connect your computer to the front USB port of a powered up 4000 series unit prior to following these steps 1 Start Windows Control Panel by going to Start Control Panel 2 Double click the Phone and Modem Options icon

TESLA 4000 User Manual D02771R02.5 Rev 0.book

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents